UA5000 Hardware Description Manual
description
Transcript of UA5000 Hardware Description Manual
Chapter 1 Overview 1-1.........................................................................................
1.1 About the UA5000 1-1..................................................................................1.2 Configuration of the UA5000 1-2..................................................................
Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames 2-1....................................................
2.1 HABA Frame 2-1..........................................................................................2.1.1 Overview 2-1........................................................................................2.1.2 Layout 2-1............................................................................................2.1.3 External Port 2-3..................................................................................
2.2 HABB Frame 2-4..........................................................................................2.2.1 Overview 2-4........................................................................................2.2.2 Layout 2-5............................................................................................2.2.3 External Port 2-6..................................................................................
2.3 HABD Frame 2-7..........................................................................................2.3.1 Overview 2-7........................................................................................2.3.2 Layout 2-8............................................................................................2.3.3 External Port 2-9..................................................................................
2.4 HABE Frame 2-12..........................................................................................2.4.1 Overview 2-12........................................................................................2.4.2 Layout 2-12............................................................................................2.4.3 External Port 2-13..................................................................................
2.5 HABF Frame 2-15..........................................................................................2.5.1 Overview 2-15........................................................................................2.5.2 Layout 2-15............................................................................................2.5.3 External Port 2-16..................................................................................
2.6 HABL Frame 2-18...........................................................................................2.6.1 Overview 2-18........................................................................................2.6.2 Layout 2-19............................................................................................2.6.3 External Port 2-20..................................................................................
Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards 3-1.....................................................................
3.1 About This Chapter 3-1................................................................................3.2 ATM Service Processing Card-H601APMB 3-1...........................................
3.2.1 Overview 3-1........................................................................................3.2.2 Front Panel 3-1....................................................................................3.2.3 Subcard 3-3..........................................................................................3.2.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-10.............................
3.3 Broadband Control Card of the Slave Frame-H601APSB 3-11......................3.3.1 Overview 3-11........................................................................................3.3.2 Front Panel 3-11....................................................................................
3.4 IP Service Processing Card-H601IPMB 3-13.................................................
3.4.1 Overview 3-13........................................................................................3.4.2 Front Panel 3-14....................................................................................3.4.3 Subcard 3-16..........................................................................................3.4.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-17.............................
3.5 Packet Voice Processing Card- AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB 3-18.........................................................................
3.5.1 Overview 3-18........................................................................................3.5.2 Front Panel 3-19....................................................................................3.5.3 Jumpers 3-21.........................................................................................3.5.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-22.............................
3.6 Packet Voice Processing Card -H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG 3-23....................................................
3.6.1 Overview 3-23........................................................................................3.6.2 Front Panel 3-24....................................................................................3.6.3 Jumpers 3-27.........................................................................................3.6.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-28.............................
3.7 V5 Interface Processing Unit-H601PVU8/H601PVU4 3-29............................3.7.1 Overview 3-29........................................................................................3.7.2 Front Panel 3-30....................................................................................3.7.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-33............................................................3.7.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-34.............................
3.8 Remote Subscriber Processing Card- H601RSU8/ H601RSU4 3-35............3.8.1 Overview 3-35........................................................................................3.8.2 Front Panel 3-36....................................................................................3.8.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-38............................................................3.8.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-40.............................
3.9 Remote Subscriber Processing Card-H602RSUG ( 2G. SHDSL) 3-41..........3.9.1 Overview 3-41........................................................................................3.9.2 Front Panel 3-41....................................................................................3.9.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-43.............................
3.10 ATM Port Card-H601AIUB 3-45...................................................................3.10.1 Overview 3-45......................................................................................3.10.2 Front Panel 3-45..................................................................................3.10.3 Subcard 3-47........................................................................................3.10.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-48...........................
3.11 16-Port E1 Port Card-H601EDTB 3-50........................................................3.11.1 Overview 3-50......................................................................................3.11.2 Front Panel 3-50..................................................................................3.11.3 Jumpers 3-51.......................................................................................3.11.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-54...........................
3.12 16-Port ADSL Line Card-H601ADLB 3-56...................................................
3.12.1 Overview 3-56......................................................................................3.12.2 Front Panel 3-56..................................................................................3.12.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-57..........................................................3.12.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-58...........................
3.13 16-Port ADSL Line Card-H601ADLF 3-59....................................................3.13.1 Overview 3-59......................................................................................3.13.2 Front Panel 3-59..................................................................................3.13.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-60..........................................................3.13.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-61...........................
3.14 16-Port ADSL/ADSL2+ Line Card -H602ADMB/ H602ADMC/H602ADMI 3-62....................................................................................................
3.14.1 Overview 3-62......................................................................................3.14.2 Front Panel 3-62..................................................................................3.14.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-63...........................
3.15 32-Port ADSL/ADSL2+ Line Card-H603ADRB 3-64....................................3.15.1 Overview 3-64......................................................................................3.15.2 Front Panel 3-64..................................................................................3.15.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-65..........................................................3.15.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-66...........................
3.16 32-Port ADSL/ADSL2+ Line Card-H605ADRB 3-68....................................3.16.1 Overview 3-68......................................................................................3.16.2 Front Panel 3-68..................................................................................3.16.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-69..........................................................3.16.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-70...........................
3.17 16-Port Analog Line Card-CB36ASL/CB37ASL 3-72...................................3.17.1 Overview 3-72......................................................................................3.17.2 Front Panel 3-73..................................................................................3.17.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-73...........................
3.18 16-Port Analog Line Card-CB38ASL 3-75....................................................3.18.1 Overview 3-75......................................................................................3.18.2 Front Panel 3-76..................................................................................3.18.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-76...........................
3.19 32-Port Analog Line Card- CC0HASL/ CC0NASL/CC0RASL 3-78..............3.19.1 Overview 3-78......................................................................................3.19.2 Front Panel 3-79..................................................................................3.19.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-79...........................
3.20 16-Port Analog Line Card-CC0KASL/CC0MASL 3-81.................................3.20.1 Overview 3-81......................................................................................3.20.2 Front Panel 3-82..................................................................................3.20.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-82...........................
3.21 6-Port 2/4-Wire E&M Port Card-H601ATIA 3-84..........................................
3.21.1 Overview 3-84......................................................................................3.21.2 Front Panel 3-85..................................................................................3.21.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-86..........................................................3.21.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-87...........................
3.22 16-Port Direct Dial-in Subscriber Port Card - H301CDI/ CC01CDI 3-90......3.22.1 Overview 3-90......................................................................................3.22.2 Front Panel 3-90..................................................................................3.22.3 Pin Assignment between Card and Backplane 3-91............................
3.23 16-port POTS and ADSL Combo Line Card-H601CSLB 3-93.....................3.23.1 Overview 3-93......................................................................................3.23.2 Front Panel 3-93..................................................................................3.23.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-93..........................................................3.23.4 Pin Assignment between Card and Backplane 3-94............................
3.24 16-Port POTS and ADSL Combo Line Card-H601CSLI 3-96......................3.24.1 Overview 3-96......................................................................................3.24.2 Front Panel 3-96..................................................................................3.24.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-97..........................................................3.24.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-98...........................
3.25 16-Port POTS and ADSL/ADSL2+ Combo Line Card¨CH602CSMB... 3-993.25.1 Overview 3-99......................................................................................3.25.2 Front Panel 3-99..................................................................................3.25.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-100..........................................................3.25.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-100...........................
3.26 16-Port POTS and ADSL/ADSL2+ Combo Line Card -H603CSMB/ H603CSMC 3-102.............................................................................
3.26.1 Overview 3-102......................................................................................3.26.2 Front Panel 3-102..................................................................................3.26.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-103..........................................................3.26.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-104...........................
3.27 32-Port POTS and ADSL/ADSL2+ Combo Line Card - H603CSRB 3-106....3.27.1 Overview 3-106......................................................................................3.27.2 Front Panel 3-106..................................................................................3.27.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-107..........................................................3.27.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-108...........................
3.28 16-Port Circuit Emulation E1 Port Card-H601DEHA 3-109............................3.28.1 Overview 3-109......................................................................................3.28.2 Front Panel 3-110..................................................................................3.28.3 DIP Switches 3-110................................................................................3.28.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-112...........................
3.29 8-Port Digital Line Card-CB02DSL/CB03DSL 3-114......................................3.29.1 Overview 3-114......................................................................................
3.29.2 Front Panel 3-114..................................................................................3.29.3 Pin Assignment between Card and Backplane 3-116............................
3.30 8-Port Digital Subscriber Line Card-CB05DSL 3-117.....................................3.30.1 Overview 3-117......................................................................................3.30.2 Front Panel 3-117..................................................................................3.30.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-119...........................
3.31 8-Port Ethernet Access Unit Card-H601EAUA 3-120.....................................3.31.1 Overview 3-120......................................................................................3.31.2 Front Panel 3-120..................................................................................3.31.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-121...........................
3.32 2-Port High Speed Line Card-H302HSL 3-123..............................................3.32.1 Overview 3-123......................................................................................3.32.2 Front Panel 3-124..................................................................................3.32.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-125..........................................................3.32.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-126...........................
3.33 2-Port High Speed Line Card-H303HSL 3-127..............................................3.33.1 Overview 3-127......................................................................................3.33.2 Front Panel 3-127..................................................................................3.33.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-129..........................................................3.33.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-130...........................
3.34 4-Port SHDSL and 4-Port E1 Card-H521SDL 3-132......................................3.34.1 Overview 3-132......................................................................................3.34.2 Front Panel 3-133..................................................................................3.34.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-134..........................................................3.34.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-136...........................
3.35 16-Port SHDSL Line Card-H601SDLB 3-138.................................................3.35.1 Overview 3-138......................................................................................3.35.2 Front Panel 3-138..................................................................................3.35.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-139...........................
3.36 8-Port SHDSL Line Card-H601SDLT 3-140...................................................3.36.1 Overview 3-140......................................................................................3.36.2 Front Panel 3-141..................................................................................3.36.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-142...........................
3.37 16-Port VDSL Line Card-H601VDLA 3-143...................................................3.37.1 Overview 3-143......................................................................................3.37.2 Front Panel 3-143..................................................................................3.37.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-144...........................
3.38 16-Port VDSL Line Card-H601VDLB 3-145...................................................3.38.1 Overview 3-145......................................................................................3.38.2 Front Panel 3-145..................................................................................3.38.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-146...........................
3.39 16-Port Voice Frequency Port Card-CB02VFB 3-147....................................3.39.1 Overview 3-147......................................................................................3.39.2 Front Panel 3-147..................................................................................3.39.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-148..........................................................3.39.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-149...........................
3.40 Railway Collinear Voice Frequency Port Card-CB03VFB 3-151....................3.40.1 Overview 3-151......................................................................................3.40.2 Front Panel 3-151..................................................................................3.40.3 DIP Switches 3-152................................................................................3.40.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-153...........................
3.41 16-port Message LED Analog Line Card-CB01VMS 3-155............................3.41.1 Overview 3-155......................................................................................3.41.2 Front Panel 3-156..................................................................................3.41.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-156...........................
3.42 Environment & Power Monitoring Card-H303ESC 3-158...............................3.42.1 Overview 3-158......................................................................................3.42.2 Front Panel 3-159..................................................................................3.42.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-159..........................................................
3.43 Environment & Power Monitoring Card-H304ESC 3-161...............................3.43.1 Overview 3-161......................................................................................3.43.2 Front Panel 3-162..................................................................................3.43.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-162..........................................................
3.44 Fan Control Card-H601FCB 3-164.................................................................3.44.1 Overview 3-164......................................................................................3.44.2 Front Panel 3-164..................................................................................3.44.3 DIP Switches 3-165................................................................................
3.45 Remote Power Supply Monitoring Card-H611PWMA 3-166..........................3.45.1 Overview 3-166......................................................................................3.45.2 Front Panel 3-166..................................................................................
3.46 Secondary Power Supply Card-H602PWX0 3-168........................................3.46.1 Overview 3-168......................................................................................3.46.2 Front Panel 3-169..................................................................................3.46.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers 3-170..........................................................
3.47 Secondary Power Supply Card-H602PWX2 3-171........................................3.47.1 Overview 3-171......................................................................................3.47.2 Front Panel 3-172..................................................................................3.47.3 Jumpers 3-173.......................................................................................
3.48 Subscriber Test Card-H601TSSB/H601TSSC 3-175.....................................3.48.1 Overview 3-175......................................................................................3.48.2 Front Panel 3-176..................................................................................3.48.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-178...........................
3.49 Rear Access E1 Conversion Card-H601E1TB 3-181.....................................3.49.1 Overview 3-181......................................................................................3.49.2 Front Panel 3-181..................................................................................3.49.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-182...........................
3.50 Front Access E1 Conversion Card-H601E1TF 3-184....................................3.50.1 Overview 3-184......................................................................................3.50.2 Front Panel 3-184..................................................................................
3.51 Rear Access FE Conversion Card-H601EFTB 3-185....................................3.51.1 Overview 3-185......................................................................................3.51.2 Front Panel 3-186..................................................................................3.51.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-187...........................
3.52 Front Access E1/FE Conversion Card-H601EFTF 3-188...............................3.52.1 Overview 3-188......................................................................................3.52.2 Front Panel 3-188..................................................................................
3.53 High Speed Link Conversion Card from Front Access MasterFrame to Extended Frame- H601HLAF 3-190.......................................................
3.53.1 Overview 3-190......................................................................................3.53.2 Front Panel 3-191..................................................................................
3.54 High Speed Link Conversion Card of Front Access ExtendedFrame - H601HLEF 3-191......................................................................................
3.54.1 Overview 3-191......................................................................................3.54.2 Front Panel 3-191..................................................................................
3.55 High Speed Link Conversion Card of Front Access Slave Frame -H601HLSF 3-192....................................................................................................
3.55.1 Overview 3-192......................................................................................3.55.2 Front Panel 3-192..................................................................................
3.56 Rear Access HW Conversion Card of Master Frame - H601HWCB 3-192....3.56.1 Overview 3-192......................................................................................3.56.2 Front Panel 3-192..................................................................................
3.57 HW Conversion Card of Front Access Master Frame - H601HWCF 3-194...3.57.1 Overview 3-194......................................................................................3.57.2 Front Panel 3-194..................................................................................
3.58 HW Conversion Card of Rear Access Slave Frame-H601HWTB 3-195........3.58.1 Overview 3-195......................................................................................3.58.2 Front Panel 3-195..................................................................................
3.59 HW Conversion Card of Front Access Extended Frame -H601HWTF 3-196..................................................................................................
3.59.1 Overview 3-196......................................................................................3.59.2 Front Panel 3-196..................................................................................
3.60 32-Port Relay Rear Access Conversion Card-H601RATB 3-197...................3.60.1 Overview 3-197......................................................................................3.60.2 Front Panel 3-198..................................................................................
3.60.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-198...........................3.61 32-Port Front Access Relay Conversion Card¨CH601RATF............... 3-200
3.61.1 Overview 3-200......................................................................................3.61.2 Front Panel 3-201..................................................................................3.61.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane 3-202...........................
3.62 Front Access Subscriber Cable Conversion Card - H601SLTF 3-203...........3.62.1 Overview 3-203......................................................................................3.62.2 Front Panel 3-204..................................................................................
Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables 4-1...........................................
4.1 About This Chapter 4-1................................................................................4.2 Trunk Cable 4-1............................................................................................
4.2.1 Overview of Trunk Cable 4-1...............................................................4.2.2 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF 4-1......4.2.3 75-ohm E1 cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF 4-1........................4.2.4 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF 4-5...........4.2.5 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF 4-8..........................4.2.6 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF 4-8.................................4.2.7 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF 4-11...............................4.2.8 E3/T3 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF 4-14.........................................4.2.9 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 4-16...............4.2.10 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1 4-17....4.2.11 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000SS42SP2 4-21................................................................................................4.2.12 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2 4-24....4.2.13 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000SS42SP2 4-28................................................................................................4.2.14 Overview of E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H303HSL to DDF 4-31......4.2.15 75-ohm E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H303HSL to DDF 4-31.............4.2.16 120-ohm E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H303HSL to DDF 4-33...........4.2.17 Overview of E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H521SDL to DDF 4-35......4.2.18 75-ohm E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H521SDL to DDF 4-35.............4.2.19 120-ohm E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H521SDL to DDF 4-38...........4.2.20 IPMB FE Upstream Cable 4-40............................................................4.2.21 Overview of Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 toAPMB 4-40......................................................................................................4.2.22 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 toAPMB 4-40......................................................................................................4.2.23 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 toAPMB 4-43......................................................................................................4.2.24 Overview of Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 toDDF 4-46.........................................................................................................4.2.25 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to DDF 4-46...................
4.2.26 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4to Metro 1000 4-46..........................................................................................4.2.27 E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 4-47...
4.3 Subtending Cable 4-47...................................................................................4.3.1 Overview of Subtending Cable 4-47......................................................4.3.2 HW Cable 4-47.......................................................................................4.3.3 LVDS Cable for the Slave Frame 4-49...................................................4.3.4 LVDS Cable for the Extended Frame 4-51............................................
4.4 Subscriber Cable 4-53....................................................................................4.4.1 Overview of Subscriber Cable 4-53.......................................................4.4.2 16-channel Unshielded Subscriber Cable 4-53......................................4.4.3 32-channel Unshielded Subscriber Cable 4-56......................................4.4.4 ATIA Subscriber Cable 4-59..................................................................4.4.5 EAUA Subscriber Cable 4-62.................................................................
4.5 Maintenance Cable 4-64................................................................................4.5.1 Overview of Maintenance Cable 4-64....................................................4.5.2 Local Maintenance Serial Port Cable 4-64.............................................4.5.3 Overview of Network Cable 4-65...........................................................4.5.4 Straight Through Cable 4-66..................................................................4.5.5 Cross Over Cable 4-66..........................................................................
4.6 Signal Cable 4-67...........................................................................................4.6.1 Test and Alarm Cable 4-67....................................................................4.6.2 Test and Alarm Subtending Cable 4-69.................................................
4.7 Optical Fiber 4-71...........................................................................................4.7.1 Optical Fiber Type 4-71..........................................................................4.7.2 Fiber Selection Criteria 4-73..................................................................4.7.3 Optical Port Connector 4-74...................................................................
Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables 5-1............................................
5.1 About This Chapter 5-1................................................................................5.2 Trunk Cable 5-1............................................................................................
5.2.1 Overview of Trunk Cable 5-1...............................................................5.2.2 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF 5-1..........................5.2.3 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF 5-2.................................5.2.4 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF 5-4...............................5.2.5 Overview of E3 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF 5-7..........................5.2.6 75-ohm E3 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF 5-7.................................5.2.7 120-ohm E3 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF 5-9...............................5.2.8 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 5-10...............5.2.9 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1 5-10......
5.2.10 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000SS42SP1 5-14................................................................................................5.2.11 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2 5-18....5.2.12 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000SS42SP2 5-21................................................................................................5.2.13 E1 Trunk Cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF 5-25........................5.2.14 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF 5-25...........5.2.15 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF 5-27.........5.2.16 E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H521SDL to DDF 5-29..........................5.2.17 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 5-29........5.2.18 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000SS42SP1 5-30................................................................................................5.2.19 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000SS42SP1 5-32................................................................................................5.2.20 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000SS42SP2 5-34................................................................................................5.2.21 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000SS42SP2 5-36................................................................................................5.2.22 IPMB Service Subtending Cable 5-38..................................................5.2.23 IPMB Upstream Cable 5-41.................................................................5.2.24 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4to APMB 5-41..................................................................................................5.2.25 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 toAPMB 5-41......................................................................................................5.2.26 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 toAPMB 5-44......................................................................................................5.2.27 E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to DDF 5-47.............5.2.28 E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 5-47...5.2.29 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 toMetro 1000 SS42SP1 5-47.............................................................................5.2.30 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 toMetro 1000 SS42SP1 5-50.............................................................................5.2.31 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 toMetro 1000 SS42SP2 5-52.............................................................................5.2.32 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 toMetro 1000 SS42SP2 5-54.............................................................................5.2.33 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4to Metro100 5-56.............................................................................................5.2.34 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 toMetro100 5-57.................................................................................................5.2.35 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 toMetro100 5-59.................................................................................................
5.3 Overview of Subtending Cable 5-61...............................................................5.3.1 HW Cable 5-61.......................................................................................5.3.2 LVDS Cable for the Slave Frame 5-62...................................................
5.4 Subscriber Cable 5-64....................................................................................5.4.1 Overview of Subscriber Cable 5-64.......................................................5.4.2 16-Port Unshielded Subscriber Cable 5-65............................................5.4.3 32-Port Unshielded Subscriber Cable 5-68............................................5.4.4 ATIA Subscriber Cable 5-71..................................................................5.4.5 EAUA Subscriber Cable 5-74.................................................................5.4.6 Overview of SDLT Subscriber Cable 5-76.............................................5.4.7 Four-tributary SDLT Subscriber Cable 5-76...........................................5.4.8 Eight-tributary SDLT Subscriber Cable 5-78..........................................
5.5 Maintenance Cable 5-80................................................................................5.6 Overview of Signal Cable 5-80.......................................................................
5.6.1 ESC Monitoring Cable 5-81...................................................................5.6.2 Test and Alarm Cable 5-82....................................................................5.6.3 Fan Monitoring Cable 5-82.....................................................................
Appendix A Acronyms and Abbreviations A-1....................................................
Index .................................................................................................................
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
HUAWEI
UA5000 Universal Access Unit Hardware Description Manual
V100R009/V100R011
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
UA5000 Universal Access Unit
Hardware Description Manual
Manual Version T2-052585-20050820-C-1.B0
Product Version V100R009/V100R011
BOM 31250285
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. provides customers with comprehensive technical support and service. Please feel free to contact our local office or company headquarters.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address: Administration Building, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.,
Bantian, Longgang District, Shenzhen, P. R. China
Postal Code: 518129
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: [email protected]
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
Copyright © 2005 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All Rights Reserved
No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks
, HUAWEI, C&C08, EAST8000, HONET, , ViewPoint, INtess, ETS, DMC,
TELLIN, InfoLink, Netkey, Quidway, SYNLOCK, Radium, M900/M1800, TELESIGHT, Quidview, Musa, Airbridge, Tellwin, Inmedia, VRP, DOPRA, iTELLIN, HUAWEI OptiX, C&C08 iNET, NETENGINE, OptiX, iSite, U-SYS, iMUSE, OpenEye, Lansway, SmartAX, infoX, and TopEng are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this manual are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The information in this manual is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this manual to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this manual do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
About This Manual
Release Notes
This manual applies to UA5000 Universal Access Unit V100R009/V100R011.
Related Manuals
The related manuals are listed in the following table.
Manual Content
UA5000 Universal Access Unit Technical Manual
It gives an overall description about the UA5000 system.
UA5000 Universal Access Unit Hardware Description Manual
It describes the ONU components, and the cards and cables used in the ONUs.
UA5000 Universal Access Unit Operation Manual
The operation manual consists of APM Volume, IPM Volume, PVM Volume and PVU Volume. They cover the service configurations and maintenance operations of the UA5000 when the main control card is APM, PVM, IPM or PVU respectively.
UA5000 Universal Access Unit Command Help
The command help consists of APM Volume, IPM Volume, PVM Volume and PVU Volume. They provide all the commands of the UA5000 when the main control card is APM, PVM, IPM or PVU respectively. The command helps are contained in the documentation CD only.
UA5000 Universal Access Unit Electronic Documentation CD
The CD contains all contents of the whole set of manuals.
Organization
The manual describes cabinets, service frames, cards and cables of the UA5000 series.
There are five chapters and one appendix in this manual.
Chapter 1 Overview describes the UA5000 cabinet series, and lists the service frames used in the UA5000.
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames describes the service frames used in the UA5000.
Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards describes the cards used in the UA5000.
Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables describes the front-access cables used in the UA5000.
Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables describes the rear-access cables used in the UA5000.
Appendix Acronyms and Abbreviations lists all the abbreviations and acronyms in this manual.
Intended Audience
The manual is intended for the following readers:
Telecom administrators Telecom technicians Installation and maintenance engineers of the UA5000
Conventions
The manual uses the following conventions:
I. General conventions
Convention Description
Arial Normal paragraphs are in Arial.
Boldface Headings are in Boldface.
II. Symbols
Eye-catching symbols are also used in the manual to highlight the points worthy of special attention during the operation. They are defined as follows:
Caution: Means reader be extremely careful during the operation.
Note: Means a complementary description.
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
Environmental Protection
This product has been designed to comply with the requirements on environmental protection. For the proper storage, use and disposal of this product, national laws and regulations must be observed.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Table of Contents
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
i
Table of Contents
Chapter 1 Overview....................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.1 About the UA5000.............................................................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Configuration of the UA5000 ............................................................................................. 1-2
Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames.................................................................................. 2-1 2.1 HABA Frame...................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.1.1 Overview ................................................................................................................. 2-1 2.1.2 Layout...................................................................................................................... 2-1 2.1.3 External Port............................................................................................................ 2-3
2.2 HABB Frame...................................................................................................................... 2-4 2.2.1 Overview ................................................................................................................. 2-4 2.2.2 Layout...................................................................................................................... 2-5 2.2.3 External Port............................................................................................................ 2-6
2.3 HABD Frame...................................................................................................................... 2-7 2.3.1 Overview ................................................................................................................. 2-7 2.3.2 Layout...................................................................................................................... 2-8 2.3.3 External Port............................................................................................................ 2-9
2.4 HABE Frame.................................................................................................................... 2-12 2.4.1 Overview ............................................................................................................... 2-12 2.4.2 Layout.................................................................................................................... 2-12 2.4.3 External Port.......................................................................................................... 2-13
2.5 HABF Frame.................................................................................................................... 2-15 2.5.1 Overview ............................................................................................................... 2-15 2.5.2 Layout.................................................................................................................... 2-15 2.5.3 External Port.......................................................................................................... 2-16
2.6 HABL Frame .................................................................................................................... 2-18 2.6.1 Overview ............................................................................................................... 2-18 2.6.2 Layout.................................................................................................................... 2-19 2.6.3 External Port.......................................................................................................... 2-20
Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards .................................................................................................. 3-1 3.1 About This Chapter ............................................................................................................ 3-1 3.2 ATM Service Processing Card–H601APMB...................................................................... 3-1
3.2.1 Overview ................................................................................................................. 3-1 3.2.2 Front Panel.............................................................................................................. 3-1 3.2.3 Subcard ................................................................................................................... 3-3 3.2.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................... 3-10
3.3 Broadband Control Card of the Slave Frame–H601APSB.............................................. 3-11 3.3.1 Overview ............................................................................................................... 3-11
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Table of Contents
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
ii
3.3.2 Front Panel............................................................................................................ 3-11 3.4 IP Service Processing Card–H601IPMB ......................................................................... 3-13
3.4.1 Overview ............................................................................................................... 3-13 3.4.2 Front Panel............................................................................................................ 3-14 3.4.3 Subcard ................................................................................................................. 3-16 3.4.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................... 3-17
3.5 Packet Voice Processing Card–AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB....................... 3-18 3.5.1 Overview ............................................................................................................... 3-18 3.5.2 Front Panel............................................................................................................ 3-19 3.5.3 Jumpers................................................................................................................. 3-21 3.5.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................... 3-22
3.6 Packet Voice Processing Card–H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG 3-23 3.6.1 Overview ............................................................................................................... 3-23 3.6.2 Front Panel............................................................................................................ 3-24 3.6.3 Jumpers................................................................................................................. 3-27 3.6.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................... 3-28
3.7 V5 Interface Processing Unit–H601PVU8/H601PVU4.................................................... 3-29 3.7.1 Overview ............................................................................................................... 3-29 3.7.2 Front Panel............................................................................................................ 3-30 3.7.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ................................................................................... 3-33 3.7.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................... 3-34
3.8 Remote Subscriber Processing Card–H601RSU8/H601RSU4....................................... 3-35 3.8.1 Overview ............................................................................................................... 3-35 3.8.2 Front Panel............................................................................................................ 3-36 3.8.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ................................................................................... 3-38 3.8.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................... 3-40
3.9 Remote Subscriber Processing Card–H602RSUG (2G.SHDSL).................................... 3-41 3.9.1 Overview ............................................................................................................... 3-41 3.9.2 Front Panel............................................................................................................ 3-41 3.9.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................... 3-43
3.10 ATM Port Card–H601AIUB............................................................................................ 3-45 3.10.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-45 3.10.2 Front Panel.......................................................................................................... 3-45 3.10.3 Subcard ............................................................................................................... 3-47 3.10.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................. 3-48
3.11 16-Port E1 Port Card–H601EDTB................................................................................. 3-50 3.11.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-50 3.11.2 Front Panel.......................................................................................................... 3-50 3.11.3 Jumpers............................................................................................................... 3-51 3.11.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................. 3-54
3.12 16-Port ADSL Line Card–H601ADLB............................................................................ 3-56 3.12.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-56
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Table of Contents
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
iii
3.12.2 Front Panel.......................................................................................................... 3-56 3.12.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ................................................................................. 3-57 3.12.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................. 3-58
3.13 16-Port ADSL Line Card–H601ADLF ............................................................................ 3-59 3.13.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-59 3.13.2 Front Panel.......................................................................................................... 3-59 3.13.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ................................................................................. 3-60 3.13.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................. 3-61
3.14 16-Port ADSL/ADSL2+ Line Card–H602ADMB/H602ADMC/H602ADMI ..................... 3-62 3.14.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-62 3.14.2 Front Panel.......................................................................................................... 3-62 3.14.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................. 3-63
3.15 32-Port ADSL/ADSL2+ Line Card–H603ADRB............................................................. 3-64 3.15.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-64 3.15.2 Front Panel.......................................................................................................... 3-64 3.15.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ................................................................................. 3-65 3.15.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................. 3-66
3.16 32-Port ADSL/ADSL2+ Line Card–H605ADRB............................................................. 3-68 3.16.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-68 3.16.2 Front Panel.......................................................................................................... 3-68 3.16.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ................................................................................. 3-69 3.16.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................. 3-70
3.17 16-Port Analog Line Card–CB36ASL/CB37ASL ........................................................... 3-72 3.17.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-72 3.17.2 Front Panel.......................................................................................................... 3-73 3.17.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................. 3-73
3.18 16-Port Analog Line Card–CB38ASL ............................................................................ 3-75 3.18.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-75 3.18.2 Front Panel.......................................................................................................... 3-76 3.18.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................. 3-76
3.19 32-Port Analog Line Card–CC0HASL/CC0NASL/CC0RASL ........................................ 3-78 3.19.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-78 3.19.2 Front Panel.......................................................................................................... 3-79 3.19.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................. 3-79
3.20 16-Port Analog Line Card–CC0KASL/CC0MASL.......................................................... 3-81 3.20.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-81 3.20.2 Front Panel.......................................................................................................... 3-82 3.20.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................. 3-82
3.21 6-Port 2/4-Wire E&M Port Card–H601ATIA .................................................................. 3-84 3.21.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-84 3.21.2 Front Panel.......................................................................................................... 3-85 3.21.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ................................................................................. 3-86
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Table of Contents
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
iv
3.21.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................. 3-87 3.22 16-Port Direct Dial-in Subscriber Port Card–H301CDI/CC01CDI ................................. 3-90
3.22.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-90 3.22.2 Front Panel.......................................................................................................... 3-90 3.22.3 Pin Assignment between Card and Backplane................................................... 3-91
3.23 16-port POTS and ADSL Combo Line Card–H601CSLB.............................................. 3-93 3.23.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-93 3.23.2 Front Panel.......................................................................................................... 3-93 3.23.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ................................................................................. 3-93 3.23.4 Pin Assignment between Card and Backplane................................................... 3-94
3.24 16-Port POTS and ADSL Combo Line Card–H601CSLI............................................... 3-96 3.24.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-96 3.24.2 Front Panel.......................................................................................................... 3-96 3.24.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ................................................................................. 3-97 3.24.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane .................................................. 3-98
3.25 16-Port POTS and ADSL/ADSL2+ Combo Line Card–H602CSMB.............................. 3-99 3.25.1 Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-99 3.25.2 Front Panel.......................................................................................................... 3-99 3.25.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ............................................................................... 3-100 3.25.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-100
3.26 16-Port POTS and ADSL/ADSL2+ Combo Line Card–H603CSMB/H603CSMC ....... 3-102 3.26.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-102 3.26.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-102 3.26.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ............................................................................... 3-103 3.26.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-104
3.27 32-Port POTS and ADSL/ADSL2+ Combo Line Card–H603CSRB ............................ 3-106 3.27.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-106 3.27.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-106 3.27.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ............................................................................... 3-107 3.27.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-108
3.28 16-Port Circuit Emulation E1 Port Card–H601DEHA .................................................. 3-109 3.28.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-109 3.28.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-110 3.28.3 DIP Switches..................................................................................................... 3-110 3.28.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-112
3.29 8-Port Digital Line Card–CB02DSL/CB03DSL ............................................................ 3-114 3.29.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-114 3.29.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-114 3.29.3 Pin Assignment between Card and Backplane................................................. 3-116
3.30 8-Port Digital Subscriber Line Card–CB05DSL........................................................... 3-117 3.30.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-117 3.30.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-117
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Table of Contents
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
v
3.30.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-119 3.31 8-Port Ethernet Access Unit Card–H601EAUA........................................................... 3-120
3.31.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-120 3.31.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-120 3.31.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-121
3.32 2-Port High Speed Line Card–H302HSL..................................................................... 3-123 3.32.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-123 3.32.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-124 3.32.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ............................................................................... 3-125 3.32.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-126
3.33 2-Port High Speed Line Card–H303HSL..................................................................... 3-127 3.33.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-127 3.33.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-127 3.33.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ............................................................................... 3-129 3.33.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-130
3.34 4-Port SHDSL and 4-Port E1 Card–H521SDL ............................................................ 3-132 3.34.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-132 3.34.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-133 3.34.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ............................................................................... 3-134 3.34.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-136
3.35 16-Port SHDSL Line Card–H601SDLB ....................................................................... 3-138 3.35.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-138 3.35.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-138 3.35.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-139
3.36 8-Port SHDSL Line Card–H601SDLT.......................................................................... 3-140 3.36.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-140 3.36.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-141 3.36.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-142
3.37 16-Port VDSL Line Card–H601VDLA.......................................................................... 3-143 3.37.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-143 3.37.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-143 3.37.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-144
3.38 16-Port VDSL Line Card–H601VDLB.......................................................................... 3-145 3.38.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-145 3.38.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-145 3.38.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-146
3.39 16-Port Voice Frequency Port Card–CB02VFB .......................................................... 3-147 3.39.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-147 3.39.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-147 3.39.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ............................................................................... 3-148 3.39.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-149
3.40 Railway Collinear Voice Frequency Port Card–CB03VFB .......................................... 3-151
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Table of Contents
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
vi
3.40.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-151 3.40.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-151 3.40.3 DIP Switches..................................................................................................... 3-152 3.40.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-153
3.41 16-port Message LED Analog Line Card–CB01VMS.................................................. 3-155 3.41.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-155 3.41.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-156 3.41.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-156
3.42 Environment & Power Monitoring Card–H303ESC ..................................................... 3-158 3.42.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-158 3.42.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-159 3.42.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ............................................................................... 3-159
3.43 Environment & Power Monitoring Card–H304ESC ..................................................... 3-161 3.43.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-161 3.43.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-162 3.43.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ............................................................................... 3-162
3.44 Fan Control Card–H601FCB ....................................................................................... 3-164 3.44.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-164 3.44.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-164 3.44.3 DIP Switches..................................................................................................... 3-165
3.45 Remote Power Supply Monitoring Card–H611PWMA ................................................ 3-166 3.45.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-166 3.45.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-166
3.46 Secondary Power Supply Card–H602PWX0............................................................... 3-168 3.46.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-168 3.46.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-169 3.46.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers ............................................................................... 3-170
3.47 Secondary Power Supply Card–H602PWX2............................................................... 3-171 3.47.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-171 3.47.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-172 3.47.3 Jumpers............................................................................................................. 3-173
3.48 Subscriber Test Card–H601TSSB/H601TSSC ........................................................... 3-175 3.48.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-175 3.48.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-176 3.48.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-178
3.49 Rear Access E1 Conversion Card–H601E1TB ........................................................... 3-181 3.49.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-181 3.49.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-181 3.49.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-182
3.50 Front Access E1 Conversion Card–H601E1TF........................................................... 3-184 3.50.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-184 3.50.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-184
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Table of Contents
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
vii
3.51 Rear Access FE Conversion Card–H601EFTB........................................................... 3-185 3.51.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-185 3.51.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-186 3.51.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-187
3.52 Front Access E1/FE Conversion Card–H601EFTF..................................................... 3-188 3.52.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-188 3.52.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-188
3.53 High Speed Link Conversion Card from Front Access Master Frame to Extended Frame–H601HLAF............................................................................................................... 3-190
3.53.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-190 3.53.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-191
3.54 High Speed Link Conversion Card of Front Access Extended Frame–H601HLEF .... 3-191 3.54.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-191 3.54.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-191
3.55 High Speed Link Conversion Card of Front Access Slave Frame–H601HLSF........... 3-192 3.55.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-192 3.55.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-192
3.56 Rear Access HW Conversion Card of Master Frame–H601HWCB............................ 3-192 3.56.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-192 3.56.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-192
3.57 HW Conversion Card of Front Access Master Frame–H601HWCF............................ 3-194 3.57.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-194 3.57.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-194
3.58 HW Conversion Card of Rear Access Slave Frame–H601HWTB .............................. 3-195 3.58.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-195 3.58.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-195
3.59 HW Conversion Card of Front Access Extended Frame–H601HWTF........................ 3-196 3.59.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-196 3.59.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-196
3.60 32-Port Relay Rear Access Conversion Card–H601RATB......................................... 3-197 3.60.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-197 3.60.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-198 3.60.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-198
3.61 32-Port Front Access Relay Conversion Card–H601RATF ........................................ 3-200 3.61.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-200 3.61.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-201 3.61.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane ................................................ 3-202
3.62 Front Access Subscriber Cable Conversion Card–H601SLTF ................................... 3-203 3.62.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 3-203 3.62.2 Front Panel........................................................................................................ 3-204
Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables ........................................................................ 4-1 4.1 About This Chapter ............................................................................................................ 4-1
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Table of Contents
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
viii
4.2 Digital Trunk Cable ............................................................................................................ 4-1 4.2.1 Overview of Digital Trunk Cable.............................................................................. 4-1 4.2.2 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF ............................... 4-1 4.2.3 75-ohm E1 cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF ................................................. 4-1 4.2.4 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF .................................... 4-5 4.2.5 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF ................................................... 4-8 4.2.6 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF .......................................................... 4-8 4.2.7 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF...................................................... 4-11 4.2.8 E3/T3 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF ................................................................ 4-14 4.2.9 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 ...................................... 4-16 4.2.10 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1 .......................... 4-17 4.2.11 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2 ........................ 4-21 4.2.12 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2 .......................... 4-24 4.2.13 120-Ohm Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2 ............................. 4-28 4.2.14 Overview of E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H303HSL to DDF............................. 4-31 4.2.15 75-ohm E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H303HSL to DDF ................................... 4-31 4.2.16 120-ohm E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H303HSL to DDF ................................. 4-33 4.2.17 Overview of E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H521SDL to DDF............................. 4-35 4.2.18 75-ohm E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H521SDL to DDF ................................... 4-35 4.2.19 120-ohm E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H521SDL to DDF ................................. 4-37 4.2.20 IPMB FE Upstream Cable................................................................................... 4-40 4.2.21 Overview of Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB................... 4-40 4.2.22 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB .................... 4-40 4.2.23 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB .................. 4-43 4.2.24 Overview of Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to DDF...................... 4-46 4.2.25 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to DDF.......................................... 4-46 4.2.26 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 ..... 4-46 4.2.27 E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 ......................... 4-46
4.3 Subtending Cable ............................................................................................................ 4-47 4.3.1 HW Cable .............................................................................................................. 4-47 4.3.2 LVDS Cable for the Slave Frame.......................................................................... 4-48 4.3.3 LVDS Cable for the Extended Frame.................................................................... 4-50
4.4 Subscriber Cable ............................................................................................................. 4-53 4.4.1 16-channel Unshielded Subscriber Cable............................................................. 4-53 4.4.2 32-channel Unshielded Subscriber Cable............................................................. 4-55 4.4.3 ATIA Subscriber Cable.......................................................................................... 4-59 4.4.4 EAUA Subscriber Cable........................................................................................ 4-61
4.5 Maintenance Cable.......................................................................................................... 4-63 4.5.1 Overview of Maintenance Cable ........................................................................... 4-63 4.5.2 Local Maintenance Serial Port Cable.................................................................... 4-64 4.5.3 Overview of Network Cable................................................................................... 4-64 4.5.4 Straight Through Cable ......................................................................................... 4-65
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Table of Contents
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
ix
4.5.5 Cross Over Cable.................................................................................................. 4-66 4.6 Signal Cable..................................................................................................................... 4-66
4.6.1 Test and Alarm Cable ........................................................................................... 4-66 4.6.2 Test and Alarm Subtending Cable ........................................................................ 4-69
4.7 Optical Fiber..................................................................................................................... 4-70 4.7.1 Optical Fiber Type................................................................................................. 4-70 4.7.2 Fiber Selection Criteria.......................................................................................... 4-72 4.7.3 Optical Port Connector.......................................................................................... 4-73
Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables.......................................................................... 5-1 5.1 About This Chapter ............................................................................................................ 5-1 5.2 Trunk Cable ....................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.2.1 Overview of Trunk Cable......................................................................................... 5-1 5.2.2 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF ................................................... 5-1 5.2.3 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF .......................................................... 5-2 5.2.4 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF........................................................ 5-4 5.2.5 Overview of E3 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF ................................................... 5-7 5.2.6 75-ohm E3 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF .......................................................... 5-7 5.2.7 120-ohm E3 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF........................................................ 5-9 5.2.8 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 ...................................... 5-10 5.2.9 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1 ............................ 5-10 5.2.10 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1 ........................ 5-14 5.2.11 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2 .......................... 5-18 5.2.12 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2 ........................ 5-21 5.2.13 E1 Trunk Cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF ............................................... 5-25 5.2.14 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF .................................. 5-25 5.2.15 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF ................................ 5-27 5.2.16 E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H521SDL to DDF................................................. 5-29 5.2.17 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000............................... 5-29 5.2.18 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1..................... 5-30 5.2.19 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1................... 5-32 5.2.20 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2..................... 5-34 5.2.21 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2................... 5-36 5.2.22 IPMB Service Subtending Cable......................................................................... 5-38 5.2.23 IPMB Upstream Cable ........................................................................................ 5-41 5.2.24 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB ............. 5-41 5.2.25 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB .................... 5-41 5.2.26 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB .................. 5-44 5.2.27 E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to DDF .................................... 5-47 5.2.28 E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 ......................... 5-47 5.2.29 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP15-47 5.2.30 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1........................................................................................................................................ 5-50
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Table of Contents
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
x
5.2.31 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP25-52 5.2.32 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2........................................................................................................................................ 5-54 5.2.33 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro100 ........ 5-56 5.2.34 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro100 ............... 5-57 5.2.35 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro100 ............. 5-59
5.3 Overview of Subtending Cable ........................................................................................ 5-61 5.3.1 HW Cable .............................................................................................................. 5-61 5.3.2 LVDS Cable for the Slave Frame.......................................................................... 5-62
5.4 Subscriber Cable ............................................................................................................. 5-64 5.4.1 Overview of Subscriber Cable............................................................................... 5-64 5.4.2 16-Port Unshielded Subscriber Cable................................................................... 5-65 5.4.3 32-Port Unshielded Subscriber Cable................................................................... 5-68 5.4.4 ATIA Subscriber Cable.......................................................................................... 5-71 5.4.5 EAUA Subscriber Cable........................................................................................ 5-74 5.4.6 Overview of SDLT Subscriber Cable .................................................................... 5-76 5.4.7 Four-tributary SDLT Subscriber Cable.................................................................. 5-76 5.4.8 Eight-tributary SDLT Subscriber Cable................................................................. 5-78
5.5 Maintenance Cable.......................................................................................................... 5-80 5.6 Overview of Signal Cable ................................................................................................ 5-80
5.6.1 ESC Monitoring Cable........................................................................................... 5-81 5.6.2 Test and Alarm Cable ........................................................................................... 5-82 5.6.3 Fan Monitoring Cable............................................................................................ 5-82
Appendix A Acronyms and Abbreviations .................................................................................A-1
Index ................................................................................................................................................ i-1
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Figures
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xi
List of Figures
Figure 1–1 UA5000 in the overall solution............................................................................. 1-1
Figure 1–2 UA5000 series ..................................................................................................... 1-2
Figure 2–1 HABA frame layout .............................................................................................. 2-2
Figure 2–2 Ports on the HABA backplane ............................................................................. 2-3
Figure 2–3 HABB frame layout .............................................................................................. 2-5
Figure 2–4 Ports on the HABB backplane ............................................................................. 2-6
Figure 2–5 HABD frame layout .............................................................................................. 2-8
Figure 2–6 Ports in the cable connecting area of the HABD frame....................................... 2-9
Figure 2–7 Power supply ports on the HABD frame............................................................ 2-11
Figure 2–8 HABE frame layout ............................................................................................ 2-13
Figure 2–9 Ports in the cable connecting area of the HABE frame ..................................... 2-13
Figure 2–10 Power supply ports on the HABE frame .......................................................... 2-15
Figure 2–11 HABF frame layout........................................................................................... 2-16
Figure 2–12 Ports in the cable connecting area of the HABF frame ................................... 2-17
Figure 2–13 Power supply ports on the HABF frame .......................................................... 2-18
Figure 2–14 HABL frame layout........................................................................................... 2-20
Figure 2–15 Ports in the cable connecting area of the HABL frame.................................... 2-21
Figure 3–1 Front panel of the H601APMB card.....................................................................3-2
Figure 3–2 Subcards supported by the H601APMB board.................................................... 3-4
Figure 3–3 Pin assignment on the H601APMB card ........................................................... 3-10
Figure 3–4 Front panel of the H601APSB card ................................................................... 3-12
Figure 3–5 Buses and ports provided by the IPMB card ..................................................... 3-14
Figure 3–6 Front panel of the H601IPMB card ....................................................................3-15
Figure 3–7 Pin assignment on the H601IPMB card............................................................. 3-18
Figure 3–8 Front panel of the AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card....................... 3-19
Figure 3–9 Layout of the AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card .............................. 3-21
Figure 3–10 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card ............................................................... 3-23
Figure 3–11 Front panel of the H601PVMB card................................................................. 3-24
Figure 3–12 Front panel of the H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card3-25
Figure 3–13 Layout of the H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card..... 3-27
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Figures
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xii
Figure 3–14 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card ........................................ 3-29
Figure 3–15 Front panels of the H601PVU8 and the H601PVU4 cards.............................. 3-30
Figure 3–16 Layout of the H601PVU8 card......................................................................... 3-33
Figure 3–17 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601PVU8 card............................ 3-35
Figure 3–18 Front panel of H601RSU8/H601RSU4 card .................................................... 3-36
Figure 3–1 ............................................................................................................................ 3-37
Figure 3–1 ............................................................................................................................ 3-37
Figure 3–1 ............................................................................................................................ 3-37
Figure 3–19 Layout of the H601RSU8 card......................................................................... 3-39
Figure 3–20 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601RSU8 card ........................... 3-40
Figure 3–21 Front panel of the H602RSUG card ................................................................ 3-42
Figure 3–22 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H602RSUG card........................... 3-44
Figure 3–23 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H602RSUG card ........................... 3-45
Figure 3–24 Front panel of the H601AIUB card .................................................................. 3-46
Figure 3–25 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601AIUB card............................. 3-49
Figure 3–26 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H601AIUB card ............................. 3-50
Figure 3–27 Front panel of the H601EDTB card ................................................................. 3-51
Figure 3–28 Layout of the H601EDTB card......................................................................... 3-52
Figure 3–29 Pin assignment of the H601EDTB card (upper HEADER) .............................. 3-55
Figure 3–30 Pin assignment of the H601EDTB card (lower HEADER)............................... 3-56
Figure 3–31 Layout of the H601ADLB card......................................................................... 3-57
Figure 3–32 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601ADLB card............................ 3-58
Figure 3–33 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H601ADLB card ............................ 3-59
Figure 3–34 Layout of the H601ADLF card ......................................................................... 3-60
Figure 3–35 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601ADLF card............................ 3-61
Figure 3–36 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H601ADLF card ............................ 3-62
Figure 3–37 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H602ADMB/H602ADMC/H602ADMI card ............................................................................................................................... 3-63
Figure 3–38 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H602ADMB/H602ADMC/H602ADMI card ............................................................................................................................... 3-64
Figure 3–39 Front panel of the H603ADRB card................................................................. 3-65
Figure 3–40 Layout of the jumpers of the H603ADRB card ................................................ 3-66
Figure 3–41 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H603ADRB card ........................... 3-67
Figure 3–42 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H603ADRB card............................ 3-68
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Figures
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xiii
Figure 3–43 Front panel of the H605ADRB card................................................................. 3-69
Figure 3–44 Layout of the H605ADRB card ........................................................................ 3-70
Figure 3–45 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H605ADRB card ........................... 3-71
Figure 3–46 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H605ADRB card............................ 3-72
Figure 3–47 Pin assignment between the CC36ASL/CB37ASL card and the backplane (upper HEADER)........................................................................................................... 3-74
Figure 3–48 Pin assignment between the CC36ASL/CB37ASL card and the backplane (lower HEADER) ...................................................................................................................... 3-75
Figure 3–49 Pin assignment between the CB38ASL card and the backplane(upper HEADER)....................................................................................................................................... 3-77
Figure 3–50 Pin assignment between the CB38ASL card and the backplane (lower HEADER)....................................................................................................................................... 3-78
Figure 3–51 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the CC0HASL/CC0NASL/CC0RASL card....................................................................................................................................... 3-80
Figure 3–52 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the CC0HASL/CC0NASL/CC0RASL card3-81
Figure 3–53 Pin assignment between the CC0KASL/CC0MASL card and the backplane (upper HEADER)........................................................................................................... 3-83
Figure 3–54 Pin assignment between the CC0KASL/CC0MASL card and the backplane (lower HEADER) ........................................................................................................... 3-84
Figure 3–55 Front panel of the H601ATIA card ................................................................... 3-85
Figure 3–56 Layout of the H601ATIA card........................................................................... 3-86
Figure 3–57 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601ATIA card ............................. 3-88
Figure 3–58 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H601ATIA card .............................. 3-89
Figure 3–59 Front panel of the H301CDI/CC01CDI card .................................................... 3-90
Figure 3–60 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H301CDI/CC01CDI card .............. 3-92
Figure 3–61 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H301CDI/CC01CDI card............... 3-92
Figure 3–62 Pin assignment between the H601CSLB card and the backplane (upper HEADER) ...................................................................................................................... 3-95
Figure 3–63 Pin assignment between the H601CSLB card and the backplane (lower HEADER) ...................................................................................................................... 3-96
Figure 3–64 Pin assignment between the H601CSLI card and the backplane (upper HEADER)....................................................................................................................................... 3-98
Figure 3–65 Pin assignment between the H601CSLI card and the backplane (upper HEADER)....................................................................................................................................... 3-99
Figure 3–66 Pin assignment between the H602CSMB and the backplane (upper HEADER)3-101
Figure 3–67 Pin assignment between the H602CSMB and the backplane (lower HEADER)3-102
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Figures
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xiv
Figure 3–68 Jumpers of the H603CSMC card...................................................................3-103
Figure 3–69 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H603CSMB/H603CSMC card ....3-105
Figure 3–70 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H603CSMB/H603CMSC card.....3-106
Figure 3–71 Layout of the H603CSRB card ......................................................................3-107
Figure 3–72 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H603CSRB card .........................3-108
Figure 3–73 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H603CSRB card..........................3-109
Figure 3–74 Layout of the H601DEHA card ...................................................................... 3-110
Figure 3–75 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601DEHA card ......................... 3-113
Figure 3–76 Signal definition of lower HEADER on the H601DEHA card ......................... 3-113
Figure 3–77 Front panel of the CB02DSL/CB03DSL card ................................................ 3-115
Figure 3–78 Pin assignment of upper HEADER of the DSL card...................................... 3-116
Figure 3–79 Front panel of the CB05DSL card.................................................................. 3-118
Figure 3–80 Pin assignment between the CB05DSL card and the backplane (upper HEADER)..................................................................................................................................... 3-119
Figure 3–81 Front panel of the H601EAUA card ...............................................................3-120
Figure 3–82 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601EAUA card .........................3-122
Figure 3–83 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H601EAUA card ..........................3-123
Figure 3–84 Front panel of the H302HSL card ..................................................................3-124
Figure 3–85 Layout of the H302HSL card .........................................................................3-125
Figure 3–86 Front panel of the H303HSL card ..................................................................3-128
Figure 3–87 Layout of the H303HSL card .........................................................................3-129
Figure 3–88 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H303HSL card ............................3-131
Figure 3–89 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H303HSL card.............................3-132
Figure 3–90 Front panel of the H521SDL card ..................................................................3-133
Figure 3–91 Layout of the H521SDL card .........................................................................3-135
Figure 3–92 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H521SDL card ............................3-137
Figure 3–93 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H521SDL card.............................3-138
Figure 3–94 Pin assignment between the H601SDLB card and the backplane (upper HEADER) ....................................................................................................................3-139
Figure 3–95 Pin assignment between the H601SDLB card and the backplane (lower HEADER) ....................................................................................................................3-140
Figure 3–96 Front panel of the H601SDLT card ................................................................3-141
Figure 3–97 Pin assignment of the H601SDLT card on the lower HEADER.....................3-143
Figure 3–98 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601VDLA card..........................3-144
Figure 3–99 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H601VDLA card ..........................3-145
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Figures
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xv
Figure 3–100 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601VDLB card........................3-146
Figure 3–101 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H601VDLB card ........................3-147
Figure 3–102 Layout of the CB02VFB card.......................................................................3-148
Figure 3–103 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the CB02VFB..................................3-150
Figure 3–104 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the CB02VFB ..................................3-151
Figure 3–105 Layout of the CB03VFB card.......................................................................3-152
Figure 3–106 Pin assignment between the CB03VFB card and the backplane (upper HEADER) ....................................................................................................................3-154
Figure 3–107 Pin assignment between the CB03VFB card and the backplane (lower HEADER) ....................................................................................................................3-155
Figure 3–108 Pin assignment between the CB01VMS card and the backplane (upper HEADER) ....................................................................................................................3-157
Figure 3–109 Pin assignment between the CB01VMS card and the backplane (lower HEADER) ....................................................................................................................3-158
Figure 3–110 Front panel of the H303ESC card................................................................3-159
Figure 3–111 Layout of the H303ESC ...............................................................................3-160
Figure 3–112 Front panel of the H304ESC card................................................................3-162
Figure 3–113 Layout of the H304ESC card .......................................................................3-163
Figure 3–114 Front panel of the H601FCB card................................................................3-165
Figure 3–115 Layout of the H601FCB card .......................................................................3-165
Figure 3–116 Front panel of the H611PWMA card ............................................................3-167
Figure 3–117 Front panel of the H602PWX0 card.............................................................3-169
Figure 3–118 Layout of the H602PWX0 card ....................................................................3-171
Figure 3–119 Front panel of the H602PWX2 card.............................................................3-172
Figure 3–120 Layout of the H602PWX2 card ....................................................................3-174
Figure 3–121 Front panel of the H601TSSB card (left) and the H601TSSC card (right) ..3-176
Figure 3–122 Pin assignment of three ports on the front panel of the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card .............................................................................................................................3-177
Figure 3–123 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card ....3-179
Figure 3–124 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card.....3-180
Figure 3–125 Definition of J3 and J4 on the front panel of the card..................................3-182
Figure 3–126 Pin assignment between the H601E1TB card and the backplane (J1).......3-183
Figure 3–127 Pin assignment between the H601E1TB card and the backplane (J2).......3-183
Figure 3–128 Front panel of the H601E1TF card ..............................................................3-184
Figure 3–129 Definition of the pins on the front panel of the H601EFTB card ..................3-186
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Figures
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xvi
Figure 3–130 Pin assignment between the H601EFTB card and the backplane (J1).......3-187
Figure 3–131 Pin assignment between the H601EFTB card and the backplane (J2).......3-188
Figure 3–132 Front panel of the H601EFTF card..............................................................3-189
Figure 3–133 Front panel of the H601HLAF card..............................................................3-191
Figure 3–134 Front panel of the H601HLEF card..............................................................3-191
Figure 3–135 Front panel of the H601HLSF card..............................................................3-192
Figure 3–136 Front panel of the H601HWCB card............................................................3-193
Figure 3–137 Front panel of the H601HWCF card ............................................................3-194
Figure 3–138 Front panel of the H601HWTF card ............................................................3-196
Figure 3–139 Pin assignment on the front panel of the H601RATB card..........................3-198
Figure 3–140 Pin assignment of connector J1 ..................................................................3-199
Figure 3–141 Pin assignment of connector J2 ..................................................................3-200
Figure 3–142 Ports on the front panel of the H601RATF card ..........................................3-202
Figure 3–143 Pin assignment on the front panel of the H601RATF card ..........................3-203
Figure 3–144 Front panel of the H601SLTF card ..............................................................3-204
Figure 4–1 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF .............. 4-2
Figure 4–2 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF ..................... 4-5
Figure 4–3 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF .................................. 4-8
Figure 4–4 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF .............................. 4-11
Figure 4–5 Outline of the 75-ohm E3/T3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF........................... 4-15
Figure 4–6 Outline of the 75-ohm to 120-ohm conversion cable......................................... 4-15
Figure 4–7 Outline of the cable to the DDF ......................................................................... 4-16
Figure 4–8 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1..... 4-17
Figure 4–9 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1...4-21
Figure 4–10 Outline of the 75-ohm trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2 ........ 4-25
Figure 4–11 Outline of the 120-ohm trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2 ...... 4-28
Figure 4–12 Outline of the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF............ 4-31
Figure 4–13 Outline of the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF.......... 4-33
Figure 4–14 Outline of the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF............ 4-35
Figure 4–15 Outline of the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF.......... 4-38
Figure 4–16 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB4-40
Figure 4–17 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB4-43
Figure 4–18 Outline of the HW cable................................................................................... 4-47
Figure 4–19 Outline of the LVDS cable for the slave frame................................................. 4-48
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Figures
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xvii
Figure 4–20 Outline of the LVDS cable for the extended frame. ......................................... 4-50
Figure 4–21 Outline of the 16-channel unshielded subscriber cable................................... 4-54
Figure 4–22 Outline of the 32-channel unshielded subscriber cable................................... 4-56
Figure 4–23 Outline of the ATIA subscriber cable................................................................ 4-59
Figure 4–24 Outline of the EAUA subscriber cable ............................................................. 4-61
Figure 4–25 Outline of the local maintenance cable............................................................ 4-64
Figure 4–26 Outline of the straight through cable................................................................ 4-65
Figure 4–27 Outline of the cross over cable ........................................................................ 4-66
Figure 4–28 Outline of the test and alarm cable.................................................................. 4-67
Figure 4–29 Outline of the test and alarm subtending cable ............................................... 4-69
Figure 5–1 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF .................................. 5-2
Figure 5–2 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF ................................ 5-5
Figure 5–3 Outline of the 75-ohm E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF .................................. 5-8
Figure 5–4 Outline of the 120-ohm E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF ................................ 5-9
Figure 5–5 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1..... 5-11
Figure 5–6 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42 SP1..5-15
Figure 5–7 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2..... 5-18
Figure 5–8 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2...5-22
Figure 5–9 Outline of the 75-ohm trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF.................. 5-25
Figure 5–10 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF ........ 5-27
Figure 5–11 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP15-30
Figure 5–12 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP15-32
Figure 5–13 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP25-34
Figure 5–14 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP25-36
Figure 5–15 Outline of the IPMB service subtending cable................................................. 5-38
Figure 5–16 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB5-41
Figure 5–17 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB5-44
Figure 5–18 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1.............................................................................................................. 5-48
Figure 5–19 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1.............................................................................................................. 5-50
Figure 5–20 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2.............................................................................................................. 5-52
Figure 5–21 Outline of the120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2.............................................................................................................. 5-55
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Figures
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xviii
Figure 5–22 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro100 .......................................................................................................................5-57
Figure 5–23 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro100 .......................................................................................................................5-59
Figure 5–24 Outline of the HW cable................................................................................... 5-61
Figure 5–25 Outline of the LVDS cable for the slave frame................................................. 5-63
Figure 5–26 Outline of the 16-port unshielded subscriber cable. ........................................ 5-65
Figure 5–27 Outline of the 32-port unshielded subscriber cable. ........................................ 5-68
Figure 5–28 Outline of the ATIA subscriber cable................................................................ 5-71
Figure 5–29 Outline of the EAUA subscriber cable ............................................................. 5-74
Figure 5–30 Outline of the four-tributary SDLT subscriber cable......................................... 5-77
Figure 5–31 Outline of the eight-tributary SDLT subscriber cable ....................................... 5-78
Figure 5–32 Outline of the ESC monitoring cable ............................................................... 5-81
Figure 5–33 Outline of the fan monitoring cable.................................................................. 5-82
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Tables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xix
List of Tables
Table 1–1 Service frames used in the UA5000 series ........................................................... 1-2
Table 2–1 Types of cards in the HABA frame......................................................................... 2-1
Table 2–2 Description of the ports on the HABA backplane .................................................. 2-4
Table 2–3 Types of cards in the HABB frame ........................................................................ 2-5
Table 2–4 Description of the ports on the HABB backplane. ................................................. 2-7
Table 2–5 Types of cards in the HABD frame ........................................................................ 2-8
Table 2–6 Ports provided by the conversion cards of the HABD frame................................. 2-9
Table 2–7 Description of power supply ports on the HABD frame....................................... 2-11
Table 2–8 Types of cards in the HABE frame ...................................................................... 2-12
Table 2–9 Ports provided by the conversion cards of the HABE frame ............................... 2-14
Table 2–10 Description of power supply ports on the HABE frame ..................................... 2-15
Table 2–11 Types of cards in the HABF frame..................................................................... 2-15
Table 2–12 Ports provided by the conversion cards of the HABF frame ............................. 2-17
Table 2–13 Description of the power supply ports on the HABF frame ............................... 2-18
Table 2–14 Types of cards in the HABL frame..................................................................... 2-19
Table 2–15 Ports provided by the conversion cards of the HABL frame.............................. 2-21
Table 3–1 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H601APMB card ..................... 3-2
Table 3–2 Description of the button and the ports on the front panel of the H601APMB card3-3
Table 3–3 Description of subcards supported by the H601APMB card (I) ............................ 3-5
Table 3–4 Description of subcards supported by the H601APMB board (II) ......................... 3-5
Table 3–5 Description of subcards supported by the H601APMB board (III) ........................ 3-6
Table 3–6 lists the subcards near the front panel. .................................................................. 3-8
Table 3–6 Description of subcards supported by the H601APMB board (IV)........................ 3-8
Table 3–7 Description of subcards supported by the H601APMB board (V)......................... 3-8
Table 3–8 DIP switches S1 and S4 of the H601CESA card .................................................. 3-9
Table 3–9 DIP switches S2 and S3 of the H601CESA card .................................................. 3-9
Table 3–10 DIP switches S1, S2 and S4 of the H601E8IA card............................................ 3-9
Table 3–11 DIP switches S3 and S5 of the H601E8IA card ................................................ 3-10
Table 3–12 Pin assignment on the H601APMB backplane ................................................. 3-11
Table 3–13 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H601APSB card.................. 3-12
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Tables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xx
Table 3–14 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H601IPMB card................... 3-15
Table 3–15 Description of the button and the ports on the front panel of the H601IPMB card3-16
Table 3–16 Subcards supported by the H601IPMB card..................................................... 3-16
Table 3–17 Pin assignment on J3 of the H601IPMB backplane.......................................... 3-18
Table 3–18 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card ............................................................... 3-20
Table 3–19 Description of the button and the ports on the front panel of the AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card ............................................................... 3-20
Table 3–20 Settings and meanings of jumpers J6 and J13 ................................................. 3-21
Table 3–21 Description of the LEDS on the front panel of the H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card ........................................ 3-25
Table 3–22 Description of the ports and the button on the front panel of the H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card ........................................ 3-26
Table 3–23 Settings and meanings of jumpers J6 and J7 on the H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card ........................................ 3-27
Table 3–24 Descriptions of the LEDs on the front panels of the H601PVU8 and the H601PVU4 cards........................................................................................................... 3-31
Table 3–25 Description of the button, the switch, and the ports on the front panel of the H601PVU8/H601PVU4 card ......................................................................................... 3-32
Table 3–26 Setting of the DIP switch of the H601PVU8/H601PVU4 card........................... 3-33
Table 3–27 Settings and meanings of jumpers J14 and J16 ............................................... 3-34
Table 3–28 Settings and meanings of jumpers J13 and J15 ............................................... 3-34
Table 3–29 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H601RSU8/H601RSU4 card3-37
Table 3–30 Description of the button, the switch, and the ports on the front panel of the H601RSU8/H601RSU4 card......................................................................................... 3-38
Table 3–31 Setting of the DIP switch of the H601RSU8 card.............................................. 3-38
Table 3–32 Settings and meanings of jumpers J14 and J16 ............................................... 3-39
Table 3–33 Settings and meanings of jumpers J13 and J15 ............................................... 3-39
Table 3–34 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H602RSUG card ................. 3-42
Table 3–35 Description of the button and the port on the front panel of the H602RSUG card3-43
Table 3–36 Description of characters in the following figures.............................................. 3-43
Table 3–37 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H601AIUB card ................... 3-46
Table 3–38 Description of the button and the port on the front panel of the H601AIUB card3-47
Table 3–39 Subcards on the H601AIUB card ...................................................................... 3-47
Table 3–40 Description of DIP switches of the H601E8IA subcard ..................................... 3-48
Table 3–41 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H601EDTB card.................. 3-51
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Tables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xxi
Table 3–42 Settings of the jumpers on the H601EDTB card ............................................... 3-52
Table 3–43 Relationship between pins of J600/J700/J800/J900 and E1 signals ................ 3-53
Table 3–44 Relationship between pins of J501/J502 and E1 signals.................................. 3-53
Table 3–45 Definition of pins of J203................................................................................... 3-54
Table 3–46 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H601ADLB card.................... 3-57
Table 3–47 Settings of DIP switch of the H601ADLB card .................................................. 3-57
Table 3–48 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H601ADLF card .................... 3-60
Table 3–49 Settings of jumper of the H601ADLF card ........................................................ 3-60
Table 3–50 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H602ADMB/H602ADMC/H602ADMI card .................................................................... 3-63
Table 3–51 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H603ADRB card ................... 3-65
Table 3–52 Settings of jumper S1 of the H603ADRB card .................................................. 3-66
Table 3–53 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H605ADRB card ................... 3-69
Table 3–54 Settings of jumper of the H605ADRB card........................................................ 3-70
Table 3–55 Description of the LED on the front panel of the CB36ASL/CB37ASL card ..... 3-73
Table 3–56 Description of the LED on the front panel of the CB38ASL card ...................... 3-76
Table 3–57 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the CC0HASL/CC0NASL/CC0RASL card ............................................................................................................................... 3-79
Table 3–58 Description of the LED on the front panel of the CC0KASL/CC0MASL card.... 3-82
Table 3–59 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H601ATIA card .................... 3-85
Table 3–60 Settings of DIP switch SW1............................................................................... 3-87
Table 3–61 Settings of DIP switch SW2............................................................................... 3-87
Table 3–62 Settings of DIP switches SW3–SW14............................................................... 3-87
Table 3–63 Meanings of signal cables of the H60ATIA card................................................ 3-89
Table 3–64 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H301CDI/CC01CDI card..... 3-91
Table 3–65 Description of front panel of the H601CSLB card ............................................. 3-93
Table 3–66 Jumper settings of the H601CSLB card............................................................ 3-94
Table 3–67 Description of the front panel of the H601CSLI card ....................................... 3-96
Table 3–68 Jumper settings of the H601CSLI card ............................................................. 3-97
Table 3–69 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H602CSMB card.................3-100
Table 3–70 Jumper settings of the H602CSMB/H602CSMC card ....................................3-100
Table 3–71 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H603CSMB/H603CSMC card3-103
Table 3–72 Settings of jumpers of the H603CSMC card ...................................................3-104
Table 3–73 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H603CSRB card .................3-107
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Tables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xxii
Table 3–74 Settings of jumpers S1 and S2 of the H603CSRB card..................................3-107
Table 3–75 Description of the LED ON the front panel of the H601DEHA card ................ 3-110
Table 3–76 Settings and meanings of DIP switches S1, S2, S5, and S6 ...........................3-111
Table 3–77 Settings of DIP switches S3 and S4.................................................................3-111
Table 3–78 Settings of DIP switch S8 ................................................................................ 3-112
Table 3–79 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the CB02DSL/CB03DSL card . 3-115
Table 3–80 describes the details on the front panel of the CB05DSL card. ....................... 3-118
Table 3–80 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the CB05DSL card .................. 3-118
Table 3–81 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H601EAUA card................3-121
Table 3–82 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H302HSL card...................3-125
Table 3–83 Settings of DIP switches and jumpers on the H302HSL card .........................3-126
Table 3–84 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H303HSL card...................3-128
Table 3–85 Description of the button and the port on the front panel of the H303HSL card3-129
Table 3–86 Settings of DIP switches on the H303HSL card..............................................3-130
Table 3–87 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H521SDL card...................3-133
Table 3–88 Description of the button and the port on the front panel of the H521SDL card3-134
Table 3–89 Settings of DIP switches of the H521SDL card...............................................3-135
Table 3–90 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H601SDLB card ..................3-139
Table 3–91 Description of the front panel of the H601SDLT card......................................3-142
Table 3–92 Description of the button and the port on the front panel of the H601SDLT card3-142
Table 3–93 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H601VDLA card ..................3-143
Table 3–94 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H601VDLB card ..................3-146
Table 3–95 Description of the LED on the front panel of the CB02VFB card ....................3-148
Table 3–96 Settings of DIP switches of the CB02VFB card ..............................................3-148
Table 3–97 Description of the LED on the front panel of the CB03VFB card ....................3-151
Table 3–98 Settings of DIP switches of the CB03VFB card ..............................................3-152
Table 3–99 Description of the LED on the front panel of the CB01VMS card ...................3-156
Table 3–100 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H303ESC card..................3-159
Table 3–101 Description of the switch on the front panel of the H303ESC card...............3-159
Table 3–102 Settings of jumpers of the H303ESC card ....................................................3-160
Table 3–103 Settings of DIP switch S6 on the H303ESC card..........................................3-161
Table 3–104 Settings of DIP switch S7 on the H303ESC card..........................................3-161
Table 3–105 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H304ESC card..................3-162
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Tables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xxiii
Table 3–106 Description of the switch and the button on the front panel of the H304ESC card.....................................................................................................................................3-162
Table 3–107 Settings of DIP switches of the H304ESC card ............................................3-163
Table 3–108 Settings of jumpers on the H304ESC card ...................................................3-164
Table 3–109 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H601FCB card ..................3-165
Table 3–110 Settings of DIP switches SW101-5 and SW101-6 ........................................3-165
Table 3–111 Settings of DIP switchesSW101-7 and SW101-8 .........................................3-166
Table 3–112 Factory settings of DIP switches SW101-5 to SW101-8...............................3-166
Table 3–113 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H611PWMA card.............3-167
Table 3–114 Description of the button and the ports on the front panel of the H611PWMA card.....................................................................................................................................3-168
Table 3–115 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H602PWX0 card .............3-170
Table 3–116 Description of the switches on the front panel of the H602PWX0 card ........3-170
Table 3–117 Settings of jumpers on the H602PWX0 card.................................................3-171
Table 3–118 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H602PWX2 card .............3-173
Table 3–119 Settings of jumpers on the H602PWX2 card.................................................3-175
Table 3–120 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card3-176
Table 3–121 Description of the ports on the front panel of the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card3-177
Table 3–122 Description of pins of three ports on the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card.........3-177
Table 3–123 Description of pin assignment of the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card ..............3-180
Table 3–124 Definition of pins on the front panel of the H601E1TF card ..........................3-184
Table 3–125 Definition of pins on the front panel of the H601EFTF card..........................3-189
Table 3–126 Description of the front panel of the H601HWCB card .................................3-193
Table 3–127 Connectors on the front panel of the H601HWCF card ................................3-194
Table 3–128 Description of the port on the front panel of the H601HWTB card................3-196
Table 3–129 Connectors on the front panel of the H601HWTF card.................................3-197
Table 3–130 Pins on the H601RATB card .........................................................................3-200
Table 3–131 Pins on the H601RATF card..........................................................................3-203
Table 3–132 Definition of pins on the front panel of the H601SLTF card ..........................3-204
Table 4–1 Labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF................ 4-2
Table 4–2 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF...4-2
Table 4–3 Labels on the 120-ohm E1 cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF....................... 4-5
Table 4–4 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF.......... 4-6
Table 4–5 Labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF.................................... 4-8
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Tables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xxiv
Table 4–6 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF....................... 4-9
Table 4–7 Labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF................................ 4-12
Table 4–8 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF................... 4-12
Table 4–9 Labels on the 75-ohm to 120-ohm conversion cable .......................................... 4-15
Table 4–10 Labels on the cable to the DDF......................................................................... 4-16
Table 4–11 Pin assignment of the E3/T3 cable to the DDF ................................................. 4-16
Table 4–12 Labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1 .... 4-17
Table 4–13 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1....................................................................................................................................... 4-18
Table 4–14 Labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1 ..4-21
Table 4–15 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1....................................................................................................................... 4-22
Table 4–16 Labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2 ..4-25
Table 4–17 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2....................................................................................................................................... 4-25
Table 4–18 Labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2 ..4-28
Table 4–19 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2....................................................................................................................... 4-29
Table 4–20 Labels on the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF (I) ......... 4-32
Table 4–21 Labels on the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF (II) ........ 4-32
Table 4–22 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF (I)4-32
Table 4–23 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF (II)4-33
Table 4–24 Labels on the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF (I) ....... 4-34
Table 4–25 Labels on the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF (II) ...... 4-34
Table 4–26 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF (I)....................................................................................................................................... 4-34
Table 4–27 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF (II)....................................................................................................................................... 4-35
Table 4–28 Labels on the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF (I) ......... 4-36
Table 4–29 Labels on the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF (II) ........ 4-36
Table 4–30 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF (I)4-36
Table 4–31 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF (II)4-37
Table 4–32 Labels on the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF (I) ....... 4-38
Table 4–33 Labels on the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF (II) ...... 4-38
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Tables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xxv
Table 4–34 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF (I)....................................................................................................................................... 4-39
Table 4–35 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF (II)....................................................................................................................................... 4-39
Table 4–36 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB ............................................................................................................................ 4-41
Table 4–37 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB ............................................................................................................................ 4-43
Table 4–38 Pin assignment of the HW cable ....................................................................... 4-47
Table 4–39 Pin assignment of the LVDS cable for slave frame ........................................... 4-48
Table 4–40 Pin assignment of the LVDS cable for extended frame..................................... 4-50
Table 4–41 Pin assignment of the 16-channel unshielded subscriber cable ....................... 4-54
Table 4–42 Pin assignment of the 32-channel unshielded subscriber cable ....................... 4-56
Table 4–43 Pin assignment of the ATIA subscriber cable .................................................... 4-59
Table 4–44 Labels on the EAUA subscriber cable ............................................................... 4-61
Table 4–45 Pin assignment of the EAUA subscriber cable .................................................. 4-62
Table 4–46 Pin assignment of the maintenance cable......................................................... 4-64
Table 4–47 Pin assignment of the straight through cable .................................................... 4-65
Table 4–48 Pin assignment of the cross over cable............................................................. 4-66
Table 4–49 Label prints on the test and alarm cable ........................................................... 4-67
Table 4–50 Pin assignment of the test and alarm cable ...................................................... 4-67
Table 4–51 Label prints on the test and alarm subtending cable......................................... 4-69
Table 4–52 Pin assignment of the test and alarm subtending cable.................................... 4-70
Table 4–53 Optical fibers used by the cards of the UA5000................................................ 4-70
Table 4–54 Common optical connectors .............................................................................. 4-73
Table 5–1 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF....................... 5-2
Table 5–2 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF..................... 5-5
Table 5–3 Labels on the 75-ohm E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF.................................... 5-8
Table 5–4 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF....................... 5-8
Table 5–5 Labels on the 120-ohm E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF.................................. 5-9
Table 5–6 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF................... 5-10
Table 5–7 Description of the labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1....................................................................................................................... 5-11
Table 5–8 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1....................................................................................................................................... 5-12
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Tables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xxvi
Table 5–9 Description of the labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1....................................................................................................................... 5-15
Table 5–10 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1....................................................................................................................... 5-15
Table 5–11 Description of the labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2....................................................................................................................... 5-19
Table 5–12 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2....................................................................................................................... 5-19
Table 5–13 Description of the labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2.............................................................................................................. 5-22
Table 5–14 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2....................................................................................................................... 5-22
Table 5–15 Description of the labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF ............................................................................................................................... 5-25
Table 5–16 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF5-26
Table 5–17 Description of the labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF ........................................................................................................................... 5-27
Table 5–18 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF5-28
Table 5–19 Labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP15-30
Table 5–20 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1....................................................................................................................... 5-31
Table 5–21 Labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP15-32
Table 5–22 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1....................................................................................................................... 5-33
Table 5–23 Labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP25-34
Table 5–24 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2....................................................................................................................... 5-35
Table 5–25 Labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP25-36
Table 5–26 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2....................................................................................................................... 5-37
Table 5–27 Description of the labels on the IPMB service subtending cable ...................... 5-38
Table 5–28 Pin assignment of the IPMB service subtending cable ..................................... 5-39
Table 5–29 Description of the labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB .............................................................................. 5-41
Table 5–30 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB ............................................................................................................................ 5-42
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Tables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xxvii
Table 5–31 Description of the labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB .............................................................................. 5-44
Table 5–32 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB ............................................................................................................................ 5-45
Table 5–33 Labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1.............................................................................................................. 5-48
Table 5–34 Pin assignment of the75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1.................................................................................................... 5-49
Table 5–35 Labels on the120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1.............................................................................................................. 5-50
Table 5–36 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1.................................................................................................... 5-51
Table 5–37 Labels on the75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2.............................................................................................................. 5-53
Table 5–38 Pin assignment of the75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2.................................................................................................... 5-53
Table 5–39 Labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2.............................................................................................................. 5-55
Table 5–40 Pin assignment of the120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2.................................................................................................... 5-55
Table 5–41 Description of the labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 100........................................................................ 5-57
Table 5–42 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 100 ......................................................................................................................5-57
Table 5–43 Description of labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro100......................................................................... 5-59
Table 5–44 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro100 .......................................................................................................................5-59
Table 5–45 Pin assignment of the HW cable ....................................................................... 5-61
Table 5–46 Pin assignment of the LVDS cable for the slave frame..................................... 5-63
Table 5–47 Pin assignment of the 16-port unshielded subscriber cable ............................. 5-65
Table 5–48 Description of the labels on the 32-port unshielded subscriber cable .............. 5-68
Table 5–49 Pin assignment of the 32-port unshielded subscriber cable ............................. 5-69
Table 5–50 Description of labels on the ATIA subscriber cable ........................................... 5-71
Table 5–51 Pin assignment of the ATIA subscriber cable .................................................... 5-72
Table 5–52 Description of the labels on the EAUA subscriber cable................................... 5-74
Table 5–53 Pin assignment of the EAUA subscriber cable.................................................. 5-75
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit List of Tables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
xxviii
Table 5–54 Description of labels on the four-tributary SDLT subscriber cable .................... 5-77
Table 5–55 Pin assignment of the four-tributary SDLT subscriber cable ............................. 5-77
Table 5–56 Description of labels on the eight-tributary SDLT subscriber cable................... 5-79
Table 5–57 Pin assignment of the eight-tributary SDLT subscriber cable ........................... 5-79
Table 5–58 Description of the labels on the ESC monitoring cable..................................... 5-81
Table 5–59 Pin assignment of the ESC monitoring cable.................................................... 5-81
Table 5–60 Description of the labels on the fan monitoring cable ....................................... 5-82
Table 5–61 Pin assignment of the fan monitoring cable ...................................................... 5-82
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 1 Overview
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
1-1
Chapter 1 Overview
The UA5000 series is the integrated universal access unit for integrated broadband and narrowband services. Figure 1–1 shows the UA5000 series in the overall solution.
E1(V5) FE/GESTM-1
DDN ATM IP
SDH/MSTP/VP Ring
(H.248/MGCP)
ADSLADSL2+VDSL
SHDSL
E1
PSTN
STM-1
Convergencelayer
Access layer
Terminalequipment
POTSISDNVoIP
V.24V.35E1
LAN
(H.248/MGCP)
: UA5000 : SoftSwitch
Figure 1–1 UA5000 in the overall solution
1.1 About the UA5000 The UA5000 series is the most important Optical Network Unit (ONU). Figure 1–2 shows the UA5000 series. They provide different capacities and maintenance modes and can be applied in different scenarios.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 1 Overview
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
1-2
512A
1000A
F01A
F02A
F01AF
F02AF
60A
F01D100
F01D500
F01D600F01D20
0
室内型 室外型
F01D1000
512A
1000A
F01A
F02A
F01AF
F02AF
60A
F01D100
F01D500
F01D600
Front access
Indoor series Outdoor series
Rear access
F01D1000
512
1000A
F01
F02A
F01AF
60A
F01D500
F01D600
室内型 室外型
F01D1000
F01A
F01AF
F01D100
F01D500
Indoor series Outdoor series
F01D1000
F01D200
F02AF
F02A
Figure 1–2 UA5000 series
The following describes the front access and rear access.
Front access: The cabinet can be placed against the wall. Card insertion/removing, cabling, maintenance and operation can be done at the front.
Rear access: The cabinet cannot be placed against the wall. Cables are routed at the rear, while card insertion or removing is conducted at the front.
1.2 Configuration of the UA5000 Table 1–1 lists the service frames used in the UA5000 series.
Table 1–1 Service frames used in the UA5000 series
Cabinet type Service frame
F01A HABA (master frame)
F02A HABA (master frame), HABB (extended frame)
F01AF HABD (master frame), HABE (slave frame), HABF (extended frame)
F02AF HABD (master frame), HABE (slave frame), HABF (extended frame)
F01D100 HABL (master frame)
F01D200 HABD (master frame)
F01D500 HABD (master frame), HABF (extended frame)
F01D1000 HABD (master frame), HABE (slave frame), HABF (extended frame)
For description of the service frames, see "Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames"; for description of the cards, see "Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards".
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-1
Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
This chapter introduces service frames of the UA5000.
2.1 HABA Frame
2.1.1 Overview
The HABA frame is the master frame of the rear-access UA5000.
The HABA frame has 36 slots, and its configuration is as follows:
Two secondary power supply cards (PWX) work in the load sharing mode. Two broadband control cards reside in slots 2 and 3, supporting dual-system hot
backup. Two narrowband control cards reside in slots 4 and 5, supporting dual-system hot
backup. The AIUB card can reside in slots 6 and 7 only, and the TSSB or TSSC card can
reside in slot 17 only. There are 30 slots for line cards. Narrowband and broadband line cards can be
intermixed.
2.1.2 Layout
The HABA frame is 16 U (1 U = 44.45 mm) high. It can hold the following types of cards, as listed in Table 2–1.
Table 2–1 Types of cards in the HABA frame
Type Card
ATM Broadband control card APMB
IP Broadband control card IPMB
Narrowband control card PVU8, PVU4, and PVM
Remote subscriber unit RSU8 and RSU4
ATM interface card AIUB
Broadband line card ADLB, ADRB, SDLB, ADLF, ADMB, ADMC, ADMI, VDLA/VDLB, and EAUA
Narrowband line card ASL/A32, DSL, VFB, CDI, SDL, SDLT, and EDTB
Broadband and narrowband combo line card
CSMB, CSMC, CSLB, CSRB, and CSLI
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-2
Type Card
Secondary power supply card PWX
Test card TSSB and TSSC
Figure 2–1 shows the HABA frame layout.
01 0200
Fan
PWX
xSL
xPMB
PVx/RSUx
PWX
AIUB/xSL
Cable routing area
xPMB
AIUB/xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
TSSx/xSL
PVx/RSUx
03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Fan
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 3318 34 35
Cable routing area
Figure 2–1 HABA frame layout
In Figure 2–1,
PWX stands for the secondary power supply card. xPMB can be either the ATM or IP broadband control card. AIUB stands for the ATM interface card. PVx stands for the narrowband control card. TSSx stands for the test card. RSUx stands for the remote subscriber unit. xSL stands for the line card.
The HABA frame uses the H601HABA backplane.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-3
Note:
The PVx card can start up normally only after the PWX card works normally.
2.1.3 External Port
I. Ports in the cable connecting area
Cables are connected in the cable connecting area of the HABA frame through the ports on the backplane or through relevant conversion cards. Figure 2–2 shows the external ports on the HABA backplane.
-48 VDC port of theupper half frame
-48 VDC port of thelower half frame
E1/FE port of thebroadband control card
Monitor and alarm ports
Cable connecting area ofthe backplane for line cards
LVDS subtending port
Cable connecting area of the backplane for line cards
Cable connecting area ofthe backplane fornarrowband control cards
Figure 2–2 Ports on the HABA backplane
Table 2–2 describes the ports on the HABA backplane.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-4
Table 2–2 Description of the ports on the HABA backplane
Marks in Figure 2–2 Conversion card Line card
Cable connecting area of the corresponding backplane of the narrowband control card
HWCB PVU8/PVU4/PVM/RSU8/RSU4
Cable connecting area of the corresponding backplane of the line card
EFTB E1TB RATB
EAUA DEHA/EDTB/AIUB 16-port and 32-port line cards
E1/FE port of the broadband control card Not applicable (NA) NA
LVDS subtending port NA NA
–48 VDC port of the upper half frame NA NA
–48 VDC port of the lower half frame NA NA
Monitor and alarm ports NA NA
II. Power supply ports
The HABA frame provides two –48 VDC ports, residing at the back of the backplane, as shown in Figure 2–2.
2.2 HABB Frame
2.2.1 Overview
The HABB frame is the slave frame of the rear-access UA5000, working under the control of the HABA frame.
The HABB frame has 36 slots, and its configuration is as follows:
Two PWX cards work in the load sharing mode. Two broadband control cards reside in slots 2 and 3, supporting dual-system hot
backup. There is no narrowband control card, and narrowband services are controlled by
the narrowband control card in the HABA frame. There are 32 slots for line cards. Narrowband and broadband line cards can be
intermixed.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-5
2.2.2 Layout
The HABA frame is 16 U high. It can hold the following types of cards, as listed in Table 2–3.
Table 2–3 Types of cards in the HABB frame
Type Card
ATM broadband control card APSB
Broadband line card ADLB, ADRB, SDLB, ADLF, ADMB, ADMC, ADMI, VDLA/VDLB, and EAUA
Narrowband line card ASL/A32, DSL, VFB, CDI, SDL, SDLT, and EDTB
Broadband and narrowband combo line card CSMB, CSMC, CSLB, CSRB, and CSLI
Secondary power supply card PWX
Test card TSSB and TSSC
Figure 2–3 shows the HABB frame layout.
01 0200
Fan
PWX
xSL
APSB
PWX
xSL
Cable routing area
APSB
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Fan
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 3318 34 35
xSL
xSL
Cable routing area
Figure 2–3 HABB frame layout
In Figure 2–3,
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-6
PWX stands for secondary power supply card. TSSx stands for test card. APSB stands for broadband control card of the HABB frame xSL stands for the line card.
The HABB frame uses the H601HABB backplane.
2.2.3 External Port
I. Ports in the cable connecting area
Cables are connected in the cable connecting area of the HABB frame through the ports on the backplane or through relevant conversion cards. Figure 2–4 shows the external ports on the HABB backplane.
-48 VDC port of theupper half frame
-48 VDC port of thelower half frame
E1/FE port of thebroadband control card
Monitor and alarm ports
Cable connecting area ofthe backplane for line cards
LVDS subtending port
Cable connecting area of the backplane for line cards
Figure 2–4 Ports on the HABB backplane
Table 2–4 describes the ports on the HABB backplane.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-7
Table 2–4 Description of the ports on the HABB backplane.
Marks in Figure 2–4 Conversion card Line card
Cable connecting area of the corresponding backplane of the narrowband control card
HWCB PVU8/PVU4/PVM/RSU8/RSU4
Cable connecting area of the corresponding backplane of the line card
EFTB E1TB RATB
EAUA DEHA/EDTB/AIUB 16-port and 32-port line cards
E1/FE port of the broadband control card NA NA
LVDS subtending port NA NA
–48 VDC port of the upper frame NA NA
–48 VDC port of the lower frame NA NA
Monitor and alarm ports NA NA
II. Power supply ports
The HABB frame provides two –48 VDC ports, residing at the back of the backplane, as shown in Figure 2–4.
2.3 HABD Frame
2.3.1 Overview
The HABD frame is the master frame of the front-access UA5000.
The HABD frame provides 18 slots, and its configuration is as follows:
Two PWX cards work in the load sharing mode. Two broadband control cards reside in slots 2 and 3, supporting dual-system hot
backup. Two narrowband control cards reside in slots 4 and 5, supporting dual-system hot
backup. The AIUB card can reside in slots 6 and 7 only, and the TSSB or TSSC card can
reside in slot 17 only. There are 12 slots for line cards. Narrowband and broadband line cards can be
intermixed.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-8
2.3.2 Layout
The HABD frame is 10 U high. It can hold the following types of cards.
Table 2–5 Types of cards in the HABD frame
Type Card
ATM Broadband control card APMB
IP Broadband control card IPMB
Narrowband control card PVU8, PVU4, PVM
Remote subscriber unit RSU8 and RSU4
ATM interface card AIUB
Broadband line card ADLB, ADRB, SDLB, ADLF, ADMB, ADMC, ADMI, VDLA/VDLB, and EAUA
Narrowband line card ASL/A32, DSL, VFB, CDI, SDL, SDLT, and EDTB
Broadband and narrowband combo line card CSMB, CSMC, CSLB, CSRB, and CSLI
Secondary power supply card PWX
Test card TSSB and TSSC
Figure 2–5 shows the HABD frame layout.
Control and interconnectcable connecting area
PW
RIO PW
RIO PW
RIO
xPMB
xPMB
PWx
PWx
PVx
PVx
AIUB/xSL
AIUB/xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
TSSB/xSL
Fan00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Cable routing area
Subscriber cableconnecting area
Figure 2–5 HABD frame layout
In Figure 2–5,
PWX stands for the secondary power supply card. xPMB can be either the ATM or IP broadband control card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-9
APSB stands for the broadband control card of the HABE frame. PVx stands for the narrowband control card. AIUB stands for the ATM interface card. xSL stands for the line card. TSSx stands for the test card.
The HABD frame uses the H601HABD backplane.
Note:
The PVx card can start up normally only after the PWX card works normally.
2.3.3 External Port
I. Ports in the cable connecting area
Cables are connected in the cable connecting area of the HABD frame through relevant conversion cards. Figure 2–6 shows the conversion cards in the cable connecting area.
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
Control and interconnectcable connecting area
Subscriber cableconnecting area
EITF
HLSF
HLAF
HLSF
HLAF
HLAF
HLAF
EFTF
HWCF
HLSF
Figure 2–6 Ports in the cable connecting area of the HABD frame
Table 2–6 lists the ports provided by the conversion cards.
Table 2–6 Ports provided by the conversion cards of the HABD frame
Card Port name Port type Signal description Relative card
HWCF CLK IN RJ-45
The CLK IN port supports the signal inputs of:
Two channels of 2 MHz clock
One channel of differential 8 K clock
One channel of differential clock selection
NA
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-10
Card Port name Port type Signal description Relative card
STACK OUT DB-28
The STACK OUT port supports the signal outputs of:
Circuit and loop line test Alarms on the fan frame ESC serial port Narrowband and
broadband RS-485 serial port
Power supply alarm RS-485 serial port of the
fan
HWOUT0 DB-28
The HWOUT0 port provides the following signals about the HABF frame subtended with the HABD frame:
HW Frame header of
narrowband clock Serial port Broadband clock In-position
HWOUT1 DB-28
The HWOUT1 provides the following signals about the HABE frame:
HW Frame header of
narrowband clock Serial port Broadband clock In-position
HWOUT2 DB-28
The HWOUT2 port provides the following signals about the HABF frame of the HABE frame:
HW Frame header of
narrowband clock Serial port Broadband clock In-position
EFTF NA DB-68 The EFTF card provides 16 E1 conversion ports or 8 FE conversion ports.
APMB/IPMB/APSB
HLAF NA DB-68
The HLAF card provides one port for transmitting the high speed subtending signal between the HABD and HABF frame.
NA
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-11
Card Port name Port type Signal description Relative card
HLSF NA DB-68
The HLSF card provides one port for transmitting the high speed subtending signal between the HABD and HABE frame.
NA
E1TF NA DB-68 The E1TF card provides 16 E1 conversion ports.
PVM/PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4
SLTF NA DB-68 The SLTF card provides 32 xSL conversion ports or 16 E1 conversion ports.
AIUB/xSL
II. Power supply ports
The HABD frame provides power supply ports at two sides of the fan tray, as shown in Figure 2–7.
-48 V power supply port+5 V power supply port
-5 V/Ring current power supply port
Figure 2–7 Power supply ports on the HABD frame
Table 2–7 describes the power supply ports on the HABD frame.
Table 2–7 Description of power supply ports on the HABD frame
Port Function Connection
PWRIO-1(+5V) +5 V power supply port Connecting with the inter-frame +5 V power cable
PWRIO(–48V) –48 V power input port Connecting with the –48 V power input cable
PWRIO-2(–5V/RING) –5 V/Ring current power supply port
Connecting with the inter-frame –5 V/Ring current cable
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-12
2.4 HABE Frame
2.4.1 Overview
The HABE frame is the slave frame of the front-access UA5000.
The HABE frame provides 18 slots, and its configuration is as follows:
Two PWX cards work in the load sharing mode. Two broadband control cards reside in slots 2 and 3, supporting dual-system hot
backup. The TSSB or TSSC card can reside in slot 17 only. There are 14 slots for line cards. Narrowband and broadband line cards can be
intermixed.
2.4.2 Layout
The HABE frame is 10 U high. It can hold the following types of cards.
Table 2–8 Types of cards in the HABE frame
Type Card
ATM Broadband control card APSB
Broadband line card ADLB, ADRB, SDLB, ADLF, ADMB, ADMC, ADMI, VDLA/VDLB, and EAUA
Narrowband line card ASL/A32, DSL, VFB, CDI, SDL, SDLT, and EDTB
Broadband and narrowband combo line card CSMB, CSMC, CSLB, CSRB, and CSLI
Secondary power supply card PWX
Test card TSSB and TSSC
Figure 2–8 shows the HABE frame layout.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-13
APSB
APSB
PWX
PWX
AIUB/xSL
AIUB/xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
TSSB/xSL
Fan00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
xSL
xSL
Cable routing area
PW
RIO PW
RIOPW
RIO
Control and interconnectcable connecting area
Subscriber cableconnecting area
Figure 2–8 HABE frame layout
In Figure 2–8,
PWX stands for the secondary power supply card. APSB stands for the broadband control card of the HABE. TSSx stands for the test card. xSL stands for the line card
The HABE frame uses the H601HABE backplane.
2.4.3 External Port
I. Ports in the cable connecting area
Cables are connected in the cable connecting area of the HABE frame through relevant conversion cards. Figure 2–9 shows the conversion cards in the cable connecting area.
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
Control and interconnectcable connecting area
SLTF
HLSF
HLAF
HLSF
HLSF
HLAF
HLAF
HLAF
EFTF
HWCF/HWTF
SLTF
Subscriber cableconnecting area
Figure 2–9 Ports in the cable connecting area of the HABE frame
Table 2–9 lists the ports provided by these conversion cards.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-14
Table 2–9 Ports provided by the conversion cards of the HABE frame
Card Port name Port type Signal description
CLK OUT RJ-45 The CLK OUT supports the signal inputs of:
Differential 8 K clock Differential clock selection
STACK OUT DB-28
The STACK OUT port supports the signal outputs of:
Circuit and loop line test Alarms on the fan frame Power supply alarm RS-485 serial port of the fan
STACK IN DB-28
The STACK IN port supports the signal inputs of:
Circuit and loop line test Alarms on the fan frame Power supply alarm RS-485 serial port of the fan
HWTF
HWIN DB-28
The HWIN port supports the signal inputs of the HABE frame:
HW Frame header of narrowband clock Serial port Broadband clock In-position
EFTF NA DB-68
The EFTF card provides eight E1 conversion ports or eight FE conversion ports. Its relative card is APSB.
HLAF NA DB-68 The HLAF card provides one port for transmitting high speed subtending signal between the HABD and HABF frame.
HLSF NA DB-68 The HLSF card provides one port for transmitting high speed subtending signal between the HABD and HABE frame.
SLTF NA DB-68 The SLTF card provides 32 xSL conversion ports or 16 E1 conversion ports. Its relative card is xSL.
II. Power supply ports
The HABE frame provides power supply ports at two sides of the frame, as shown in Figure 2–10.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-15
-48 V power supply port+5 V power supply port
-5 V/Ring current power supply port
Figure 2–10 Power supply ports on the HABE frame
Table 2–10 describes the power supply ports on the HABE frame.
Table 2–10 Description of power supply ports on the HABE frame
Port Function Connection
PWRIO-1(+5V) +5 V power supply port Connecting with the inter-frame +5 V power cable
PWRIO(–48V) –48 V power input port Connecting with the –48 V power input cable
PWRIO-2(–5V/RING) –5 V/Ring current power supply port
Connecting with the inter-frame –5 V/Ring current cable
2.5 HABF Frame
2.5.1 Overview
The HABF frame is the extended frame of the front-access UA5000.
The HABF frame provides 18 line card slots. Narrowband line cards and broadband line cards can be intermixed.
The HABF frame cannot work independently. The HABD or HABE frame provides the power supply for the HABF frame and extends the bus to the HABF frame for management.
2.5.2 Layout
The HABF frame is 10 U high. It can hold the following types of cards.
Table 2–11 Types of cards in the HABF frame
Type Card
Broadband line card ADLB, ADRB, SDLB, ADLF, ADMB, ADMC, ADMI, VDLA/VDLB, and EAUA
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-16
Type Card
Narrowband line card ASL/A32, DSL, VFB, CDI, SDL, SDLT, and EDTB
Broadband and narrowband combo line card CSMB, CSMC, CSLB, CSRB, and CSLI
Figure 2–11 shows the HABF frame layout.
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
Fan00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
xSL
Cable routing area
PW
RIO
PW
RIOPW
RIO
Control and interconnectcable connecting area
Subscriber cableconnecting area
Figure 2–11 HABF frame layout
In Figure 2–11, "xSL" stands for the line card.
The HABF frame uses the H601HABF backplane.
2.5.3 External Port
I. Ports in the cable connecting area
Cables are connected in the cable connecting area of the HABF frame through relevant conversion cards. Figure 2–12 shows the conversion cards in the cable connecting area.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-17
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
HLEF
SLTF
SLTF
SLTF
HLEF
HLEF
HLEF
HWTF
SLTF
Control andinterconnect cableconnecting area
Subscriber cableconnecting area
Figure 2–12 Ports in the cable connecting area of the HABF frame
Table 2–12 lists the ports provided by these conversion cards.
Table 2–12 Ports provided by the conversion cards of the HABF frame
Card Port name Port type Signal description
CLKOUT RJ-45
The CLKOUT port supports the signal outputs of:
Differential 8 K clock Differential clock selection
STACK OUT DB-28
The STACK OUT port supports the signal outputs of:
Circuit and loop line test Alarms on the fan frame Power supply alarm RS-485 serial interface of the fan
STACK IN DB-28
The STACK IN supports the signal inputs of: Circuit and loop-line test Alarms on the fan frame Power supply alarm RS-485 serial port of the fan
HWTF
HWIN DB-28
The HWIN port supports the following signal inputs about the HABF frame:
HW Frame header of narrowband clock Serial port Broadband clock In-position
HLEF NA DB-68
The HLEF card provides one port for transmitting the high speed subtending signal between the HABD and HABE frames, or between the HABE and HABF frames.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-18
Card Port name Port type Signal description
SLTF NA DB-68 The SLTF card provides 32 xSL conversion ports or 16 E1 conversion ports. Its relative card is xSL.
II. Power supply port
The HABF frame provides power supply ports at two sides of the frame, as shown in Figure 2–13.
-48 V power supply port+5 V power supply port
-5 V/Ring current power supply port
Figure 2–13 Power supply ports on the HABF frame
Table 2–13 describes the power supply ports on the HABF frame.
Table 2–13 Description of the power supply ports on the HABF frame
Port Function Connection
PWRIO-1(+5V) +5 V power port Connecting with the inter-frame +5 V power cable
PWRIO(–48V) –48 V power input port Connecting with the –48 V power input cable
PWRIO-2(–5V/RING) –5 V/Ring current power supply port
Connecting with the inter-frame –5 V/Ring current cable
2.6 HABL Frame
2.6.1 Overview
The HABL frame is a mini master frame of the UA5000.
The HABL frame provides 12 slots, and its configuration is as follows:
Two PWX cards work in the load sharing mode. Two broadband control cards reside in slots 2 and 3, supporting dual-system hot
backup.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-19
Two narrowband control cards reside in slots 4 and 5, supporting dual-system hot backup.
There are five slots for line cards. Narrowband and broadband line cards can be intermixed.
Maximum three 32-port broadband and narrowband combo line cards can reside in the HABL frame. Maximum five other line cards can reside in the HABL frame.
The AIUB card can reside in slots 6 and 7 only, and the TSSB or TSSC card can reside in slot 11 only.
2.6.2 Layout
The HABL frame is 10 U high. It can hold the following types of cards.
Table 2–14 Types of cards in the HABL frame
Type Card
ATM Broadband control card APMB
IP Broadband control card IPMB
Narrowband control card PVU8, PVU4, and PVM
Remote subscriber unit RSU8 and RSU4
ATM interface card AIUB
Broadband line card ADLB, ADRB, SDLB, ADLF, ADMB, ADMC, ADMI, VDLA/VDLB, and EAUA
Narrowband line card ASL/A32, DSL, VFB, CDI, SDL, SDLT, and EDTB
Broadband and narrowband combo line card CSMB, CSMC, CSLB, CSRB, and CSLI
Secondary power supply card PWX
Test card TSSB and TSSC
Figure 2–14 shows the HABL frame layout.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-20
01 0200
FAN
PWX
xSL
xPMB
PVx/RSUx
PWX
xSL
Cable routing area
xPMB
xSL
xSL
xSL
PVx/RSUx
03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11
Cable connecting area
TSSB/TSSC
Figure 2–14 HABL frame layout
In Figure 2–14,
PWX stands for the secondary power card. xPMB can be either the ATM or IP broadband control card. TSSB/TSSC stands for the test card. PVx stands for the narrowband control card. AIUB stands for the ATM interface card. RSUx stands for the remote subscriber unit. xSL stands for the line card.
The HABL frame uses the H601HABL backplane.
Note:
The PVx card can start up normally only after the PWX card works normally.
2.6.3 External Port
I. Ports in the cable connecting area
Cables are connected in the cable connecting area of the HABL frame through relevant conversion cards. Table 2–15 shows the conversion cards in the cable connecting area.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 2 Introduction to Service Frames
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2-21
PSTF
EFTF
E1TF
SLTF0
SLTF1
SLTF2
SLTF3
SLTF4
SLTF5
Figure 2–15 Ports in the cable connecting area of the HABL frame
Table 2–15 lists the ports provided by these conversion cards.
Table 2–15 Ports provided by the conversion cards of the HABL frame
Card Port type Signal description Relative card
RJ-45 Two environment monitoring serial ports PSTF
3V3 48 V power supply NA
EFTF DB-68 16 E1 conversion ports or eight FE conversion ports APMB/IPMB
E1TF DB-68 16 E1 conversion ports PVM/PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4
SLTF DB-68 32 xSL conversion ports or 16 E1 conversion ports AIUB/xSL
I. Power supply ports
The power supply ports provided by the HABL frame are on the front panel of the PSTF conversion card in the cable connecting area.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-1
Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
3.1 About This Chapter This chapter describes the cards used in the UA5000.
3.2 ATM Service Processing Card–H601APMB
3.2.1 Overview
The broadband control card H601APMB is the ATM service processing card. It has the following functions:
Controls the broadband line cards of the UA5000. Provides the broadband switching resources and working clocks. Provides various ports for upstream broadband services. Provides the dual-system hot backup function.
The H601APMB resides in the slot for the broadband control card. The card provides two slots for subcards. One subcard is near the front panel of the H601APMB and the other near the backplane.
Subcards near the front panel include:
155 Mbit/s ATM optical port subcard (providing up to two ATM optical ports) 622 Mbit/s VP Ring optical port subcard (providing up to two VP Ring optical ports) ATM E3 subcard (providing up to two E3 ports) ATM T3 subcard (providing up to two T3 ports)
Subcards near the backplane include:
CES subcard (providing up to eight E1 ports) ATM E3 subcard (providing up to two E3 ports) IMA E1 subcard (providing up to eight E1 ports)
3.2.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–1 shows the front panel of the H601APMB card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-2
RUN
ACT
RST
ETH
CO
MRunning status LED
Active/Standby LED
Reset button
High speed signal port
APMB
Maintenance Ethernet port
Maintenance serial port
Figure 3–1 Front panel of the H601APMB card
Table 3–1 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the H601APMB card.
Table 3–1 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H601APMB card
Name Status description
RUN 1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally.
ON The card is active. ACT
OFF The card is standby.
Table 3–2 describes the button and the ports on the front panel of the H601APMB card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-3
Table 3–2 Description of the button and the ports on the front panel of the H601APMB card
Name Function description
RST The button is used to reset the card manually.
COM The port connects to the maintenance terminal for local or remote maintenance. Through tools such as Hyper Terminal, configure the system by using command lines.
ETH The RJ-45 port provides the 10M Base-T semi-duplex network management interface for system maintenance and configuration.
High speed signal port
By configuring different subcards, the H601APMB can provide different high speed signal ports.
3.2.3 Subcard
The H601APMB board provides two slots for subcards. The subcards have two types: subcard near the front panel and subcard near the backplane.
Figure 3–2 shows the subcards supported by the H601APMB board.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-4
Subcards nearthe front panel
155 M opticalsubboard
H601O1CNH
H601O2CNH
H601O2CNG
H601O2CNB
H601CESA
H601E81A
H601E23A
H601E13A
Subcardswhen oneAPMB is
configured
H601V2HAF
H602V2HAF
H601V2HAG
H602V2HAG
H602V2HCF
H602V2HCG
H602V1HAF
H602V1HAG
H602V1HTF
H602V1HTG
H602V1HCF
H602V1HCG
H602V1HEF
H602V1HEGSubcards supported by APM
B
Subcards nearthe backplane
622 M opticalsubboard
Subcardswhen two
APMBs areconfigured
Electricalsubcard
H601E13FH601E23F
H601T13F
H601T23F
Figure 3–2 Subcards supported by the H601APMB board
II. Subcards near the front panel
Table 3–3 lists the subcard providing the 155 Mbit/s optical port. These subcards are used when the UA5000 works as an ONU.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-5
Table 3–3 Description of subcards supported by the H601APMB card (I)
Name Port Interface attribute
H601O1CNH One ATM optical port
Single-mode Wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 60 km Port type: SC
H601O2CNH Two ATM optical ports
Single-mode Wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 60 km Port type: SC
H601O2CNG Two ATM optical ports
Single-mode Wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 30 km Port type: SC
H601O2CNB Two ATM optical ports
Multi-mode Wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 2 km Port type: SC
Table 3–4 lists the subcards providing the 622 Mbit/s VP Ring optical port. These subcards are used only when one APMB board is configured in a UA5000 frame.
Table 3–4 Description of subcards supported by the H601APMB board (II)
Name Port Port attribute
The following subcards are used in the UA5000 working as the ONU in the VP Ring.
H601V2HAF Two optical ports
Single-mode Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 15 km Port type: SC
H602V2HAF Two optical ports
Single-mode Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 15 km Port type: SC
H601V2HAG Two optical ports
Single-mode Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 40 km Port type: SC
H602V2HAG Two optical ports
Single-mode Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 40 km Port type: SC
The following subcards are used in the UA5000 working at the OLT side in the VP Ring to provide stratum 3 clock for the VP Ring which adopts the UA5000-only networking mode.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-6
Name Port Port attribute
H602V2HCF Two optical ports
Single-mode Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 15 km Port type: SC
H602V2HCG Two optical ports
Single-mode Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 40 km Port type: SC
Table 3–5 lists the subcards providing the 622 Mbit/s VP Ring optical port. These subcards are used when two APMB boards are configured.
Table 3–5 Description of subcards supported by the H601APMB board (III)
Name Port Port attribute
The following subcards are used in the UA5000 working as the ONU in the VP Ring.
One optical port
Single-mode Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 15 km Port type: SC
This port is used for the UA5000 to connect with other UA5000 or MD5500 in the VP Ring.
H602V1HAF
One optical port
Multi-mode Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 2 km Port type: SC
This port is used to connect the active APMB with the standby APMB.
One optical port
Single-mode Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 40 km Port type: SC
This port is used for the UA5000 to connect with other UA5000 or MD5500 in the VP Ring.
H602V1HAG
One optical port
Multi-mode Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 2 km Port type: SC
This port is used to connect the active APMB with the standby APMB.
H602V1HTF One optical port Single-mode
Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 15 km Port type: SC
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-7
Name Port Port attribute
This port is used for the UA5000 to connect with other UA5000 or MD5500 in the VP Ring.
One electrical port This port is used to connect the active APMB with the standby APMB.
One optical port
Single-mode Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 40 km Port type: SC
This port is used for the UA5000 to connect with other UA5000 or MD5500 in the VP Ring.
H602V1HTG
One electrical port This port is used to connect the active APMB with the standby APMB.
The following subcards are used in the UA5000 working at the OLT side in the VP Ring to provide stratum 3 clock for the VP Ring which adopts the pure-UA5000 networking mode.
One optical port
Single-mode Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 15 km Port type: SC
This port is used for the UA5000 to connect with other UA5000 in the VP Ring.
H602V1HCF
One optical port
Multi-mode Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 2 km Port type: SC
This port is used to connect the active APMB with the standby APMB.
One optical port
Single-mode Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 40 km Port type: SC
This port is used for the UA5000 to connect with other UA5000 in the VP Ring.
H602V1HCG
One optical port
Multi-mode Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 2 km Port type: SC
This port is used to connect the active APMB with the standby APMB.
H602V1HEF One optical port Single-mode
Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 15 km Port type: SC
This port is used for the UA5000 to connect with
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-8
Name Port Port attribute other UA5000 in the VP Ring.
One electrical port This port is used to connect the active APMB with the standby APMB.
One optical port
Single-mode Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 40 km Port type: SC
This port is used for the UA5000 to connect with other UA5000 in the VP Ring.
H602V1HEG
One electrical port This port is used to connect the active APMB with the standby APMB.
Table 3–6 lists the subcards near the front panel.
Table 3–6 Description of subcards supported by the H601APMB board (IV)
Subcard Port
H601E23F Two ATM E3 electrical ports
F601E13F One ATM E3 electrical port
H601T23F Two ATM DS3(T3) electrical ports
H601T13F One ATM DS3(T3) electrical port
III. Description of subcards near the backplane
Table 3–7 lists the subcards near the backplane supported by the H601APMB board.
Table 3–7 Description of subcards supported by the H601APMB board (V)
Subcard Port
H601CESA Eight E1 ports, providing the CES
H601E8IA Eight IMA E1 electrical ports
H601E23A Two ATM E3 electrical ports
H601E13A One ATM E3 electrical port
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-9
IV. DIP switches and jumpers of H601CESA
There are four DIP switches S1–S4 on the H601CESA card. Among them, switches S1 and S4 are used to select the matching impedance of the E1 port, while S2 and S3 are used to set the grounding of the E1 port.
Table 3–8 DIP switches S1 and S4 of the H601CESA card
Switch 75-ohm cable
120-ohm cable Note
S1 ON OFF Bits 1–8 correspond to E1 ports 1–8.
S4 ON OFF
Used for the host query, same with S1. Only Bit 1 is applied, and others are reserved.
Table 3–9 DIP switches S2 and S3 of the H601CESA card
Switch Connected to PGND Suspended Note
S2 ON OFF Used to set E1 ports 1–4.
S3 ON OFF Used to set E1 ports 5–8.
V. DIP switches and jumpers of H601E8IA
There are five DIP switches S1–S5 on the H601E8IA card.
S1 is used to query the port impedance. The setting shall be consistent with S2 and S4.
S2 and S4 are used to select the matching impedance of the port. The settings of all the eight E1 ports must be the same.
S3 and S5 are used to set the grounding of the E1 port.
Table 3–10 DIP switches S1, S2 and S4 of the H601E8IA card
Switch 75-ohm cable
120-ohm cable Note
S1 ON OFF Only Bit 1 is applied, and others are reserved.
S2 ON OFF Used to set E1 ports 1–4.
S4 ON OFF Used to set E1 ports 5–8.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-10
Table 3–11 DIP switches S3 and S5 of the H601E8IA card
Switch Connected to PGND Suspended Note
S3 ON OFF Used to set E1 ports 5–8.
S5 ON OFF Used to set E1 ports 1–4.
Note:
The H601E23A, H601E13A, H601E23F, H601E13F, H601T23F and H601T13F subcards have no DIP switches and jumpers. They only support the 75-ohm port matching impedance.
3.2.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Pins of the H601APMB card have three parts: J1, J2, and J3. The four channels of E1 signals provided by the H601APMB card are defined on J3, as shown in Figure 3–3. The figure is seen from the rear of the backplane. For details, see Table 3–12.
1
5
10
15
20
25
a b c d e f g h
J1
J2
J3
J3
Figure 3–3 Pin assignment on the H601APMB card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-11
Table 3–12 Pin assignment on the H601APMB backplane
Pin row a b c d e f g h
4 E1-1 E1-0
3 E1-3 E1-2
2 E1-5 E1-4
1 E1-7 E1-6
3.3 Broadband Control Card of the Slave Frame–H601APSB
3.3.1 Overview
The H601APSB card is the broadband control card of the slave frame in the UA5000. The H601APSB card supports dual-system hot backup and active/standby switchover. Besides, the H601APSB card supports the multicast services.
3.3.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–4 shows the front panel of the H601APSB card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-12
Running status LED
Active/Standby LED
Reset button
RUN
ACT
RST
APSB
Figure 3–4 Front panel of the H601APSB card
Table 3–13 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the H601APSB card.
Table 3–13 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H601APSB card
Name Status description
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly The card is being loaded.
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally. RUN
ON or OFF The card works abnormally.
ON The card is active. ACT
OFF The card is standby.
The RST button on the front panel of the H601APSB card is used to reset the card manually.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-13
3.4 IP Service Processing Card–H601IPMB
3.4.1 Overview
The H601IPMB card is the IP service processing card of the UA5000, it has the following functions:
Controls the broadband line cards of the UA5000. Converges and processes various broadband services, such as ADSL, VDSL,
SHDSL and LAN services. Transfer VoIP service of the PVM card. Provides multicast service and dedicated service channels. Transmits IP services upstream through an FE or a GE port. Provides broadband switching resources. Supports the dual-system hot backup. Supports the active/standby switching.
An H601IPMB card provides the following buses and ports:
Twelve LVDS buses to line cards in the master frame Eighteen LVDS buses to line cards in the extended frame Two LVDS multicast LVDS buses to line cards in the slave frame Two FE ports on the backplane to connect with the PVM, which are used to
provide IP channels for VoIP services Four FE ports on the backplane, which can provide LAN services through
conversion cards Two upstream FE ports or two upstream GE ports on the front panel, which are
actually provided by subcards on the H601IPMB card Four FE ports on the backplane, which can provide broadband access services or
be used as upstream ports.
See Figure 3–5 for details.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-14
IPMB
PVM
PVM
1FE1FE
Backplane
1FE1FE
To line cards in the masterframe (12 LVDS buses)
4 FE ports
2 FE/2 GEupstream ports
To line cards in the extendedframe (18 LVDS buses)
To the slave frame(2 LVDS buses)
To the slave frame(2 multicast buses)
To the extended frame(4 multicast buses)
Figure 3–5 Buses and ports provided by the IPMB card
3.4.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–6 shows the front panel of the H601IPMB card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-15
Running status LED
Active/Standby LED
Reset button
High speed signal port
Maintenance serial port
Maintenance Ethernet port
RUN
ACT
RST
ETH
CO
M
IPMB
Figure 3–6 Front panel of the H601IPMB card
Table 3–14 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the H601IPMB card.
Table 3–14 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H601IPMB card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally. RUN
OFF The card works abnormally.
ON The card is active. ACT
OFF The card is standby.
Table 3–15 describes the button and the ports on the front panel of the H601IPMB card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-16
Table 3–15 Description of the button and the ports on the front panel of the H601IPMB card
Name Function description
High speed signal port
By configuring different subcards, the H601IPMB card can provide different Ethernet port, including FE optical/electrical port subcard and GE optical port.
COM RJ-45 port for local or remote maintenance. Through COM, the Hyper Terminal or other tools can configure the system by using command lines.
ETH The RJ-45 port provides the 10M Base-T or 100M Base-T adaptive full-duplex network management interface for system maintenance and configuration.
RST The button is used to reset the card manually.
3.4.3 Subcard
Table 3–16 lists the subcards supported by the H601IPMB card.
Table 3–16 Subcards supported by the H601IPMB card
Subcard Port Port parameter
H601E2FN Two 10/100M Ethernet electrical ports NA
H601O2FNF Two 10/100M Ethernet optical ports
Single-mode Wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 15
km Port type: LC
H601O2FNB Two 10/100M Ethernet optical ports
Multi-mode Wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 2 km Port type: LC
H601O1FNF One 10/100M Ethernet optical ports
Single-mode Wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 15
km Port type: LC
H601O1FNB One 10/100M Ethernet optical port
Multi-mode Wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 2 km
Port type: LC
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-17
Subcard Port Port parameter
H601O2GNA Two GE optical ports
Multi-mode Wavelength: 850 nm Transmission distance: 500
m Port type: LC
H601O2GNE Two GE optical ports
Single-mode Wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 10
km Port type: LC
H601O2GNG Two GE optical ports
Single-mode Wavelength: 1550 nm Transmission distance: 40
km Port type: LC
H601O1GNE One GE optical port
Single-mode Wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance: 10
km Port type: LC
H601O1GNA One GE optical port
Multi-mode Wavelength: 850 nm Transmission distance: 500
m Port type: LC
H601O1GNG One GE optical port
Single-mode Wavelength: 1510 nm Transmission distance: 40
km Port type: LC
3.4.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Pins of the H601IPMB card have three parts: J1, J2, and J3. The eight channels of FE signals provided by the H601APMB card are defined on J3, as shown in Figure 3–7. The figure is seen from the rear of the backplane. For details, see Table 3–17.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-18
1
5
10
15
20
25
a b c d e f g h
J1
J2
J3
J3
Figure 3–7 Pin assignment on the H601IPMB card
Table 3–17 Pin assignment on J3 of the H601IPMB backplane
Pin row a b c d e f g h
4 FE-1 FE-0
3 FE-3 FE-2
2 FE-5 FE-4
1 FE-7 FE-6
3.5 Packet Voice Processing Card–AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB
3.5.1 Overview
The AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card is the packet voice processing card. It has the following functions:
Transmits TDM voice signals to LE through the V5 interface. Encapsulates the TDM voice signals into IP packets and transmits them to the
SoftSwitch. Supports 204 voice channels. Manages and communicates with narrowband line cards. Performs the V5 and H.248/MGCP protocol processing.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-19
The AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card provides four E1 ports through the backplane for access services or narrowband upstream services.
The AG03PVM, AG03PVMCF, and AG03PVMCB cards use different front leading-out ports:
The AG03PVM card uses the 10M Base-T/100 M Base-T network port for upstream services.
The AG03PVMCF card uses the 100 M single-mode optical port for upstream services.
The AG03PVMCB card uses the 100 M multi-mode optical port for upstream services.
When two cards are configured, the two cards work in the active/standby mode, and the voice channels and the E1 ports on the two cards work in the load sharing mode.
3.5.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–8 shows the front panel of the AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card.
RUN
RESET
Running status LED
Reset button
Optical port
PVMCB
CO
M
Rx
Tx
100BASE-FXMM MODULE
Active/Standby LEDACT
Maintenance serial port
LAN Maintenance network port
Link connection LEDLINK-Fx
RUN
RST Reset button
PVM
CO
M
ACT
LAN
WA
N Servicenetwork port
100BASE-FXSM MODULE
RUN
RESET
PVMCF
CO
M
Rx
Tx
ACT
LAN
LINK-Fx
Figure 3–8 Front panel of the AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-20
Table 3–18 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card.
Table 3–18 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card
Name Status description
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The card is starting up. RUN
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally.
ON The card is active. ACT
OFF The card is standby.
ON The link connects normally. LINK-Fx
OFF The link connects abnormally.
Note
The AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card can start up normally only after the PWX card works normally.
Table 3–19 describes the button and the ports on the front panel of the AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card.
Table 3–19 Description of the button and the ports on the front panel of the AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card
Name Function description Note
RESET/RST The button is used to reset the card manually. NA
LAN It is used to load the version in the BIOS mode, or view the debugging information channel.
10M Base-T/100M Base-T adaptive full-duplex network port
WAN It is the IP upstream port for voice and control signals.
10M Base-T/100M Base-T network port
100BASE-Fx MM MODULE
It is the IP upstream port for voice and control signals.
One 100 M multi-mode optical port:
Central wavelength: 1310 nm
Transmission distance 2 km
Port type: LC
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-21
Name Function description Note
100BASE-Fx SM MODULE
It is the IP upstream port for voice and control signals.
One 100 M single-mode optical port:
Central wavelength: 1310 nm
Transmission distance 15 km
Port type: LC
COM
It provides the function for local and remote maintenance. It configures the system in the CLI through software such as HyperTerminal.
RS232 serial port
3.5.3 Jumpers
Figure 3–9 shows the layout of the AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card.
J6
12
1516
J13
12
1516
Figure 3–9 Layout of the AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card
Table 3–20 describes jumpers J6 and J13.
Table 3–20 Settings and meanings of jumpers J6 and J13
Jumper Status description
J6 CLOSE E1 signal is connected to PGND. It is also the factory setting.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-22
Jumper Status description
OPEN E1 signal is not connected to PGND.
CLOSE Select the 75-ohm E1 cable. It is also the factory setting. J13
OPEN Select the 120-ohm E1 cable.
In Table 3–20, for jumpers J6 and J13:
"CLOSE" means the following bit pairs are short-circuited: bits 1 and 2, bits 3 and 4, bits 5 and 6, bits 7 and 8, bits 9 and 10, bits 11 and 12, bits 13 and 14, and bits 15 and 16.
"OPEN" means the following bit pairs are not short-circuited: bits 1 and 2, bits 3 and 4, bits 5 and 6, bits 7 and 8, bits 9 and 10, bits 11 and 12, bits 13 and 14, and bits 15 and 16.
The relationship between J6, J13 and E1 is as follows:
Bits 1-2, 3-4 of J6 and J13 correspond to E1 signals of channel 0. Bits 5-6, 7-8 of J6 and J13 correspond to signals of channel 1 E1. Bits 9-10, 11-12 of J6 and J13 correspond to E1 signals of channel 2. Bits 13-14, 15-16 of J6 and J13 correspond to E1 signals of channel 3.
Note:
75-ohm and 120-ohm are the matching impedances of the E1 transmission terminal. For the 75-ohm matching impedance,, use the unbalanced cable (E1 coaxial cable)
for transmission. For the 120-ohm matching impedance,, use the balanced cable (differential
symmetric pair) for transmission. To select the matching impedance, you need to set the DIP switches correctly and make the data configuration consistent at both ends.
3.5.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
One AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card provides four channels of E1 signals, connected with the 17th–31st rows of pins on the upper HEADER, as shown in Figure 3–10. The figure is seen from the rear of the backplane.
RR0–3: ring of E1 receiving signals of channels 0–3. RT0–3: tip of E1 receiving signals of channels 0–3. TR0–3: ring of E1 transmitting of signals channels 0–3. TT0–3: tip of E1 transmitting of signals channels 0–3.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-23
Transmitting (Tx) and receiving (Rx) of the E1 signals are discussed at the AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB side.
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
RR0
TR0
RR1
TR1
RR2
TR2
RR3
TR3
RT0
TT0
RT1
TT1
RT2
TT2
RT3
TT3
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
Figure 3–10 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB card
3.6 Packet Voice Processing Card–H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG
3.6.1 Overview
The H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card is the packet voice processing card. It has the following functions:
Transmits TDM voice signals to LE through the V5 interface. Encapsulates the TDM voice signals into IP packets and transmits them to the
SoftSwitch. Supports 500 voice channels. Manages and communicates with narrowband line cards in the UA5000 frame. Performs the V5 and H.248/MGCP protocol processing.
The H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card provides four E1 ports through the backplane for access services or narrowband upstream services.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-24
The H601PVMB, H601PVMBB, H601PVMBF, and H601PVMBG cards use different front leading-out ports:
The H601PVMB card uses the 10/100 M Base-T network for upstream services. The H601PVMBB card uses the 100 M multi-mode optical port for upstream
services. The H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card uses the 100 M single-mode optical port for
upstream services.
When two cards are configured, the two cards work in the active/standby mode, and the voice channels and the E1 ports on the two cards work in the load sharing mode.
3.6.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–11 shows the front panel of the H601PVMB card.
RST Reset button
PVMB
Active/Standby LEDACT
CO
MLA
N Maintenance network port
WA
N
Service network port
RUN Running status LED
Maintenance serial port
Figure 3–11 Front panel of the H601PVMB card
Figure 3–12shows the front panel of the
H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-25
RUN
RST
Running Status LED
Reset button
Optical port
PVMBG
Rx
Tx
100BASE-FXSM MODULE
Active/Standby LEDACT
Link connection LEDLINK-Fx
Link connection LEDACT-Fx
CO
M Maintenance serial port
LAN Maintenance network cable
RUN
RST
PVMBB
CO
M
Rx
Tx
100BASE-FXMM MODULE
ACT
LINK-Fx
ACT-Fx
LAN
RUN
RST
PVMBF
CO
MRx
Tx
100BASE-FXSM MODULE
ACT
LINK-Fx
ACT-Fx
LAN
Figure 3–12 Front panel of the H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card
Table 3–21 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card.
Table 3–21 Description of the LEDS on the front panel of the H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card
Name Status description
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The card is starting up. RUN
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally.
ON The card is active. ACT
OFF The card is standby.
ON The link connects normally. LINK-Fx
OFF The link connects abnormally.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-26
Name Status description
Blinking Communication of the link is normal. ACT-Fx
OFF The link has no communication.
Note:
The H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card can start up normally only after the PWX card works normally.
Table 3–22 describes the ports and the button on the front panel of the H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card.
Table 3–22 Description of the ports and the button on the front panel of the H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card
Name Function description Note
LAN It is used to load the version in the BIOS mode, or view the debugging information channel.
10 M Base-T/100 M Base-T adaptive full-duplex network port
WAN It is the IP upstream port for voice and control signals.
10 M Base-T/100 M Base-T network port
100BASE-Fx MM MODULE
It is the IP upstream port for voice and control signals.
One 100 M multi-mode optical port: Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance 2 km Port type: LC
100BASE-Fx SM MODULE
It is the IP upstream port for voice and control signals.
One 100 M single-mode optical port: Central wavelength: 1310 nm Transmission distance 15 km (H601PVMBF) Transmission distance 40 km (H601PVMBG) Port type: LC
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-27
Name Function description Note
COM
It provides the function for local and remote maintenance. It configures the system in the CLI through software such as HyperTerminal.
RS232 serial port
RST The button is used to reset the card manually. NA
3.6.3 Jumpers
The H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card provides two jumpers J6 and J7, as shown in Figure 3–13.
J7
1
2
15
16
J616 15
2 1
Figure 3–13 Layout of the H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card
Table 3–23 describes jumpers J6 and J7.
Table 3–23 Settings and meanings of jumpers J6 and J7 on the H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card
Jumper Status description
CLOSE E1 signal is connected to PGND. It is also the factory setting. J6
OPEN E1 signal is not connected to PGND.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-28
Jumper Status description
CLOSE Select the 75-ohm E1 cable. It is also the factory setting. J7
OPEN Select the 120-ohm E1 cable.
In Table 3–23, for jumpers J6 and J7:
"CLOSE" means the following bit pairs are short-circuited: bits 1 and 2, bits 3 and 4, bits 5 and 6, bits 7 and 8, bits 9 and 10, bits 11 and 12, bits 13 and 14, and bits 15 and 16.
"OPEN" means the following bit pairs are not short-circuited: bits 1 and 2, bits 3 and 4, bits 5 and 6, bits 7 and 8, bits 9 and 10, bits 11 and 12, bits 13 and 14, and bits 15 and 16.
The relationship between J6, J7 and E1 is as follows:
Bits 1-2, 3-4 of J6 and J7 correspond to E1 channel 0. Bits 5-6, 7-8 of J6 and J7 correspond to E1 channel 1. Bits 9-10, 11-12 of J6 and J7 correspond to E1 channel 2. Bits 13-14, 15-16 of J6 and J7 correspond to E1 channel 3.
Note:
75-ohm and 120-ohm are the matching impedances of the E1 transmission terminal. For the 75-ohm matching impedance, use the unbalanced cable (E1 coaxial cable)
for transmission. For the 120-ohm matching impedance, use the balanced cable (differential
symmetric pair) for transmission. To select the matching impedance, you need to set the DIP switches correctly and make the data configuration consistent at both ends.
3.6.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
One H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card provides four channels of E1 signals, connected with the 17th–31st rows of pins of upper HEADER, as shown in Figure 3–14. The figure is seen from the rear of the backplane.
RR0–3: ring of E1 receiving signals of channels 0–3. RT0–3: tip of E1 receiving signals of channels 0–3. TR0–3: ring of E1 transmitting of signals channels 0–3. TT0–3: tip of E1 transmitting of signals channels 0–3.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-29
Transmitting (Tx) and receiving (Rx) of the E1 signals are discussed at the H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/ H601PVMBG side.
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
RR0
TR0
RR1
TR1
RR2
TR2
RR3
TR3
RT0
TT0
RT1
TT1
RT2
TT2
RT3
TT3
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
Figure 3–14 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PVMBG card
3.7 V5 Interface Processing Unit–H601PVU8/H601PVU4
3.7.1 Overview
The H601PVU8/H601PVU4 card is the V5 interface processing unit.
As the control card of the narrowband service, the H601PVU8/H601PVU4 card has the following functions:
Controls the narrowband line cards in the same frame or the extended frame. Provides the upstream E1 port, switching resources and working clock for
narrowband services. Supports up to five extended frames. Supports the active/standby mode and the dual-system hot backup working mode
to make the system more reliable.
The E1 ports do not work in the active/standby mode. When two H601PVU8/H601PVU4 cards are used, the number of E1 ports available is doubled.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-30
One H601PVU8 card provides eight E1 ports, while one H601PVU4 card provides four E1 ports. Both provide eight 2 Mbit/s HWs to connect with the line cards in the same frame, and ten 8 Mbit/s HWs to connect with up to five extended frames. When two H601PVU8/H601PVU4 cards work together, they provide 16 E1 ports, eight 2 Mbit/s HWs, and ten 8 Mbit/s HWs.
Through these E1 ports, the H601PVU8/H601PVU4 card can interconnect or subtend with a Local Exchange (LE), an OLT or an ONU.
Through the NM serial port the H601PVU8/H601PVU4 card provides, you can configure the card through a command line terminal or a network management system (NMS).
3.7.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–15 shows the front panels of the H601PVU8 and the H601PVU4 cards.
Running status LED
Reset button
Maintenance serial portDIP switch
Maintenance Ethernet port
Active/Standby LED for card clock
Port status LED
Port link status LEDCommunication link status LED for active and standby cardsNM serial port status LEDE1 link status LEDCommunication LED for master and slave nodesEthernet port status LED
RUN
CLK
RST
PVU8
V5S
V5L
MSL
COM
E1S
NOD
ETN
CO
MET
H
RUN
CLK
RST
PVU4
V5S
V5L
MSL
COM
E1S
NOD
ETN
CO
MET
H
Figure 3–15 Front panels of the H601PVU8 and the H601PVU4 cards
Table 3–24 describes the LEDs on the front panels of the H601PVU8 and the H601PVU4 cards.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-31
Table 3–24 Descriptions of the LEDs on the front panels of the H601PVU8 and the H601PVU4 cards
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The active card is normal.
0.1s ON and 1.9s OFF repeatedly The standby card is normal.
1.9s ON and 0.1s OFF repeatedly
Smooth switching from standby mode to active mode.
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly
The system is being loaded, or the active-standby mode is not yet determined.
RUN
Blinking at an interval of less than 0.25S repeatedly
The loading program is being decompressed.
ON The card clock is active. CLK
OFF The card clock is standby.
(Active card) ON All interfaces are normal.
(Active card) OFF All interfaces are abnormal.
(Active card) blinking Some interfaces are abnormal. If there are more abnormal interfaces, the blinking frequency is higher.
V5S
For the standby card, it is constantly OFF.
The V5S of the standby card has no other states.
(Active card) ON All links are normal.
(Active card) OFF All links are abnormal.
(Active card) blinking Some links are abnormal. If there are more abnormal links, the blinking frequency is higher.
V5L
For the standby card, it is constantly OFF.
The V5L of the standby card has no other states.
1.9s ON and 0.1s OFF repeatedly Links are normal.
MSL OFF Links are abnormal.
ON Communication with the configuration terminal is normal.
COM OFF Communication with the configuration
terminal is abnormal.
E1S ON The E1 link is normal.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-32
Name Status description
OFF The E1 link frame is out of synchronization or loses carrier.
0.9s ON and 0.1s OFF repeatedly Bit slip.
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly Remote frame is out of synchronization.
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly Failed to communicate with the host.
NOD 1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly Start to run normally after configuration.
ETN ON The network port is receiving data.
Note:
The H601PVU8/H601PVU4 card can start up normally only after the PWX card works normally.
Table 3–25 describes the button, the switch, and the ports on the front panel of the H601PVU8/H601PVU4 card.
Table 3–25 Description of the button, the switch, and the ports on the front panel of the H601PVU8/H601PVU4 card
Name Status description Note
RST The button is used to reset the card manually. NA
DIP switch
It specifies the E1S LED to indicate the status of a specific E1 link. ON indicates the binary number of the bit is 1 and OFF 0. The first E1 link corresponding to bits 1–3 is 000, and the eighth E1 link corresponding to bits 1–3 is 111.
The first three bits are used. The fourth is reserved.
COM
The RJ-45 socket provides the function for local and remote maintenance. It configures the system in the CLI through software such as HyperTerminal.
RS-232 serial port
ETH The RJ-45 socket provides the 10 M Base-T network management port for system maintenance and configuration.
10 M Base-T half-duplex Ethernet port
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-33
3.7.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
I. DIP switches
When the system runs normally, the setting of the DIP switch on the front panel specifies the E1 port whose status is to be displayed by the E1S LED. See Table 3–26 for details, where 0 stands for OFF and 1 for ON.
Table 3–26 Setting of the DIP switch of the H601PVU8/H601PVU4 card
DIP switch (321) E1 port number
000 1
001 2
010 3
011 4
100 5
101 6
110 7
111 8
Figure 3–16 shows the layout of the H601PVU8 card.
H601PVU8
J14
J16
J15
J13
Figure 3–16 Layout of the H601PVU8 card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-34
II. Jumpers J14 and J16
Jumpers J14 and J16 are used to specify whether to ground the shielding layer of the E1 Tx end. Table 3–27 lists their settings and meanings.
Table 3–27 Settings and meanings of jumpers J14 and J16
Setting Meaning
ON PGND
OFF NC
III. Jumpers J13 and J15
Jumpers J13 and J15 are used to set the line matching impedance of the E1 Rx end. Table 3–28 lists their settings and meanings.
Table 3–28 Settings and meanings of jumpers J13 and J15
Setting Meaning
ON 75-ohm
OFF 120-ohm
75-ohm and 120-ohm are the matching impedances of the E1 transmission terminal.
For the 75-ohm matching impedance, use the unbalanced cable (E1 coaxial cable) for transmission.
For the 120-ohm matching impedance, use the balanced cable (differential symmetric pair) for transmission.
In selecting the matching impedance, you need to set the DIP switches correctly and make the data configuration consistent at both ends.
3.7.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The eight channels of E1 signals provided by the H601PVU8 card are connected with the 17th–32nd rows of pins, as shown in Figure 3–17. The figure is seen from the rear of the backplane. Where, the four channels of E1 signals provided by the H601PVU4 card are the first four channels of E1 signals provided by the H601PVU8 card.
The characters in Figure 3–17 are described as follows:
R1-R: ring of channel 1 E1 receiving signals. R1-T: tip of channel 1 E1 receiving signals. T1-R: ring of channel 1 E1 transmitting signals. T1-T: tip of channel 1 E1 transmitting signals.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-35
I1BI1A I1C65
666768
69707172
7475
73
7776
78798081828384858687
8889
9091
9293
949596
3334353637383940
4243
41
4544
46
4748
49505152535455
5657
5859
6061
626364
1
234
5678
1011
9
1312
14151617181920
212223
2425
2627
2829
303132
R1-RR5-RT1-RT5-RR2-RR6-RT2-RT6-RR3-RR7-R
T3-R
T7-RR4-R
R8-RT4-R
T8-R
R1-TR5-TT1-TT5-TR2-TR6-TT2-TT6-TR3-TR7-T
T3-T
T7-TR4-T
R8-TT4-T
T8-T
Figure 3–17 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601PVU8 card
3.8 Remote Subscriber Processing Card–H601RSU8/H601RSU4
3.8.1 Overview
The H601RSU8/H601RSU4 card is the remote subscriber processing card. It has the following functions:
Controls the narrowband line cards in the remote subscriber frame. Implements the subtending of narrowband services with the UA5000 master frame
or the MD5500 frame. Provides upstream E1 ports for the narrowband services.
The H601RSU8 or the H601RSU4 is often used in pairs. Two H601RSU8 or H601RSU4 cards work in the active/standby mode to enhance the system reliability. The E1 ports do not support the active/standby switchover. When two cards are configured, the number of the E1 ports provided doubles.
One H601RSU8 card provides eight E1 ports, eight 2M HWs for the line cards in this frame, and ten 8M HWs for up to five extended frames. When two H601RSU8 cards work together, they provide 16 E1 ports, eight 2M HWs and ten 8M HWs.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-36
An H601RSU4 card provides four E1 ports. Other specifications are the same as those of the H601RSU8 card.
3.8.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–18 shows the front panel of the H601RSU8/H601RSU4 card.
RUN
CLK
RSU8
V5S
V5L
MSL
COM
E1S
NOD
ETN
RUN
CLK
RSU4
V5S
V5L
MSL
COM
E1S
NOD
ETN
Running status LED
Reset button
Maintenance serial portDIP switch
Active/Standby LED for card clock
Port status LED
Port link status LEDCommunication link status LED for active and standby cardsCommunication link status LED for foreground and backgroundE1 link status LEDCommunication LED for master and slave nodes
Ethernet port status LED
Figure 3–18 Front panel of H601RSU8/H601RSU4 card
Table 3–29 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the H601RSU8/H601RSU4 card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-37
Table 3–29 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H601RSU8/H601RSU4 card
Name Status description
1S ON and 1S OFF repeatedly The active card is normal.
0.1S ON and 1.9S OFF repeatedly The standby card is normal.
1.9S ON and 0.1S OFF repeatedly Smooth switching from standby mode to active mode.
0.25S ON and 0.25S OFF repeatedly
The system is being loaded, or the active-standby mode is not yet determined.
RUN
Blinking at an interval of less than 0.25S
The loading program is being decompressed.
ON The card clock is active. CLK
OFF The card clock is standby.
V5S Reserved NA
V5L Reserved NA
1.9S ON and 0.1S OFF repeatedly Links are normal. MSL
OFF Links are abnormal.
COM Reserved NA
ON The E1 link is normal.
OFF The E1 link frame is out of synchronization or loses carrier.
0.9S ON and 0.1 OFF repeatedly Bit slip.
E1S Note: The DIP switch on the front panel decides to display the E1 status of a specific channel. 0.5S ON and 0.5 OFF repeatedly Remote frame is out of
synchronization.
0.25S ON and 0.25S OFF repeatedly Failed to communicate with the host.
NOD 1S ON and 1S OFF repeatedly Start to run normally after
configuration.
ETN Reserved NA
Table 3–30 describes the button, the switch, and the ports on the front panel of the H601RSU8/H601RSU4 card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-38
Table 3–30 Description of the button, the switch, and the ports on the front panel of the H601RSU8/H601RSU4 card
Name Function description
Reset button The button is used to reset the card manually.
DIP switch
It specifies the E1S LED to indicate the status of a specific E1 link.The first three bits are used. The fourth is reserved. ON indicates the binary number of the bit is 1 and OFF 0. The first E1 link corresponding to bits 1–3 is 000, and the eighth E1 link corresponding to bits 1–3 is 111.
Debug serial port RJ-45 connector and RS-232 serial port
Maintenance network port RJ-45 connector and 10M Base-T semi-duplex network port.
3.8.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
I. DIP switches
When the system runs normally, the setting of the DIP switch on the front panel specifies the E1 port whose status is to be displayed by the E1S LED. See Table 3–31 for details, where 0 stands for OFF and 1 for ON.
Table 3–31 Setting of the DIP switch of the H601RSU8 card
DIP switch (321) E1 port number
000 1
001 2
010 3
011 4
100 5
101 6
110 7
111 8
Figure 3–19 shows the layout of the H601RSU8 card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-39
H601RSU8
J14
J16
J15
J13
Figure 3–19 Layout of the H601RSU8 card
II. Jumpers J14 and J16
Jumpers J14 and J16 are used to specify whether to ground the shielding layer of the E1 Tx end. Table 3–32 lists their settings and meanings.
Table 3–32 Settings and meanings of jumpers J14 and J16
Setting Meaning
ON PGND
OFF NC
III. Jumpers J13 and J15
Jumpers J13 and J15 are used to set the line matching impedance of the E1 Rx end. Table 3–33 lists their settings and meanings.
Table 3–33 Settings and meanings of jumpers J13 and J15
Setting Meaning
ON 75-ohm
OFF 120-ohm
75-ohm and 120-ohm are the matching impedances of the E1 transmission terminal.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-40
For the 75-ohm matching impedance, use the unbalanced cable (E1 coaxial cable) for transmission.
For the 120-ohm matching impedance, use the balanced cable (differential symmetric pair) for transmission.
In selecting the matching impedance, you need to set the DIP switches correctly and make the data configuration consistent at both ends.
3.8.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The eight channels of E1 signals provided by the H601RSU8 card are connected with the 17th–32nd rows of pins, as shown in Figure 3–20. The figure is seen from the rear of the backplane. Where, the four channels of E1 signals provided by the H601RSU4 card are the first four channels of E1 signals provided by the H601RSU8 card.
The characters in Figure 3–20 are described as follows:
R1-R: ring of channel 1 E1 receiving signals. R1-T: tip of channel 1 E1 receiving signals. T1-R: ring of channel 1 E1 transmitting signals. T1-T: tip of channel 1 E1 transmitting signals.
I1BI1A I1C65
666768
69707172
7475
73
7776
78798081828384858687
8889
9091
9293
949596
3334353637383940
4243
41
4544
46
4748
49505152535455
5657
5859
6061
626364
1
234
5678
1011
9
1312
14151617181920
212223
2425
2627
2829
303132
R1-RR5-RT1-RT5-RR2-RR6-RT2-RT6-RR3-RR7-R
T3-R
T7-RR4-R
R8-RT4-R
T8-R
R1-TR5-TT1-TT5-TR2-TR6-TT2-TT6-TR3-TR7-T
T3-T
T7-TR4-T
R8-TT4-T
T8-T
Figure 3–20 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601RSU8 card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-41
3.9 Remote Subscriber Processing Card–H602RSUG (2G.SHDSL)
3.9.1 Overview
The H602RSUG card is the main control unit in the ONU-60A subscriber frame. It has the following features:
Forwards signaling of the master/slave node. Manages the slave node. Connects with the G.SHDSL port of the H601SDLT card at the central office. Provides four TTL HWs for the two subscriber cards in the ONU-60A subscriber
frame, of which, two TTL HWs are allocated for each card. Provides upstream connection for the two subscriber cards through its G.SHDSL
ports.
3.9.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–21 shows the front panel of the H602RSUG card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-42
RST
RSUG
Communication LED for master and slave nodes
Running status LED
Reset button
Maintenance serial port
Communication link status LED
Reserved LED
2M service sattus LEDs
RUN
LINK
WAN1
E1
NOD
WAN2
Figure 3–21 Front panel of the H602RSUG card
Table 3–34 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the H602RSUG card.
Table 3–34 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H602RSUG card
Name Meaning Description
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly Working is abnormal.
RUN 1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly Working is normal.
ON Communication is normal.
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly
Communication with the control card has not been set up. NOD
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly
The card starts working after being configured.
LINK ON Communication with the upper layer equipment is normal.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-43
Name Meaning Description
OFF Communication with the upper layer equipment is abnormal.
ON The link is normal. WAN1 and WAN2 OFF The link is abnormal.
ON E1 is normal. E1
OFF E1 is abnormal.
Table 3–35 describes the button and the port on the front panel of the H602RSUG card.
Table 3–35 Description of the button and the port on the front panel of the H602RSUG card
Name Function description
Reset button The button is used to reset the card manually.
Debug serial port
RS-232 serial port and RJ-45 connector, used for debugging and printing.
3.9.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The H602RSUG card provides two G.SHDSL ports, as shown in Figure 3–23.
Table 3–36 describes the characters in the following figures.
Table 3–36 Description of characters in the following figures
Character Meaning
GND Ground
+5V +5 V power supply
R- TIP/RING Receiving of E1 signals
T- TIP/RING Transmitting of E1 signals
HUHW0–HUHW3 and HDHW0–HDHW3
For TTL HWs of the service card. In the ONU-60A subscriber frame, HW0 and HW2 are allocated to the first service card, and HW1 and HW3 are allocated to the second service card.
LINEA0 and LINEB0 The first G.SHDSL port
LINEA2 and LINEB2 The second G.SHDSL port
Figure 3–22 and Figure 3–23 show the pin assignment between the H602RSUG card and the backplane. It is the front view of the backplane.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-44
POTS2+PGNDPOTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
+5V
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8+POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-POTS13+POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
+5VDGNDDGND
PGND
+5V+5VPGNDPGND
R-RING
T-RING
PGND
R-TIP
T-TIP
Figure 3–22 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H602RSUG card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-45
HDHW1POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8+POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-POTS13+POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
DGNDPGND_1
PGND
HUHW2HDHW2HUHW3HDHW3
LINEA2LINEB2
PGND_1
HUHW0HDHW0HUHW1
DGNDPGND_1
LINEA0LINEB0
Figure 3–23 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H602RSUG card
3.10 ATM Port Card–H601AIUB
3.10.1 Overview
The H601AIUB card is the ATM port card and resides in the slot for the interface card. The H601AIUB card provides two slots for subcards.
The slot at the front panel side supports:
155 Mbit/s ATM optical port subcard, providing up to two ATM optical ports. ATM E3 subcard, providing up to two E3 ports.
The slot at backplane side supports:
ATM E3 subcard, providing up to two E3 ports. IMA E1 subcard, providing up to eight E1 ports.
3.10.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–24 shows the front panel of the H601AIUB card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-46
Running status LED
Active/Standby LED
Reset button
Signal port
RUN
ACT
RST
AIUB
Figure 3–24 Front panel of the H601AIUB card
Table 3–37 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the H601AIUB card.
Table 3–37 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H601AIUB card
Name Status description
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The card works normally. RUN
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The system is starting.
ON The card is active. ACT
OFF The card is standby.
Table 3–38 describes the button and the port on the front panel of the H601AIUB card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-47
Table 3–38 Description of the button and the port on the front panel of the H601AIUB card
Name Function description
RST The button is used to reset the card manually.
Signal port
The front panel of the H601AIUB has slots for optical ports, you can configure one to two 155 Mbit/s subcards if necessary.
3.10.3 Subcard
Table 3–39 lists the subcards on the H601AIUB card.
Table 3–39 Subcards on the H601AIUB card
Name Port Description
H601O1CNH One 155 Mbit/s ATM optical port Single-mode, 60 km, SC.
H601O2CNH Two 155 Mbit/s ATM optical port Single-mode, 60 km, SC.
H601O1CNG One 155 Mbit/s ATM optical port Single-mode, 30 km, SC.
H601O1CNB One 155 Mbit/s ATM optical port Multi-mode, 2 km, SC.
H601O2CNG Two 155 Mbit/s ATM optical ports Single-mode, 30 km, SC.
H601O2CNB Two 155 Mbit/s ATM optical ports Multi-mode, 2 km, SC.
H601E8IA Eight IMA E1 electrical ports Subcard near the H601AIUB backplane
H601E23A Two ATM E3 electrical ports Subcard near the H601AIUB backplane
H601E13A One ATM E3 electrical port Subcard near the H601AIUB backplane
H601E23F Two ATM E3 electrical ports Subcard near the H601AIUB backplane
H601E13F One ATM E3 electrical port Subcard near the H601AIUB backplane
Five sets of DIP switches S1–S5 on the H601E8IA subcard are used to distinguish the cable type, as shown in Table 3–40.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-48
Table 3–40 Description of DIP switches of the H601E8IA subcard
Switch 75-ohm cable 120-ohm cable
S1 ON for Bits 1–4 OFF for Bits 1–4
S2 ON for Bits 1–8 OFF for Bits 1–8
S3 ON for Bits 1–8 OFF for Bits 1–8
S4 ON for Bits 1–8 OFF for Bits 1–8
S5 ON for Bits 1–8 OFF for Bits 1–8
3.10.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The eight channels of E1 signals provided by the H601AIUB card are separately connected with the 1st–8th pin rows on the upper HEADER and the 25th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER, as shown in Figure 3–25 and Figure 3–26. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
The characters in Figure 3–25 and Figure 3–26 are described as follows:
RR1–8: ring of channels 1–8 E1 signals (receiving at the H601AIUB side). RT1–8: tip of channel 1–8 E1 signals (receiving at the H601AIUB side). TR1–8: ring of channels 1–8 E1 signals (transmitting at the H601AIUB side). TT1–8: tip of channel 1–8 E1 signals (transmitting at the H601AIUB side).
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-49
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
RT1
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
TT1RT2TT2RT3TT3RT4TT4
RR1TR1RR2TR2RR3TR3RR4TR4
Figure 3–25 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601AIUB card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-50
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
RT5TT5RT6TT6RT7TT7RT8TT8
RR5TR5RR6TR6RR7TR7RR8TR8
Figure 3–26 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H601AIUB card
3.11 16-Port E1 Port Card–H601EDTB
3.11.1 Overview
The H601EDTB card is the 16-port E1 port card. The 16 E1 ports can provide upstream services and access services.
3.11.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–27 shows the front panel of the H601EDTB card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-51
EDTB
Running mode LEDMODE
RUN Running status LED
Figure 3–27 Front panel of the H601EDTB card
Table 3–41 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the H601EDTB card.
Table 3–41 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H601EDTB card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally. RUN
ON or OFF The card works abnormally.
ON The card works in standalone mode.MODE
OFF The card works in other mode.
3.11.3 Jumpers
There are two sets of jumpers and one set of pins on the H601EDTB card.
See Figure 3–28 for details.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-52
115 16
2J600
115 16
2J800
115 16
2J900
115 16
2J700
19 10
2
J203
1 15
162J501
115
16 2
J502
Figure 3–28 Layout of the H601EDTB card
Table 3–42 describes settings of the jumpers.
Table 3–42 Settings of the jumpers on the H601EDTB card
Jumper Meaning
J600, J700, J800, and J900
Used to set the matching impedance of E1. CLOSE: 75-ohm. It is also the factory setting. OPEN: 120-ohm.
J501 and J502
Used to set whether the ring of the 75-ohm E1 signal at the transmitting side is grounded or not.
CLOSE: grounded. OPEN: not grounded. It is also the factory setting.
Note:
In Table 3–42, CLOSE means bits 1-2, 3-4, 5-6, 7-8, 9-10, 11-12, 13-14, and 15-16 are
short-circuited. OPEN means bits 1-2, 3-4, 5-6, 7-8, 9-10, 11-12, 13-14, and 15-16 are not
short-circuited.
Table 3–43 shows the relationship between pins of J600/J700/J800/J900 and E1 signals.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-53
Table 3–43 Relationship between pins of J600/J700/J800/J900 and E1 signals
Jumper Pins Corresponding E1 signals
J600 1-2 and 3-4 The 1st channel
J600 5-6 and 7-8 The 2nd channel
J600 9-10 and 11-12 The 3rd channel
J600 13-14 and 15-16 The 4th channel
J700 1-2 and 3-4 The 5th channel
J700 5-6 and 7-8 The 6th channel
J700 9-10 and 11-12 The 7th channel
J700 13-14 and 15-16 The 8th channel
J800 1-2 and 3-4 The 9th channel
J800 5-6 and 7-8 The 10th channel
J800 9-10 and 11-12 The 11th channel
J800 13-14 and 15-16 The 12th channel
J900 1-2 and 3-4 The 13th channel
J900 5-6 and 7-8 The 14th channel
J900 9-10 and 11-12 The 15th channel
J900 13-14 and 15-16 The 16th channel
Table 3–43 shows the relationship between pins of J501/J502 and E1 signals.
Table 3–44 Relationship between pins of J501/J502 and E1 signals
Jumper Pins Corresponding E1 signals
J501 1-2 The 1st channel
J501 3-4 The 2nd channel
J501 5-6 The 3rd channel
J501 7-8 The 4th channel
J501 9-10 The 5th channel
J501 11-12 The 6th channel
J501 13-14 The 7th channel
J501 15-16 The 8th channel
J601 1-2 The 9th channel
J601 3-4 The 10th channel
J601 5-6 The 11th channel
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-54
Jumper Pins Corresponding E1 signals
J601 7-8 The 12th channel
J601 9-10 The 13th channel
J601 11-12 The 14th channel
J601 13-14 The 15th channel
J601 15-16 The 16th channel
Note:
75-ohm and 120-ohm are the matching impedance of the E1 transmission terminal. In general, for the 75-ohm matching impedance, use the unbalanced cable (E1 coaxial cable). For the 120-ohm matching impedance, use the balanced cable (differential symmetric cable pair). To select the matching impedance, ensure that the DIP switch is set correctly and the data is consistent.
Pins of J203 define an RS232 maintenance serial port with the baud rate 9,600 bit/s.
Table 3–45 describes J203.
Table 3–45 Definition of pins of J203
Pin Meaning
1 Reserved
2 Data receiving
3 Data transmitting
4 GND
5–10 Reserved
3.11.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The H601EDTB card provides 16 E1 ports, which are distributed to pin rows 1–16 on the upper HEADER and pin rows 17–32 on the lower HEADER.
See Figure 3–29 and Figure 3–30 for details. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
The symbols in Figure 3–29 and Figure 3–30 are described as follows:
RR0–15: ring of E1 receiving signals of channels 0–15 RT0–15: tip of E1 receiving signals of channels 0–15 TR0–15: ring of E1 transmitting signals of channels 0–15
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-55
TT0–15: tip of E1 transmitting signals of channels 0–15
Receiving and transmitting of E1 signals are at the H601EDTB side.
RT1TT1 1
234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
RT2TT2RT3TT3RT4TT4
RR1TR1RR2TR2RR3TR3RR4TR4
RR9RT9TR9TT9RR10RT10TR10TT10RR11RT11TR11TT11RR12RT12TR12TT12
Figure 3–29 Pin assignment of the H601EDTB card (upper HEADER)
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-56
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
RR5TR5RR6TR6RR7TR7RR8TR8
RR13RT13TR13TT13RR14RT14TR14TT14RR15RT15TR15TT15RR16RT16TR16TT16
RT5TT5RT6TT6RT7TT7RT8TT8
Figure 3–30 Pin assignment of the H601EDTB card (lower HEADER)
3.12 16-Port ADSL Line Card–H601ADLB
3.12.1 Overview
The H601ADLB card is the 16-port ADSL line card with the built-in splitter, and is suitable for ADSL over POTS.
The splitter has the following functions:
Separates the POTS signals from the ADSL signals on the subscriber cable. Sends the POTS signals to the ASL card for processing. Sends the ADSL signals to AC5 chipset for processing.
In converse, the POTS and ADSL signals are sent to the loop line after reassembled through the splitter.
3.12.2 Front Panel
There is only a RUN LED in the front panel of the H601ADLB card, as described in Table 3–46.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-57
Table 3–46 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H601ADLB card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally. RUN
ON or OFF The card is abnormal.
3.12.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
Figure 3–31 shows the layout of the H601ADLB card.
H601ADLB
S5
Figure 3–31 Layout of the H601ADLB card
Table 3–47 Settings of DIP switch of the H601ADLB card
Jumper Status description
Close The card is enabled to load the software. S5
Open The card is disabled from loading the software. It is also the factory setting.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-58
Note:
For jumper S5: Close means two bits are short-circuited. Open means two bits are not short-circuited.
3.12.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–32 and Figure 3–33 show the pin assignment between the H601ADLB card and the backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
Where,
The 16 channels of ADSL signals are connected with the 1st–16th pin rows on the upper HEADER.
The 16 channels of POTS signals are connected with the 17th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER.
The numbers in Figure 3–32 and Figure 3–33 are the port serial numbers.
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
A8B8A9B9A10B10A11B11A12B12A13B13A14B14A15B15
B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
Figure 3–32 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601ADLB card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-59
POTS0-
POTS4-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
POTS8+POTS9+POTS10+POTS11+POTS12+POTS13+POTS14+POTS15+
POTS8-POTS9-POTS10-POTS11-POTS12-POTS13-POTS14-POTS15-
POTS0+POTS0-POTS1+POTS1-POTS2+POTS2-POTS3+POTS3-
POTS4-POTS4+
POTS5+POTS5-POTS6+POTS6-POTS7+POTS7-
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
Figure 3–33 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H601ADLB card
Connect the subscriber cables as follows.
Connect the 16 ADSL subscriber cables to the A1 to A8, B1 to B16, and C1 to C8 rows of pins on the upper HEADER.
Connect the 16 POTS subscriber cables to the A25 to A32, B49 to B64 and C25 to C32 rows of pins on the lower HEADER.
3.13 16-Port ADSL Line Card–H601ADLF
3.13.1 Overview
The H601ADLF card is the 16-port ADSL line card with the built-in splitter, and is suitable for ADSL over ISDN.
The H601ADLF card supports the test of 16 pairs of ADSL subscriber cables through the broadband test card.
3.13.2 Front Panel
There is only a RUN LED on the front panel of the H601ADLF card, as described in Table 3–48.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-60
Table 3–48 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H601ADLF card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally.
ON or OFF The card works abnormally.
0.125s ON and 0.125s OFF repeatedly The card is not registered. RUN
2s ON and 2s OFF repeatedly The card is registered, but the firmware is not loaded.
3.13.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
Figure 3–34 shows the layout of the H601ADLF card.
H601ADLF
S5
Figure 3–34 Layout of the H601ADLF card
Table 3–49 Settings of jumper of the H601ADLF card
Jumper Status description
Close The card software can be loaded through the serial port.S5
Open The card software cannot be loaded through the serial port. It is also the factory setting.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-61
Note:
For jumper S5: Close means two bits are short-circuited. Open means two bits are not short-circuited.
3.13.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–35 and Figure 3–36 show the pin assignment between the H601ADLF card and the backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
Where,
The 16 channels of ADSL signals are connected with the 1st–16th pin rows on the upper HEADER.
The 16 channels of POTS signals are connected with the 17th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER.
The numbers in Figure 3–35 and Figure 3–36 are the port serial numbers.
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
A8B8A9B9A10B10A11B11A12B12A13B13A14B14A15B15
B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
Figure 3–35 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601ADLF card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-62
POTS0-
POTS4-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
POTS8+POTS9+POTS10+POTS11+POTS12+POTS13+POTS14+POTS15+
POTS8-POTS9-POTS10-POTS11-POTS12-POTS13-POTS14-POTS15-
POTS0+POTS0-POTS1+POTS1-POTS2+POTS2-POTS3+POTS3-
POTS4-POTS4+
POTS5+POTS5-POTS6+POTS6-POTS7+POTS7-
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
Figure 3–36 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H601ADLF card
3.14 16-Port ADSL/ADSL2+ Line Card–H602ADMB/H602ADMC/H602ADMI
3.14.1 Overview
The H602ADMB/H602ADMC/H602ADMI card is the 16-port ADSL/ADSL 2+ line card with the built-in splitter. The H602ADMB/H602ADMC/H602ADMI card provides the ADSL broadband access services, and the ADSL broadband access services are transmitted to the ATM network or IP network through the control card.
The differences between the H602ADMB, H602ADMC, and H602ADMI cards are as follows:
The H602ADMB card does not support the circuit and loop line test. The H602ADMI/H602ADMC card supports the circuit and loop line test and port
backup.
3.14.2 Front Panel
There is only a RUN LED on the front panel of the H602ADMB/H602ADMC/H602ADMI card, as described in Table 3–50.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-63
Table 3–50 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H602ADMB/H602ADMC/H602ADMI card
Name Status description
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly The card is powered on. RUN
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally.
3.14.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–37 and Figure 3–38 show the pin assignment between the H602ADMB/H602ADMC/H602ADMI card and the backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
Where,
The 16 channels of ADSL signals are connected with the 1st–16th pin rows on the upper HEADER.
The 16 channels of POTS signals are connected with the 17th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER.
The numbers in Figure 3–37 and Figure 3–38 are the port serial numbers.
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
A8B8A9B9A10B10A11B11A12B12A13B13A14B14A15B15
B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
Figure 3–37 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H602ADMB/H602ADMC/H602ADMI card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-64
POTS2+
POTS0-
POTS4-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
POTS8+POTS9+POTS10+POTS11+POTS12+POTS13+POTS14+POTS15+
POTS8-POTS9-POTS10-POTS11-POTS12-POTS13-POTS14-POTS15-
POTS0+POTS0-POTS1+POTS1-POTS2+POTS2-POTS3+POTS3-
POTS4-POTS4+
POTS5+POTS5-POTS6+POTS6-POTS7+POTS7-
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
Figure 3–38 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H602ADMB/H602ADMC/H602ADMI card
In Figure 3–37 and Figure 3–38:
A0 (B0)-A15 (B15) connect with port signal cables 0–15 of ADSL subscribers. POTS 0-POTS 15 connect with port signal cables 0–15 of PSTN subscribers.
3.15 32-Port ADSL/ADSL2+ Line Card–H603ADRB
3.15.1 Overview
The H603ADRB card is the 32-port ADSL/ADSL2+ line card.
The H603ADRB card has the following features:
It has the built-in splitter. It communicates with the broadband control card through the backplane. The
control card provides upstream broadband service ports for ATM or IP services. It provides POTS services to the voice card through the DB68 port on the front
panel.
3.15.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–39 shows the front panel of the H603ADRB card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-65
Running status LEDRUN
ADRB
Figure 3–39 Front panel of the H603ADRB card
Table 3–51 describes the LED on the front panel of the H603ADRB card.
Table 3–51 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H603ADRB card
Name Status description
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The card is powered on and performs self-test. RUN
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card is normal.
The D-type connector (68-pin, male) on the front panel provides the 32-channel POTS port to the voice card.
3.15.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
Figure 3–40 shows the layout of the jumpers of the H603ADRB card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-66
H603ADRB
S1
Figure 3–40 Layout of the jumpers of the H603ADRB card
Table 3–52 describes settings of jumper S1 of the H603ADRB card.
Table 3–52 Settings of jumper S1 of the H603ADRB card
Jumper Status description
Close The card is enabled to load the software. S1
Open The card is disabled from loading the software. It is also the factory setting.
Note:
Settings of jumper S1: CLOSE: short-circuit the jumpers. OPEN: switch off the jumpers.
3.15.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–41 and Figure 3–42 show the pin assignment between the H603ADRB card and the backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
The numbers in Figure 3–41 and Figure 3–42 are the port serial numbers.
Connect the subscriber cables as follows.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-67
Connect 16 subscriber cables to the 1st–16th pin rows on the upper HEADER. Connect the rest 16 subscriber cables to the 17th–32nd pin rows on the lower
HEADER.
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
A8B8A9B9A10B10A11B11A12B12A13B13A14B14A15B15
B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7
Figure 3–41 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H603ADRB card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-68
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+
POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A24
A16B16
A25A26A27A28A29A30A31
B24B25B26B27B28B29B30B31
A17B17A18B18A19B19A20B20A21B21
A22B22A23B23
Figure 3–42 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H603ADRB card
3.16 32-Port ADSL/ADSL2+ Line Card–H605ADRB
3.16.1 Overview
The H605ADRB card is the 32-port ADSL/ADSL2+ line card.
The H605ADRB card has the following features:
It has the built-in splitter It supports the circuit and loop line test. It supports the port backup. It communicates with the broadband control card through the backplane. The
control card provides upstream broadband service ports for ATM or IP services. It transmits the POTS service to the voice card through the DB68 socket on the
front panel.
3.16.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–43 shows the front panel of the H605ADRB card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-69
Running status LEDRUN
ADRB
Figure 3–43 Front panel of the H605ADRB card
Table 3–53 describes the LED on the front panel of the H605ADRB card.
Table 3–53 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H605ADRB card
Name Status description
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly The card is powered on. RUN
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally.
The D-type connector (68-pin, male) on the front panel provides the 32-channel POTS port to the voice card.
3.16.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
Figure 3–44 shows the layout of the H605ADRB card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-70
H605ADRB
S1
Figure 3–44 Layout of the H605ADRB card
Table 3–54 Settings of jumper of the H605ADRB card
Jumper Status description
Close The card is enabled to load the software. S1
Open The card is disabled from loading the software. It is also the factory setting.
3.16.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–45 and Figure 3–46 show the pin assignment between the H605ADRB card and the backplane.
The numbers in Figure 3–45 and Figure 3–46 are the port serial numbers.
Connect the subscriber cables as follows.
Connect 16 subscriber cables to the 1st–16th pin rows on the upper HEADER. Connect the rest 16 subscriber cables to the 17th–32nd pin rows on the lower
HEADER.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-71
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
A8B8A9B9A10B10A11B11A12B12A13B13A14B14A15B15
B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7
Figure 3–45 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H605ADRB card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-72
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+
POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A24
A16B16
A25A26A27A28A29A30A31
B24B25B26B27B28B29B30B31
A17B17A18B18A19B19A20B20A21B21
A22B22A23B23
Figure 3–46 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H605ADRB card
3.17 16-Port Analog Line Card–CB36ASL/CB37ASL
3.17.1 Overview
The CB36ASL/CB37ASL card is the 16-port analog line card. It has the following functions:
BORSCHT. Reversed polarity for all ports. Software adjustment for port impedance, port level, and battery feeding mode
(constant-voltage battery feeding or constant-current battery feeding).
The differences between the CB37ASL and the CB36ASL cards are as follows:
The CB36ASL can provide the 16/12KC charging signal. The CB37ASL includes the CB37ASL0 and the CB37ASL1. Compared with the
CB37ASL0, the CB37ASL1 supports the remote power supply.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-73
Note:
The meanings of BORSCHT are as follows: B: Battery O: Overvoltage and overcurrent protection R: Ringing S: Supervision C: Codec H: Hybrid T: Test
3.17.2 Front Panel
There is only a RUN LED on the front panel of the CB36ASL/CB37ASL card, as described in Table 3–55.
Table 3–55 Description of the LED on the front panel of the CB36ASL/CB37ASL card
Name Status description
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The card is starting.
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally. RUN
ON The power supply BAT is powered off.
3.17.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–47 and Figure 3–48 show the pin assignment between the CC36ASL/CB37ASL card and the backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
Connect the subscriber cables as follows.
Connect the first eight channels of POTS signals to the 1st–8th pin rows on the upper HEADER.
Connect the last eight channels of POTS signals to the 25th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-74
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
POTS0+POTS1+POTS2+POTS3+POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+POTS7+
POT S0-POT S1-POT S2-POT S3-POT S4-POT S5-POT S6-POT S7-
Figure 3–47 Pin assignment between the CC36ASL/CB37ASL card and the backplane (upper HEADER)
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-75
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
POTS8+POTS9+POTS10+POTS11+POTS12+POTS13+POTS14+POTS15+
POT S8-POT S9-POT S10-POT S11-POT S12-POT S13-POT S14-POT S15-
Figure 3–48 Pin assignment between the CC36ASL/CB37ASL card and the backplane (lower HEADER)
3.18 16-Port Analog Line Card–CB38ASL
3.18.1 Overview
The CB38ASL card is the 16-port analog line card, it has the following functions:
BORSCHT. Port backup. Reversed polarity and 16/12KC charging signal. Software adjustment for port impedance, port level, and battery feeding mode
(constant-voltage battery feeding or constant-current battery feeding). Line cards compliant with different countries can be developed by modifying the
software.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-76
Note:
The meanings of BORSCHT are as follows: B: Battery O: Overvoltage and overcurrent protection R: Ringing S: Supervision C: Codec H: Hybrid T: Test
3.18.2 Front Panel
There is only a RUN LED in the front panel of the CB38ASL card, as described in Table 3–56.
Table 3–56 Description of the LED on the front panel of the CB38ASL card
Name Status description
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The card is starting.
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally. RUN
ON The power supply VBAT is powered off.
3.18.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–49 and Figure 3–50 show the pin assignment between the CB38ASL card and the backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
The numbers in Figure 3–49 and Figure 3–50 are the port serial numbers.
Connect the subscriber cables as follows.
Connect the first eight channels of POTS signals to the 1st–8th pin rows on the upper HEADER.
Connect the last eight POTS signals to the 25th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-77
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
POTS0+POTS1+POTS2+POTS3+POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+POTS7+
POT S0-POT S1-POT S2-POT S3-POT S4-POT S5-POT S6-POT S7-
Figure 3–49 Pin assignment between the CB38ASL card and the backplane(upper HEADER)
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-78
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
POTS8+POTS9+POTS10+POTS11+POTS12+POTS13+POTS14+POTS15+
POT S8-POT S9-POT S10-POT S11-POT S12-POT S13-POT S14-POT S15-
Figure 3–50 Pin assignment between the CB38ASL card and the backplane (lower HEADER)
3.19 32-Port Analog Line Card–CC0HASL/CC0NASL/CC0RASL
3.19.1 Overview
The CC0HASL/CC0NASL/CC0RASL card is the 32-port analog line card with the BORSCHT function. The silk screen on the front panel is A32.
The differences among the CC0HASL, CC0NASL, and CC0RASL cards are as follows.
Only ports 16 and 17 of the CC0HASL card provide the polarity reversal function. All ports of the CC0NASL and CC0RASL cards provide the polarity reversal
function. The feed current of the CCONASL card and that of the CC0RASL card are
20 mA and 30 mA respectively.
The following takes the CC0HASL as example to describe the 32-port analog line card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-79
Note:
BORSCHT is described as follows. B: Battery O: Overvoltage and overcurrent protection R: Ringing S: Supervision C: Codec H: Hybrid T: Test
3.19.2 Front Panel
Table 3–57 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the
CC0HASL/CC0NASL/CC0RASL card.
Table 3–57 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the CC0HASL/CC0NASL/CC0RASL card
Name Meaning Status Description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally.
Fast blinking or OFF The card is abnormal. RUN Running status LED
ON The security unit of the card blows.
ON At least one port of the card is in busy state.
BSY Busy LED OFF All ports of the card are in
idle state.
3.19.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–51 shows the pin assignment between the CC0HASL card and the backplane. (It's the rear view of the backplane.)
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-80
POTS0+POTS1+POTS2+POTS3+POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+POTS7+
123456789
10111213141516171819202122
2324252627282930
3132
1234567891011121314
1516171819202122232425262728
29303132
3334353637383940414243444546
4748495051525354
555657585960
61626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
21222324252627282930
3132
123456789
1011121314151617181920
21222324252627282930
3132
6566676869707172737475767778
7980818283848586
878889909192
93949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-POTS3-POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8+POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-POTS13+POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
Figure 3–51 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the CC0HASL/CC0NASL/CC0RASL card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-81
POTS24+POTS25+POTS26+POTS27+POTS28+POTS29+POTS30+POTS31+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920
212223242526272829303132
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS24-POTS25-POTS26-POTS27-POTS28-POTS29-POTS30-POTS31-
POTS20+POTS20-POTS21+POTS21-POTS22+POTS22-POTS23+POTS23-
POTS16+POTS16-POTS17+POTS17-POTS18+POTS18-POTS19+POTS19-
Figure 3–52 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the CC0HASL/CC0NASL/CC0RASL card
Note:
Numbers in the figure refer to subscriber serial numbers.
3.20 16-Port Analog Line Card–CC0KASL/CC0MASL
3.20.1 Overview
The CC0KASL/CC0MASL card is the 16-port analog line card. It has the following functions:
BORSCHT. Selectable A/µ law coding without changing hardware. Port impedance, port level can be adjusted by software.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-82
The difference between the CC0MASL and the CC0KASL are as follows.
All ports of the CC0MASL card provide the polarity reversal function. Only ports 8 and 9 of the CC0KASL card provide the polarity reversal function.
Note:
The CC0KASL has two finished cards: CC0KASL0 and CC0KASL1. Compared with the CC0KASL0, the CC0KASL1 supports more impedance and ringing modes, and the commands of setting the ringing and stopping howler tone. CCOKASL in the following represents the two finished cards. The meanings of BORSCHT are as follows:
B: Battery O: Overvoltage and overcurrent protection R: Ringing S: Supervision C: Codec H: Hybrid T: Test
3.20.2 Front Panel
There is only a RUN LED on the front panel of the CC0KASL/CC0MASL card, as described in Table 3–58.
Table 3–58 Description of the LED on the front panel of the CC0KASL/CC0MASL card
Name Status description
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The card is starting.
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally. RUN
ON The power supply BAT is powered off.
3.20.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–47 and Figure 3–54 show the pin assignment between the CC0KASL/CC0MASL card and the backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
The numbers in Figure 3–47 and Figure 3–54 are the port serial numbers.
Connect the subscriber cables as follows.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-83
Connect the first eight subscriber cables to the 1st and 8th rows of pins on the upper HEADER.
Connect the last eight subscriber cables to the 25th and 32nd rows of pins on the lower HEADER.
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
POTS0+POTS1+POTS2+POTS3+POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+POTS7+
POT S0-POT S1-POT S2-POT S3-POT S4-POT S5-POT S6-POT S7-
Figure 3–53 Pin assignment between the CC0KASL/CC0MASL card and the backplane (upper HEADER)
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-84
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
POTS8+POTS9+POTS10+POTS11+POTS12+POTS13+POTS14+POTS15+
POT S8-POT S9-POT S10-POT S11-POT S12-POT S13-POT S14-POT S15-
Figure 3–54 Pin assignment between the CC0KASL/CC0MASL card and the backplane (lower HEADER)
3.21 6-Port 2/4-Wire E&M Port Card–H601ATIA
3.21.1 Overview
The H601ATIA card provides six 2/4-wire E&M ports. It is slot-compatible with line cards.
The H601ATIA card connects to the opposite H601ATIA card through the SPC. See below for details.
1) The H601ATIA card detects the E and M signaling. 2) If the signaling is changed, the occupied channel will send it to the opposite end
through special coding. 3) The opposite H601ATIA card monitors the received signaling codes. 4) The opposite H601ATIA card controls the corresponding port to send out relative
signals.
In this way, the H601ATIA card achieves the transparent transmission of the signaling and services.
Each port of the H601ATIA card can support the 2/4-wire voice frequency line and 1E1M signaling line, instead of 2E2M signaling line. When E and M lines are not used,
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-85
the 2/4 voice frequency line can be used independently to carry voice frequency signals.
The voice frequency port level of the H601ATIA card can be adjusted through software. The settings of 2/4-wire voice frequency line can be done through software configuration and hardware jumper.
3.21.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–55 shows the front panel of the H601ATIA card.
Running status LED
Channel 1 busy LED
EM4 trunk port LED
AT2 trunk port LED
EM2 trunk port LED
RUN
CH1
ATIA
EM2
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
EM4
AT2
Channel 2 busy LEDChannel 3 busy LEDChannel 4 busy LEDChannel 5 busy LEDChannel 6 busy LED
Figure 3–55 Front panel of the H601ATIA card
Table 3–59 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the H601ATIA card.
Table 3–59 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H601ATIA card
Name Status description
RUN 1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-86
Name Status description
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The card fails to communicate with the host.
Blinking The channel is being connected.
CH1–6 ON
The channel is already connected and can be used for conversation, or is in conversation.
EM2 and EM4 are ON simultaneously
The host hasn't sent the configuration command to the H601ATIA card. EM2
Only EM2 is ON among EM2, EM4 and AT2
The card is configured as an EM2 trunk port.
EM4 Reserved.
AT2 Reserved.
3.21.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
Figure 3–56 shows the layout of H601ATIA card.
ON ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
1 2 3 4
ON
1 2 3 4
ON
1 2 3 4
ON
SW14SW13SW12
SW8SW7SW6
1
2
3
4
ON
SW1
1 2
ON
SW2
1 2 3 4
ON
1 2 3 4
ON
1 2 3 4
ON
SW9SW10SW11
ON ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 81 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
SW3SW4SW5
JP12
JP13 JP11
JP10
JP14
JP9
JP8
JP7
JP6
JP5
SS1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8JP17
JP16
JP15
JP18
JP19
JP4
H601ATIA
Figure 3–56 Layout of the H601ATIA card
Table 3–60 describes the settings of DIP switch SW1 of the H601ATIA card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-87
Table 3–60 Settings of DIP switch SW1
Switch ON OFF
SW1-1 The WATCHDOG circuit does not work.
WATCHDOG circuit works. It is also the factory setting.
SW1-2 Voice frequency lines A and B are for input.
Voice frequency lines A, B, C and D are for input. It is also the factory setting.
Table 3–61 describes the settings of DIP switch SW2 of the H601ATIA card.
Table 3–61 Settings of DIP switch SW2
DIP switch ON OFF
SW2 SPROM loads FPGA. CPU loads FPGA.
Note: You are required to set DIP switch SW2 of the ATI card in OFF state.
Table 3–62 describes the settings of DIP switches SW3–SW14 of the H601ATIA card.
Table 3–62 Settings of DIP switches SW3–SW14
DIP switch Function Meaning Factory setting
SW3–SW8 Select the trunk mode of the 1st–6th ports.
Bits 2 and 5 are set to ON, and others are OFF: The corresponding ports are used for EM2.
NA
SW9–SW14
Select the voice frequency input mode of the 1st–6th channel ports.
Bits 1 and 4 are set to ON and Bits 2 and 3 are OFF: Voice frequency lines A and B are for input. Bit 1 and Bit 4 are set to OFF, and Bit 2 and Bit 3 are ON: Voice frequency lines A, B, C and D are for input.
Bits 1 and 4 are set to OFF. Bits 2 and 3 are set to ON.
DIP switch SS1 is used to reset the H601ATIA card manually.
3.21.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–57 and Figure 3–58 show the pin assignment between the H601ATIA card and the backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-88
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
G1AG1BG1CG1DG1E1G1E2G1M1G1M2
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
G2AG2BG2CG2DG2E1G2E2G2M1G2M2
G3AG3BG3CG3DG3E1G3E2G3M1G3M2
Figure 3–57 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601ATIA card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-89
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
G4AG4BG4CG4DG4E1G4E2G4M1G4M2
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
G5AG5BG5CG5DG5E1G5E2G5M1G5M2
G6AG6BG6CG6DG6E1G6E2G6M1G6M2
Figure 3–58 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H601ATIA card
Table 3–63 lists the meanings of the signal cables.
Table 3–63 Meanings of signal cables of the H60ATIA card
Signal cable Meaning
G1A–G6A the 1st–6th channels of Cable A
G1B–G6B the 1st–6th channels of Cable B
G1C–G6C the 1st–6th channels of Cable C
G1D–G6D the 1st–6th channels of Cable D
G1E1–G6E1 the 1st–6th channels of E1 cable
G1E2–G6E2 the 1st–6th channels of E2 cable
G1M1–G6M1 the 1st–6th channels of M1 cable
G1M2–G6M2 the 1st–6th channels of M2 cable
Note:
The ATIA dedicated cable shall be configured for the H601ATIA card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-90
3.22 16-Port Direct Dial-in Subscriber Port Card–H301CDI/CC01CDI
3.22.1 Overview
The H301CDI/CC01CDI card is the 16-port direct dial-in subscriber port card, which realizes transparent transmission for the analog subscriber port. The H301CDI/CC01CDI card is compatible with the line card slot, and uses the same cable as the 16- port ASL card.
3.22.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–59 shows the front panel of the H301CDI/CC01CDI card.
Running status LED
Channel busy LEDs
RUN
CH0
CH1CH2
CH3CH4
CH5
CH6CH7
CH8
CH9
CH10
CH11
CH12
CH13CH14
CH15
CD I / a
Figure 3–59 Front panel of the H301CDI/CC01CDI card
Table 3–64 describes the details of the front panel of the H301CDI/CC01CDI card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-91
Table 3–64 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H301CDI/CC01CDI card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally.
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The card fails to communicate with the host. RUN
0.125s ON and 0.125s OFF for 3s The card self-test fails.
CH0–15 ON The corresponding channel is occupied.
3.22.3 Pin Assignment between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–60 and Figure 3–61 show the pin assignment between the H301CDI/CC01CDI card and the backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
The numbers in Figure 3–60 and Figure 3–61 are the port serial numbers.
Connect the subscriber cables as follows.
Connect the first eight channels of direct dial-in signals to the 1st–8th pin rows on the upper HEADER.
Connect the last eight channels of direct dial-in signals to the 25th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-92
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
R 0R 1R 2R 3R 4R 5R 6R 7
T 0T 1T 2T 3T 4T 5T 6T 7
Figure 3–60 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H301CDI/CC01CDI card
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
R 8R 9R 10R 11R 12R 13R 14R 15
T 8T 9T 10T 11T 12T 13T 14T 15
Figure 3–61 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H301CDI/CC01CDI card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-93
3.23 16-port POTS and ADSL Combo Line Card–H601CSLB
3.23.1 Overview
The H603CSLB card is the POTS and ADSL combo line card with the built-in splitter.
The H601CSLB card provides 16 ADSL ports and 16 POTS ports. The ADSL ports and the POTS ports are managed by two control units, so the two types of ports will not affect each other either on services or on management. Where, the 16 POTS ports support the reversal polarity function.
3.23.2 Front Panel
There is only a RUN LED in the front panel of the H601CSLB board, as described in Table 3–65.
Table 3–65 Description of front panel of the H601CSLB card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally.
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly The card is being powered on.
ON The –48V power supply of the POTS access module is abnormal (no feedback or extra low voltage.)
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF for 8s Continuous ON for several
seconds 0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF for 8s
…
The POTS service is abnormal. The control unit of POTS access module is reset repeatedly.
RUN
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF for more than 8s
The POTS access module is normal, and the ADSL access module works abnormally.
Note:
The LED on the H601CSLB card mainly indicates the narrowband service status. It can not indicate the broadband service status in the case of narrowband functions failure. Therefore, the broadband service status shall be queried at the maintenance terminals.
3.23.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
Refer to Table 3–66 for the jumper settings of the H601CSLB card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-94
Table 3–66 Jumper settings of the H601CSLB card
Jumper Status Meaning Description
S1 Open
For the upgrade loading of board software of the POTS access module
It is open by default. Connect it with the short-circuiter before the software loading, and disconnect it after the loading.
S5 Open
For the upgrade loading of board software of the ADSL access module
It is open by default. Connect it with the short-circuiter before the software loading, and disconnect it after the loading.
3.23.4 Pin Assignment between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–62 and Figure 3–63 show the pin assignment between the H601CSLA card and backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
The numbers in Figure 3–62 and Figure 3–63 are the port serial numbers.
Connect the subscriber cables as follows.
Connect the first eight channels of POTS and ADSL combo signals to the 1st–8th pin rows on the upper HEADER.
Connect the last eight channels of POTS and ADSL combo signals to the 25th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-95
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
B 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B 6B 7
Figure 3–62 Pin assignment between the H601CSLB card and the backplane (upper HEADER)
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-96
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15
B 8B 9B10B11B12B13B14B15
Figure 3–63 Pin assignment between the H601CSLB card and the backplane (lower HEADER)
3.24 16-Port POTS and ADSL Combo Line Card–H601CSLI
3.24.1 Overview
The H601CSLI card is the POTS and ADSL combo line card. It supports circuit and loop line test, port backup functions and has the splitter.
The H601CSLI card provides 16 ADSL ports and 16 POTS ports, which are controlled by two control units respectively.
The 16 POTS ports support the full reversal polarity, like the functions of the ASL card.
3.24.2 Front Panel
There is only a RUN LED on the front panel of the H601CSLI card, as described in Table 3–67.
Table 3–67 Description of the front panel of the H601CSLI card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally. RUN
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly The card is being powered on.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-97
Name Status description
ON
The –48V power supply of the POTS access module is abnormal (no feedback or extra low voltage).
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF for 8s Continuous ON for several
seconds 0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF for 8s
…
Te POTS service is abnormal. The control unit of POTS access module is reset repeatedly.
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF for more than 8s
The POTS service is normal, and the ADSL access module works abnormally.
Note:
The RUN LED on the front panel of the H601CSLI card mainly indicates the narrowband service status, and cannot indicate the broadband service status normally in the case of narrowband service module failure. In this case, you can query the broadband service status through the maintenance terminals.
3.24.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
Table 3–68 shows the settings of jumpers S1 and S5 of the H601CSLI card.
Table 3–68 Jumper settings of the H601CSLI card
Jumper Status Meaning Description
S1 Open
For the upgrade loading of card software of the POTS access module
It is open by default. Make it short circuited before software loading, and recover it after the loading.
S5 Open
For the upgrade loading of card software of the ADSL access module
It is open by default. Its usage is the same as jumper S1.
Note:
S1 and S5 settings are as follows:
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-98
CLOSE: short-circuit the jumpers. OPEN: switch off the jumpers.
3.24.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–64 and Figure 3–65 show the pin assignment between the H601CSLI card and the backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
The numbers in Figure 3–64 and Figure 3–65 are the port serial numbers.
Connect the subscriber cables as follows.
Connect the first eight channels of POTS and ADSL combo signals to the 1st–8th pin rows on the upper HEADER.
Connect the last eight channels of POTS and ADSL combo signals to the 25th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER.
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
B 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B 6B 7
Figure 3–64 Pin assignment between the H601CSLI card and the backplane (upper HEADER)
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-99
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15
B 8B 9B10B11B12B13B14B15
Figure 3–65 Pin assignment between the H601CSLI card and the backplane (upper HEADER)
3.25 16-Port POTS and ADSL/ADSL2+ Combo Line Card–H602CSMB
3.25.1 Overview
The H602CSMB card is the POTS and ADSL/ADSL2+ combo line card with the built-in splitter.
The H602CSMB card provides 16 ADSL/ADSL2+ ports and 16 POTS ports. The ADSL ports and the POTS ports are managed by two control units, so the two types of ports will not affect each other either on services or on management. Where, POTS ports 7 and 8 support the reversal polarity function.
The H602CSMB card supports the circuit and loop line test by configuring a test relay card.
3.25.2 Front Panel
There is only a RUN LED on the front panel of the H602CSMB card, as described in Table 3–69.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-100
Table 3–69 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H602CSMB card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally.
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly The card is powered on.
ON The –48 V power supply of the POTS access module is abnormal (no feedback or extra low voltage.)
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF for 8s Continuous ON for several seconds 0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF for 8s
…
The POTS service is abnormal. The control unit of POTS access module is reset repeatedly.
RUN
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF for more than 8s
The POTS service is normal, but the ADSL access module works abnormally.
Note:
The RUN LED on the front panel of the H602CSMB card mainly indicates the narrowband service status, and cannot indicate the broadband service status normally in case of narrowband service module failure. In this case, you can query the broadband service status through the maintenance terminals.
3.25.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
Table 3–70 shows the settings of jumpers S1 and S5 of the H602CSMB card.
Table 3–70 Jumper settings of the H602CSMB/H602CSMC card
Jumper Status Meaning Description
S1 Open For the upgrade loading of card software of the POTS access module
It is open by default. Short-circuit it before software loading, and recover it after the loading.
S5 Open For the upgrade loading of card software of the ADSL access module
It is open by default. Short-circuit it before software loading, and recover it after the loading.
3.25.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–66 and Figure 3–67 show the pin assignment between the H602CSMB card and the backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-101
The numbers in Figure 3–66 and Figure 3–67 are the port serial numbers.
Connect the subscriber cables as follows.
Connect the first eight channels of POTS and ADSL2+ combo signals to the 1st–8th pin rows on the upper HEADER.
Connect the last eight channels of POTS and ADSL2+ combo signals to the 25th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER.
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
B 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B 6B 7
Figure 3–66 Pin assignment between the H602CSMB and the backplane (upper HEADER)
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-102
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15
B 8B 9B10B11B12B13B14B15
Figure 3–67 Pin assignment between the H602CSMB and the backplane (lower HEADER)
3.26 16-Port POTS and ADSL/ADSL2+ Combo Line Card–H603CSMB/H603CSMC
3.26.1 Overview
The H603CSMB/H603CSMC card is the 16-port POTS and 16-port ADSL/ADSL2+ combo line card.
ADSL/ADSL2+ services are sent to the broadband control card through the backplane, and then sent to the ATM/IP network by the control card. POTS services are sent to the narrowband control card through the HW bus, and then sent to the LE through the E1 port.
The H603CSMB/H603CSMC card has the following features:
Provides the built-in splitter. Supports the circuit and loop line test. Works in the hot backup mode.
3.26.2 Front Panel
There is only a RUN LED on the front panel of the H603CSMB/H603CSMC card.
Table 3–71 describes the LED on the front panel of the H603CSMB/H603CSMC card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-103
Table 3–71 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H603CSMB/H603CSMC card
Name Status description
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly The card is being powered on.
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card is normal.
ON –48 V power supply of the POTS access unit is abnormal (no feed or undervoltage).
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF for 8s ON for 2s
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF for 8s …
POTS service is abnormal. The main control unit of the POTS access unit keeps resetting.
RUN: running status LED
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF for more than 8s
POTS service is normal, but ADSL access unit is abnormal.
3.26.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
Figure 3–68 shows the jumpers of the H603CSMB/H603CSMC card.
H603CSMC
S2
S1
Figure 3–68 Jumpers of the H603CSMC card
Table 3–72 describes the settings of jumpers of the H603CSMC card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-104
Table 3–72 Settings of jumpers of the H603CSMC card
Jumper Status description
CLOSE The card is enabled to load the software of the ADSL access module.
S1
OPEN The card is disabled from loading the software of the ADSL access module. It is also the factory setting.
CLOSE The card can be reset. S2
OPEN The card cannot be reset. It is also the factory setting.
Note:
S1 and S2 settings are as follows: CLOSE: short-circuit the jumpers. OPEN: switch off the jumpers.
3.26.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–69 and Figure 3–70 show the pin assignment between the H603CSMC card and the backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
The numbers in Figure 3–69 and Figure 3–70 are the port serial numbers.
Connect the subscriber cables as follows.
Connect the first eight channels of POTS and ADSL2+ combo signals to the 1st–8th pin rows on the upper HEADER.
Connect the last eight channels of POTS and ADSL2+ combo signals to the 25th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-105
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
123456789
10111213141516171819202122
2324252627282930
3132
1234567891011121314
1516171819202122232425262728
29303132
3334353637383940414243444546
4748495051525354
555657585960
61626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
21222324252627282930
3132
123456789
1011121314151617181920
21222324252627282930
3132
6566676869707172737475767778
7980818283848586
878889909192
93949596
B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7
Figure 3–69 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H603CSMB/H603CSMC card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-106
A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15
123456789
10111213141516171819202122
2324252627282930
3132
1234567891011121314
1516171819202122232425262728
29303132
3334353637383940414243444546
4748495051525354
555657585960
61626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
21222324252627282930
3132
123456789
1011121314151617181920
21222324252627282930
3132
6566676869707172737475767778
7980818283848586
878889909192
93949596
B8B9B10B11B12B13B14B15
Figure 3–70 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H603CSMB/H603CMSC card
3.27 32-Port POTS and ADSL/ADSL2+ Combo Line Card–H603CSRB
3.27.1 Overview
The H603CSRB card is the 32-port POTS and 16-port ADSL/ADSL2+ combo line card. It communicates with the broadband control card through the LVDS serial interface, and the control card provides upstream broadband service ports for ATM or IP services.
3.27.2 Front Panel
There is only a RUN LED on the front panel of the H603CSRB card, as described in Table 3–71.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-107
Table 3–73 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H603CSRB card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card is performing self-test.
2s ON and 2s OFF repeatedly The card is normal. RUN
ON The card is abnormal.
3.27.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
Figure 3–68 shows the jumpers of the H603CSRB card.
H603CSRB
S1
S2
Figure 3–71 Layout of the H603CSRB card
Table 3–74 describes settings of jumpers S1 and S2 of the H603CSRB card.
Table 3–74 Settings of jumpers S1 and S2 of the H603CSRB card
Jumper Status description
CLOSE The cards works in narrowband loading mode. S1
OPEN The card runs normally. It is also the factory setting.
CLOSE The card works in broadband loading mode. S2
OPEN The card runs normally. It is also the factory setting.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-108
Note:
Settings of jumpers S1 and S2: CLOSE: The jumpers are short-circuited. OPEN: The jumpers disconnect.
3.27.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–69 and Figure 3–70 show the pin assignment between the H603CSRB card and the backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
The numbers in Figure 3–69 and Figure 3–70 are port serial numbers.
Connect the subscriber cables as follows:
Connect the first eight channels of POTS and ADSL2+ combo signals to the 1st–16th pin rows on the upper HEADER.
Connect the last eight channels of POTS and ADSL2+ combo signals to the 17th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER.
POT S2+
POT S4+POT S5+POT S6+
123456789
1 01 11 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 92 02 12 22 32 42 52 62 72 82 93 03 13 2
123456789
1 01 11 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 92 02 12 22 32 42 52 62 72 8
2 93 0
3 13 2
3 33 43 53 6
3 73 8
3 94 04 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84 95 05 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 96 06 16 26 36 4
1234567891 01 11 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 92 0
2 12 2
2 32 42 52 62 72 82 93 03 13 2
123456789
1 01 11 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 92 0
2 12 2
2 32 42 52 62 72 82 93 03 13 2
6 56 66 76 8
6 97 0
7 17 27 37 47 57 67 77 87 98 08 18 28 38 48 58 68 78 88 99 09 19 29 39 49 59 6
POT S0-POT S1-POT S2-
POT S4-POT S5-POT S6-POT S7-
POT S8-POT S9+POT S9-POT S10+POT S10-POT S11+POT S11-
POT S12+POT S12-
POT S13-POT S14+POT S14-POT S15+POT S15-
T 3- R
R 4- RT 7- R
R 8- RT 4- RT 8- R
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
A8B 8A9B 9A10B10A11B11A12B12A13B13A14B14A15B15
B 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B 6B 7
Figure 3–72 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H603CSRB card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-109
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+
POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A24
A16B16
A25A26A27A28A29A30A31
B24B25B26B27B28B29B30B31
A17B17A18B18A19B19A20B20A21B21
A22B22A23B23
Figure 3–73 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H603CSRB card
3.28 16-Port Circuit Emulation E1 Port Card–H601DEHA
3.28.1 Overview
The H601DEHA card is the 16-port circuit emulation E1 port card.
The H601DEHA card provides independent 16 E1 ports, and supports the unstructured data transfer (UDT) CES. Each port supports system clock, line clock and Time Stamp clock. The clock of each port is independent of others.
The H601DEHA card is installed in the line card slot in the UA5000 frame. It is recommended that up to two DEHA cards be installed in one UA5000 frame.
The H601DEHA card provides E1 private line access service and TDM E1 access service.
I. E1 private line access
The H601DEHA card supports private line access service through E1 channels. The UA5000 adapts the E1 signals into ATM cells, and then the MD5500 restores the ATM cells back to E1 signals and sends them to the DDN node. The private line access service here is like the extension of DDN private line service.
Another application of the private line access service is to connect two E1 nodes at one or two UA5000s directly, without passing through the upper-layer equipment. This
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-110
application can be looked as a feature of the transmission system, where two tributary interfaces are connected directly.
II. TDM E1 access
The H601DEHA card accesses TDM services through E1 channels. The UA5000 adapts the E1 signals into ATM cells. Then, the MD5500 restores the ATM cells back into E1 signals and sends them to the LE. The TDM E1 access can be looked as the trunk access of voice services.
3.28.2 Front Panel
There is only a RUN LED on the front panel of the H601DEHA card, as described in Table 3–75.
Table 3–75 Description of the LED ON the front panel of the H601DEHA card
Name Status description
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The card works normally. RUN
0.125s ON and 0.125s OFF repeatedly The card is starting.
3.28.3 DIP Switches
Figure 3–74 shows the layout of the H601DEHA card.
H601DEHA
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ONS1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ONS5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ONS2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ONS6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ONS4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ONS3
S81 2 3 4
Figure 3–74 Layout of the H601DEHA card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-111
I. DIP switches S1, S2, S5, and S6
These switches are used to set whether to ground the shielding layer at the Tx or Rx end of the E1 port. Table 3–76 shows their settings and meanings.
Table 3–76 Settings and meanings of DIP switches S1, S2, S5, and S6
DIP switch ON OFF Factory setting
S1 1-4#E1 Grounded Not grounded ON
S2 5-8#E1 Grounded Not grounded ON
S5 9-12#E1 Grounded Not grounded ON
S6 13-16#E1 Grounded Not grounded ON
Remarks: Every DIP switch contains eight bits for controlling four E1 ports. The grounding for the shielding layer of every E1 port is controlled by two bits: the first one is for Tx, and the second one is for Rx.
II. DIP switches S3 and S4
DIP switches S3 and S4 are used to select the matching impedance at the E1 Rx end, as shown in Table 3–77.
Table 3–77 Settings of DIP switches S3 and S4
DIP switch ON OFF Factory setting
Control 1#E1 S3-1 75-ohm 120-ohm ON
Control 2#E1 S3-2 75-ohm 120-ohm ON
Control 3#E1 S3-3 75-ohm 120-ohm ON
Control 4#E1 S3-4 75-ohm 120-ohm ON
Control 5#E1 S3-5 75-ohm 120-ohm ON
Control 6#E1 S3-6 75-ohm 120-ohm ON
Control 7#E1 S3-7 75-ohm 120-ohm ON
Control 8#E1 S3-8 75-ohm 120-ohm ON
Control 9#E1 S4-1 75-ohm 120-ohm ON
Control 10#E1 S4-2 75-ohm 120-ohm ON
Control 11#E1 S4-3 75-ohm 120-ohm ON
Control 12#E1 S4-4 75-ohm 120-ohm ON
Control 13#E1 S4-5 75-ohm 120-ohm ON
Control 14#E1 S4-6 75-ohm 120-ohm ON
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-112
DIP switch ON OFF Factory setting
Control 15#E1 S4-7 75-ohm 120-ohm ON
Control 16#E1 S4-8 75-ohm 120-ohm ON
75-ohm and 120-ohm are the matching impedances of the E1 transmission terminal.
For the 75-ohm matching impedance, use the unbalanced cable (E1 coaxial cable) for transmission.
For the 120-ohm matching impedance, use the balanced cable (differential symmetric pair) for transmission.
To select the matching impedance, you need to set the DIP switches correctly and make the data configuration consistent at both ends.
III. DIP switch S8
DIP switch S8 is used to indicate the E1 port impedance, as shown in Table 3–78.
Table 3–78 Settings of DIP switch S8
DIP switch ON OFF Factory setting
S8-1 75-ohm 120-ohm ON
S8-2-4 Reserved
Caution:
The setting of DIP switch will take effect after you reset the card. The impedances for all the 16 E1 ports on the card must be the same, either
120-ohm or 75-ohm, which shall be consistent with the DIP switch S8-1.
3.28.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–75 and Figure 3–76 show the pin assignment between the H601DEHA card and the backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-113
I1BI1A I1C6566676869707172
7475
73
7776
787980818283848586878889
90919293949596
RT1TT1
3334353637383940
4243
41
4544
464748495051525354555657
58596061626364
12345678
1011
9
1312
14151617181920212223242526272829303132
RT2TT2RT3TT3RT4TT4
RR1TR1RR2TR2RR3TR3RR4TR4
PGNDPGND
PGNDPGND
-48V-48V
-48V-48V
GNDGND
GND
GNDGND
GND
RR9RT9TR9TT9RR10RT10TR10TT10RR11RT11TR11TT11RR12RT12TR12TT12
Figure 3–75 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601DEHA card
I1BI1A I1C6566676869707172
7475
73
7776
78798081828384858687888990919293949596
RT5TT5
3334353637383940
4243
41
4544
46474849505152535455565758596061626364
12345678
1011
9
1312
14151617181920212223242526272829303132
RT6TT6R67T67RT8TT8
RR5
TR5RR6TR6RR7TR7RR8TR8
BGNDBGND-48V-48V
PGNDPGND
RR13RT13TR13TT13RR14RT14TR14TT14RR15RT15TR15TT15RR16RT16TR16TT16
GND
GND
GNDGND
BGNDBGND-48V-48V
PGNDPGND
GND
GND
GNDGND
Figure 3–76 Signal definition of lower HEADER on the H601DEHA card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-114
In Figure 3–75 and Figure 3–76:
RR1–16: Channels 1–16 of E1 signal correspond to the “ring” of the signal received at the H601DEHA.
RT1–16: Channels 1–16 of E1 signal correspond to the “tip” of the signal received at the H601DEHA.
TR1–16: Channels 1–16 of E1 signal correspond to the “ring” of the signal sent from the H601DEHA.
TT1–16: Channels 1–16 of E1 signal correspond to the “tip” of the signal sent from the H601DEHA.
3.29 8-Port Digital Line Card–CB02DSL/CB03DSL
3.29.1 Overview
The CB02DSL/CB03DSL card is the digital line card that provides eight ISDN BRA (2B+D) ports.
The CB02DSL card can not supply the power remotely while the CB03DSL card can. The digital line card is slot-compatible with the analog line card.
The card provides:
Standard ISDN BRA services TA128 semi-permanent connection mode MTA access mode U-port transparent transmission access mode
The 8 U ports in the CB02DSL/CB03DSL card can be configured to different working modes.
The CB03DSL card can provide the power supply to subscriber terminals. It controls the DC power supply of eight ports through the remote power control circuit. The provision of power supply can be set by ports through configuration at the background. The power supply circuit has the functions of overcurrent detection and automatic protection. The automatic recovery of power supply can be implemented through the software control.
3.29.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–77 shows the front panel of the CB02DSL/CB03DSL card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-115
Running status LED
Serial port communication LED
Port 0 active LED
RUN
DSL
Port 1 active LEDPort 2 active LEDPort 3 active LEDPort 4 active LEDPort 5 active LEDPort 6 active LEDPort 7 active LED
Figure 3–77 Front panel of the CB02DSL/CB03DSL card
Table 3–79 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the CB02DSL/CB03DSL card.
Table 3–79 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the CB02DSL/CB03DSL card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally.
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly
The card is requesting the configuration information to the control card.
RUN
ON or OFF The card works abnormally.
ON Activated.
OFF Deactivated.
Port 0–7
0.625s ON and 0.625s OFF repeatedly Activating the U port.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-116
Name Status description
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly Activating the S/T port.
COM 1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The master and slave nodes communicate for 160 times.
3.29.3 Pin Assignment between Card and Backplane
The eight channels of subscriber signals provides by the CB02DSL/CB03DSL card are connected with the 1st–8th pin rows on the upper HEADER, as shown in Figure 3–78. The figure is seen from the rear of the backplane.
The numbers in Figure 3–78 are the port serial numbers.
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7
Figure 3–78 Pin assignment of upper HEADER of the DSL card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-117
3.30 8-Port Digital Subscriber Line Card–CB05DSL
3.30.1 Overview
The CB05DSL card is the ISDN 2B+D line card that provides eight subscriber ports (Ports U1 to U8). The CB05DSL card resides in the subscriber frame.
The CB05DSL card has the following features:
When the backup function is needed, the CB05DSL card can provide seven active subscriber ports and one standby subscriber port.
It processes the ISDN LAPD (Q.921) protocol for the eight ports. It supports the circuit and loop line test. It is used for the CENTREX console access service. It supports reading the electronic bar code.
3.30.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–79 shows the front panel of the CB05DSL card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-118
RUN
DSL
Running status LED
Serial port communication LED
Port 8 active LED
Port 1 active LEDPort 2 active LEDPort 3 active LEDPort 4 active LEDPort 5 active LEDPort 6 active LEDPort 7 active LED
Figure 3–79 Front panel of the CB05DSL card
Table 3–80 describes the details on the front panel of the CB05DSL card.
Table 3–80 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the CB05DSL card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card is normal.
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The card is requesting configuration information from the main control card.
RUN
ON or OFF The card is abnormal.
ON The port is activated.
OFF The port is deactivated.
0.125s ON and 0.125s OFF repeatedly Activating the U port.
Port 1–8
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly Activating the S/T port.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-119
Name Status description
ON Serial port communication is normal. COM
ON or OFF The card is abnormal.
3.30.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The eight channels of subscriber signals provided by the CB05DSL card are connected with the 1st–8th pin rows on the upper HEADER, as shown in Figure 3–80. The figure is seen from the rear of the backplane.
The numbers in Figure 3–80 are the port serial numbers.
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7
Figure 3–80 Pin assignment between the CB05DSL card and the backplane (upper HEADER)
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-120
3.31 8-Port Ethernet Access Unit Card–H601EAUA
3.31.1 Overview
The H601EAUA card is the Ethernet access unit card. It has the following functions:
Provides eight FE ports. Provides flow control and L2 switching at wire speed for upstream ATM traffic. Supports up to six groups of port bindings, 8K MAC address self-learning, and 256
802.1Q VLANs. Supports binding the MAC address with the port. Supports broadcast storm suppression.
3.31.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–81 shows the front panel of the H601EAUA card.
Running status LED
Port link LEDPort running LED
EAUA
ACT0LINK0
ACT1LINK1
ACT2LINK2
ACT3LINK3
ACT4LINK4
ACT5LINK5
ACT6LINK6
ACT7LINK7
RUN
Figure 3–81 Front panel of the H601EAUA card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-121
Table 3–81 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the H601EAUA card.
Table 3–81 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H601EAUA card
Name Status description
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The card works normally. RUN 0.125s ON and 0.125s OFF
repeatedly The system is starting.
OFF The link is not connected. LINK
ON The link is connected.
OFF No data is transmitted. ACT
Blinking There is data being transmitted.
3.31.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–82 and Figure 3–83 show the pin assignment between the H601EAUA card and the backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
In Figure 3–82 and Figure 3–83, "T" represents transmission, "R" represents reception, and numerals after "XA" represents serial number of the FE port. For example, "FETX0-" indicates "Tx of the first FE port-".
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-122
BA C1
234
5678
1011
9
1312
14151617181920
212223
2425
2627
2829
303132
FERX0+FETX0+
FERX0-FETX0-
1
234
5678
1011
9
1312
14151617181920
212223
2425
2627
2829
303132
1
234
5678
1011
9
1312
14151617181920
212223
2425
2627
2829
303132
FERX1+FETX1+
FERX1-FETX1-
FERX2+FETX2+
FERX2-FETX2-
FERX3+FETX3+
FERX3-FETX3-
Figure 3–82 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601EAUA card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-123
BA C1
234
5678
1011
9
1312
14151617181920
212223
2425
2627
2829
303132
FERX4+FETX4+
FERX4-FETX4-
1
234
5678
1011
9
1312
14151617181920
212223
2425
2627
2829
303132
1
234
5678
1011
9
1312
14151617181920
212223
2425
2627
2829
303132
FERX5+
FETX5+
FERX5-
FETX5-
FERX6+
FETX6+
FERX6-
FETX6-FERX7+FETX7+
FERX7-FETX7-
Figure 3–83 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H601EAUA card
3.32 2-Port High Speed Line Card–H302HSL
3.32.1 Overview
The H302HSL card is the synchronous high-speed line card. It provides two V.35 ports and two E1 ports at the rate of N x 64kbit/s (1 ≤ N ≤ 31).
When internal HW resources are occupied, the maximum available rate of the V.35 port is 25 x 64 kbit/s.
When E1 ports are occupied, the maximum available rate of the V.35 port is 31 x 64 kbit/s.
The E1 port on the card can be connected with the remote data service unit to:
Access the remote N x 64 kbit/s data service, or Serve as the trunk channel to carry N x 64 kbit/s data service.
When the E1 port is used for trunking, the N x 64 kbit/s data will be transmitted through E1 ports, without occupying the HW resources.
The card can lock the phase of different clock sources, including the clock provided by ST-BUS in the subscriber frame or the clock extracted from the E1 port.
The H302HSL card has the digital cross-connection function, with the exchange capability of six HW time slots.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-124
Note:
The H302HSL works in the data connection equipment (DCE) mode. When the DTE is required, the DCE-DTE conversion connector will convert the DCE to DTE, but the HSL card still works in DCE mode.
3.32.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–84 shows the front panel of the H302HSL card.
RUN
TXD0
Running status LED
RXD1
TXD1
LFA0
LOS0
LFA1
LOS1
RXD0
E1 signal LED
HSL
Receiving data LED for the 1st V.35 port
Frame out-of-sync. LED for the 1st E1 port
LINK
Transmitting data LED for the 1st V.35 portReceiving data LED for the 2nd V.35 portTransmitting data LED for the 2nd V.35 port
Loss of signal LED for the 1st E1 portFrame out-of-sync. LED for the 2nd E1 portLoss of signal LED for the 2nd E1 port
Figure 3–84 Front panel of the H302HSL card
Table 3–82 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the H302HSL card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-125
Table 3–82 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H302HSL card
Name Status description
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly Card power-on, self-test. RUN
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card self-test is passed.
ON V.35 port is receiving data. RXD0-1
OFF V.35 port is not receiving data.
ON V.35 port is sending data. TXD0-1
OFF V.35 port is not sending data.
ON Frame out-of-sync. LFA0-1
OFF Normal.
ON Loss of signal. LOS0-1
OFF Normal.
LINK ON A signal exists over any E1 on the card.
3.32.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
Figure 3–85 shows the layout of the H302HSL card.
H302HSL
S1
1 2 3 4
ON
SW4
1 2 3 4
ON
SW1
1 2 3 4
ON
SW5
1 2 3 4
ON
SW2
1 2 3 4
ON
SW3
1 2 3JP1JP2
JP3
Figure 3–85 Layout of the H302HSL card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-126
Table 3–83 describes the settings of DIP switches and jumpers on the H302HSL card.
Table 3–83 Settings of DIP switches and jumpers on the H302HSL card
DIP switch/ Jumper
Function Meaning Default setting
SW4
Selecting the working mode of the first V.35 port.
SW4-1 and SW4-2 are ON, and SW4-3 and SW4-4 are OFF: the first V.35 port works in the DCE mode.
SW4-1 and SW4-2 are ON. SW4-3 and SW4-4 are OFF.
SW5
Selecting the working mode of the second V.35 port.
SW5-1 and SW5-2 are ON, and SW5-3 and SW5-4 are OFF: the second V.35 port works in the DCE mode.
SW5-1 and SW5-2 are ON. SW5-3 and SW5-4 are OFF.
SW1, SW3
Setting the impedance of the first E1 port
SW1-1, SW1-2 and SW3-1 are ON: the first E1 port uses the 75-ohm matching impedance. SW1-1, SW1-2 and SW1-3 are OFF: the second E1 port uses the 120-ohm matching impedance. SW1-3 is ON: Receiving ring connects to PGND. SW1-4 is ON: Sending ring connects to PGND.
SW1-1 and SW1-2 are ON. SW1-3 and SW1-4 are OFF. SW3-1 is ON.
SW2, SW3
Setting the impedance of the second E1 port
SW2-1, SW2-2 and SW3-2 are ON: the second E1 port uses the 75-ohm matching impedance. SW2-1 and SW2-2 and SW3-2 are OFF: the second E1 port uses the 120-ohm matching impedance. SW2-3 is ON: Receiving ring connects to PGND. SW2-4 is ON: Sending ring connects to PGND.
SW2-1, SW2-2 and SW3-2 are ON. SW2-3 and SW2-4 are OFF.
JP1–JP3 Determining the logic loading mode
JP1 short connects JP2: Load through PROM. JP2 short connects JP3: Load through CPU.
JP2 and JP3 are short circuited.
3.32.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The pin assignment between card and backplane is as follows:
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-127
The 1st–8th pin rows on the upper HEADER are for the first V.35 port and the first E1 port. The E1 port corresponds to the 7th and 8th pin rows.
The 25th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER are for the second V.35 port and the second E1 port. The E1 port corresponds to the 31st and 32nd rows of pins.
3.33 2-Port High Speed Line Card–H303HSL
3.33.1 Overview
The H303HSL card is the synchronous high-speed line card. Compatible with the high layer protocol of H302HSL, H303HSL can be applied directly in the environment for H302HSL.
The H303HSL card provides two E1 ports and two SHDSL ports. After the modem conversion, the two SHDSL ports can function as two V.35 ports (N x 64 kbit/s, 3 ≤ N ≤ 31) or two E1 (2048 kbit/s) ports.
The H303ASL card has the following two functions.
I. User service data transmission through SPC
1) Inter-card SPC
After the inter-card SPC is established, the user data borne by the SHDSL port can be transmitted to RSP or PVU8/PVU4 frame over HW, and then transmitted over E1 channels. In this case, the maximum available transmission rate at the SHDSL port is 26 x 64 kbit/s (for the RSP frame) or 28 x 64kbit/s (for the PVU8/PVU4 frame).
2) Intra-card SPC
After the intra-card SPC (between the SHDSL port and E1 port of the card) is established, the user data borne by the SHDSL port can be transmitted directly over E1 port of the card. In this case, the maximum available rate at the SHDSL port is 31 x 64 kbit/s.
II. Clock locking
The H303HSL card can lock clock signals from E1 port or from the HW of the backplane. Therefore, the H303HSL card can work in the environment where the PSTN clock and the DDN clock are not synchronized with each other.
For the E1 access, the H303HSL card shall lock the E1 clock signals. For the HW access, the H303HSL card shall lock the HW clock signals.
Moreover, the MD5500 system clock shall be synchronized to the DDN clock.
3.33.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–86 shows the front panel of the H303HSL card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-128
Running status LED
The 1st SHDSL port LED
Reset button
Debug serial port
RUN
WAN1
CO
M
WAN2
E1-1
E1-2
RESET
HSL/T
The 2nd SHDSL port LED
The 1st E1 port status LEDThe 2nd E1 port status LED
Figure 3–86 Front panel of the H303HSL card
Table 3–84 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the H303HSL card.
Table 3–84 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H303HSL card
Name Status description
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly
The card is powered on and is performing the self-test.
RUN
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The self-test is passed.
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The SHDSL port is in the training status.
ON The SHDSL port is in the normal operation.
WAN1/ WAN2
OFF The SHDSL port is deactivated.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-129
Name Status description
ON The E1 port is in the normal operation.
OFF The E1 port has LOS or service is interrupted.
E1-1/ E1-2
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The LFA alarm occurs.
Note: All LEDs are OFF except the WAN1 when the software is loaded or the card software is to
run.
Table 3–85 describes the button and the port on the front panel of the H303HSL card.
Table 3–85 Description of the button and the port on the front panel of the H303HSL card
Name Function description
RESET The button is used to reset the card manually.
COM RS-232 for local maintenance. The default setting is 9600 bit/s.
3.33.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
Figure 3–87 shows the layout of the H303HSL card.
H303HSL
1 2
3 4 ON
S7
1 2
3 4 ON
1 2
3 4 ON
S3
S4
Figure 3–87 Layout of the H303HSL card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-130
Table 3–86 Settings of DIP switches on the H303HSL card
DIP switch Function Meaning Default setting
S3
Impedance setting switch for first E1 port
Bits 1–4 ON: The first E1 port adopts the 75-ohm matching impedance. Bits 1–4 OFF: The first E1 port adopts the 120-ohm matching impedance.
Bits 1–4: ON
S4
Impedance setting switch for second E1 port
Bits 1–4 ON: The second E1 port adopts the 75-ohm matching impedance. Bits 1–4 OFF: The second E1 port adopts the 120-ohm matching impedance.
Bits 1–4: ON
S7 SHDSL port working mode
Bit 1 ON: The SHDSL port is set to the E1 working mode. Bit 1 OFF: The SHDSL port is set to the V.35 working mode. Bits 2–4: reserved.
Bits 1–4: ON
Note:
The activation distance varies with the working mode of the SHDSL port. When the port works in E1 mode, the maximum activation distance is 3 km. When the port works in V.35 mode, the higher the transmission rate is, the shorter
the activation distance is. When N is 3, the maximum activation distance is 6 km. When N is 32, the maximum transmission distance is 3 km. The line quality shall also be taken into account.
3.33.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The two channels of E1 signals provided by the H303HSL card are connected with the 1st–4th pin rows on the upper HEADER, as shown in Figure 3–88.
The two channels of SHDSL signals provided by the H303HSL card are connected with the 31st–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER, as shown in Figure 3–89.
The characters in Figure 3–88 and Figure 3–89 are described as follows:
The first letters R and T indicate receiving and transmitting respectively. The second letters R and T indicate "ring" and "tip" respectively. The numeral indicates the E1 serial number. Letters A and B indicate lines A and B of the SHDSL subscriber cables
respectively.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-131
The numbers are the serial numbers of the subscriber cable.
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
333435363738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
10111213141516171819202122
23242526272829303132
12345678910111213141516171819202122
23242526272829303132
656667686970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
TT0RT0TT1RT1
TR0RR0TR1RR1
Figure 3–88 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H303HSL card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
333435363738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
10111213141516171819202122
23242526272829303132
12345678910111213141516171819202122
23242526272829303132
656667686970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-RLINEA1LINEA0
LINEB1LINEB0
Figure 3–89 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H303HSL card
3.34 4-Port SHDSL and 4-Port E1 Card–H521SDL
3.34.1 Overview
The H601SDLB card is the SHDSL and E1 line card. The H521SDL card provides the SHDSL service access in the TDM mode. Each H521SDL card provides four E1 ports and four SHDSL ports.
After converted by a modem, the four SHDSL ports can work as V35 ports (N x 64 kbit/s, 1 ≤ N ≤ 31) or E1 ports (2048 kbit/s).
According to the configuration, the H521SDL card can track the clock of different ports, including HW port, trunk port and SHDSL port at subscriber side. The SHDSL ports of the H521SDL card may be configured flexibly for various applications. The SHDSL port card can report the port status.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-133
3.34.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–90 shows the front panel of the H521SDL card.
RUN
CO
M
SDL
WAN1
WAN2WAN3WAN4
E1-1E1-2E1-3E1-4
RST Reset button
Debug serial port
Running status LEDThe 1st SHDSL port LEDThe 2nd SHDSL port LED
The 1st E1 port status LEDThe 2nd E1 port status LED
The 3rd SHDSL port LEDThe 4th SHDSL port LED
The 3rd E1 port status LEDThe 4th E1 port status LED
Figure 3–90 Front panel of the H521SDL card
Table 3–87 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the H521SDL card.
Table 3–87 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H521SDL card
Name Status description
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly
The card is powered on and is performing the self-test.
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The card has not registered. RUN
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card runs normally
WAN1– WAN4 0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The SHDSL port is in the training
status.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-134
Name Status description
ON The SHDSL port is in the normal operation.
OFF The SHDSL port is deactivated.
ON The E1 port is in the normal operation.
OFF The E1 port has LOS or service is interrupted.
E1-1– E1-4
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The LFA alarm occurs.
Note: All LEDs are off except the WAN1 when the software is loaded or the card software is to
run.
Table 3–88 describes the button and the port on the front panel of the H521SDL card.
Table 3–88 Description of the button and the port on the front panel of the H521SDL card
Name Function description
RESET The button is used to reset the card manually.
COM RS-232 for local maintenance. The default setting is 9600 bit/s.
3.34.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
Figure 3–91 shows the layout of the H521SDL card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-135
H521SDL
1 2
3 4 ON
1 2
3 4 ON
1 2
3 4 ON
1 2
3 4 ON
S3
S4
S5
S6
1 2
3 4 ON
S7
Figure 3–91 Layout of the H521SDL card
Table 3–89 Settings of DIP switches of the H521SDL card
DIP switch Function Meaning Default
setting
S3 Impedance setting switch for first E1 port
Bits 1–4 ON: 75-ohm matching impedance. Bits 1–4 OFF: 120-ohm matching impedance.
ON
S4 Impedance setting switch for second E1 port
Bits 1–4 ON: 75-ohm matching impedance. Bits 1–4 OFF: 120-ohm matching impedance.
ON
S5 Impedance setting switch for third E1 port
Bits 1–4 ON: 75-ohm matching impedance. Bits 1–4 OFF: 120-ohm matching impedance.
ON
S6 Impedance setting switch for fourth E1 port
Bits 1–4 ON: 75-ohm matching impedance. Bits 1–4 OFF: 120-ohm matching impedance.
ON
S7 SHDSL port working mode
Bit 1 ON: E1 mode. Bit 1 OFF: V.35 working mode. Bit 2 ON: Master mode. Bit 2 OFF: Slave mode. Bits 3–4: reserved.
ON
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-136
Note:
After the working mode of the SHDSL port is set through the software, the working mode selection of the DIP switch S7-1 will be disabled. When the H521SDL works in the slave mode, only ports 0 and 2 are available, and ports 1 and 3 are unavailable. The activation distance varies with the working mode of the SHDSL port:
In the E1 mode, the maximum activation distance is 3 km. In the V.35 mode, the activation distance will be shorter if the port rate is higher.
When N = 3, the maximum activation distance is 6 km; when N=32, it is 3 km. Line quality shall be considered in the actual application, shorten the distance as much as possible when you configure the terminal.
3.34.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The four channels of E1 signals provided by the H521SDL card are connected with the 1st–8th pin rows on the upper HEADER, as shown in Figure 3–92.
The four channels of SHDSL signals provided by the H521SDL card are connected with the 29th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER, as shown in Figure 3–93.
Note:
Two AMP connectors of the H521SDL are bundled together. One cable can be connected to two H521SDL cards. Cable color and labels of one AMP connector are different from those of the other AMP connector.
In Figure 3–92 and Figure 3–93, the characters are described as follows:
The first letters R and T indicate receiving and transmitting respectively. The second letters R and T indicate "ring" and "tip" respectively. The numeral indicates the E1 serial number. Letters A and B indicate lines A and B of the SHDSL subscriber cables
respectively. The numbers are the serial numbers of the subscriber cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-137
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
TT1RT1TT2RT2TT3
TT0RT0
RT3
TR1RR1TR2RR2TR3
TR0RR0
RR3
Figure 3–92 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H521SDL card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-138
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
LINEA0LINEA1LINEA2LINEA3
LINEB0LINEB1LINEB2LINEB3
Figure 3–93 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H521SDL card
3.35 16-Port SHDSL Line Card–H601SDLB
3.35.1 Overview
The H601SDLB card is the 16-port SHDSL line card, which provides the SHDSL access services in the ATM mode.
After converted by a modem, the SHDSL port can work as a Fast Ethernet (FE) port.
The H601SDLB card has the following features:
It supports the circuit and loop line test. It supports the port backup function. It transmits the upstream services through the broadband control card.
3.35.2 Front Panel
There is only a RUN LED on the front panel of the H601SDLB card, as described in Table 3–90.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-139
Table 3–90 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H601SDLB card
Name Status description
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly The card is under self-test.
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally. RUN
ON or OFF The card is abnormal.
3.35.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–94 and Figure 3–95 show the pin assignment between the H601SDLB card and the backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
The numbers in Figure 3–94 and Figure 3–95 are the port serial numbers.
Connect the subscriber cables as follows.
Connect the first eight subscriber signals to the 1st–8th pin rows on the upper HEADER.
Connect the last eight subscriber signals to the 25th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER.
LINEA0LINEA1LINEA2LINEA3LINEA4LINEA5LINEA6LINEA7
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
LINEB0LINEB1LINEB2LINEB3LINEB4LINEB5LINEB6LINEB7
Figure 3–94 Pin assignment between the H601SDLB card and the backplane (upper HEADER)
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-140
LINEA8LINEA9LINEA10LINEA11LINEA12LINEA13LINEA14LINEA15
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
LINEB8LINEB9LINEB10LINEB11LINEB12LINEB13LINEB14LINEB15
Figure 3–95 Pin assignment between the H601SDLB card and the backplane (lower HEADER)
3.36 8-Port SHDSL Line Card–H601SDLT
3.36.1 Overview
The H601SDLT card is the 16-port SHDSL line card, which provides the SHDSL access services in the Time Division Multiplex (TDM) mode.
After converted by a modem, the SHDSL port can work as a V.35 (N x 64kbit/s, 1 ≤ N ≤ 31) or E1 (2048 kbit/s port.
Note:
The activation distance varies with the working mode of the SHDSL port. When the port works in E1 mode, the maximum activation distance is 3 km. When the port works in V.35 mode, the higher the transmission rate is, the shorter
the activation distance is. When N = 3, the maximum activation distance is 6 km. When N is 32, the maximum transmission distance is 3 km. The line quality shall also be taken into account. The H601SDLT card and the RSUG shall work in the consistent mode.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-141
The H601SDLT card has the following features:
It can work in the master mode only. It synchronizes to different clocks according to the data configuration, including the
HW port clock and the local card clock. Each SHDSL port can work in independent application mode (E1 or V.35). It supports reporting each line port status.
The H601SDLT card resides in the line card slot of the UA5000 high-density frame, working with the narrowband control card (PVU8, PVU4, and PVM).
3.36.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–96 shows the front panel of the H601SDLT card
Running status LED
SHDSL LEDs
Reset button
Debug serial port
RUN
WAN1
SDLT
RST
COM
WAN2
WAN3
WAN4
WAN5
WAN6
WAN7
WAN8
Figure 3–96 Front panel of the H601SDLT card
Table 3–91 describes the front panel of the H601SDLT card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-142
Table 3–91 Description of the front panel of the H601SDLT card
Name Status description
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly
The card is powered on and performing self-test.
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The card is registering. RUN
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card is normal.
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The SHDSL port is in training state.
ON The SHDSL port is normal. WAN1–WAN8
OFF The SHDSL port is deactivated.
RESET NA The button used to reset the card manually.
COM NA RS-232 for local maintenance. The default setting is 9,600 bit/s.
Note: All LEDs are off except WAN1 when the software is being loaded or is ready to run.
Table 3–92 describes the button and the port on the front panel of the H601SDLT card.
Table 3–92 Description of the button and the port on the front panel of the H601SDLT card
Name Function description
RESET The button used to reset the card manually.
COM RS-232 for local maintenance. The default setting is 9,600 bit/s.
3.36.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The eight channels of SHDSL signals provided by the H601SDLT card are connected with the 25th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER, as shown in Figure 3–97. The figure is seen from the rear of the backplane
The numbers in Figure 3–97 are the port serial numbers.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-143
LINEA0LINEA1LINEA2LINEA3LINEA4LINEA5LINEA6LINEA7
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
LINEB0LINEB1LINEB2LINEB3LINEB4LINEB5LINEB6LINEB7
Figure 3–97 Pin assignment of the H601SDLT card on the lower HEADER
3.37 16-Port VDSL Line Card–H601VDLA
3.37.1 Overview
The H601VDLA card is a 16-port VDSL line card. It has the following functions:
Embedded splitter Circuit and loop line test
3.37.2 Front Panel
There is only a RUN LED on the front panel of the H601VDLA card, as described in Table 3–93.
Table 3–93 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H601VDLA card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally. RUN
0.125s ON and 0.125s OFF repeatedly The card is starting.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-144
3.37.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The 16 channels of VDSL signals provided by the H601VDLA card are connected with the 1st–16th pin rows on the upper HEADER, as shown in Figure 3–98. The figure is seen from the rear of the backplane.
The 16 channels of POTS signals provided by the H601VDLA card are connected with the 17th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER, as shown in Figure 3–99. The figure is seen from the rear of the backplane.
The numbers in Figure 3–98 and Figure 3–99 are the port serial numbers.
LINE0+LINE1+LINE2+LINE3+LINE4+LINE5+LINE6+LINE7+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
LINE0-LINE1-LINE2-LINE3-LINE4-LINE5-LINE6-LINE7-
LINE8+LINE8-LINE9+LINE9-LINE10+LINE10-LINE11+LINE11-LINE12+LINE12-LINE13+LINE13-LINE14+LINE14-LINE15+LINE15-
Figure 3–98 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601VDLA card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-145
POT S8+POT S9+POT S10+POT S11+POT S12+POT S13+POT S14+POT S15+
123456789
1 01 11 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 92 02 12 22 32 42 52 62 72 82 93 03 13 2
123456789
1 01 11 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 92 02 12 22 32 42 52 62 72 8
2 93 0
3 13 2
3 33 43 53 6
3 73 8
3 94 04 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84 95 05 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 96 06 16 26 36 4
1234567891 01 11 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 92 0
2 12 2
2 32 42 52 62 72 82 93 03 13 2
123456789
1 01 11 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 92 0
2 12 2
2 32 42 52 62 72 82 93 03 13 2
6 56 66 76 8
6 97 0
7 17 27 37 47 57 67 77 87 98 08 18 28 38 48 58 68 78 88 99 09 19 29 39 49 59 6
POT S8-POT S9-POT S10-POT S11-POT S12-POT S13-POT S14-POT S15-
POT S4+POT S4-POT S5+POT S5-POT S6+POT S6-POT S7+POT S7-
POT S0+POT S0-POT S1+POT S1-POT S2+POT S2-POT S3+POT S3-
Figure 3–99 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H601VDLA card
3.38 16-Port VDSL Line Card–H601VDLB
3.38.1 Overview
The H601VDLB card is the 16-port VDSL line card.
he H601VDLB card has the following features:
It provides the 16-channel VDSL subscriber port. It has the built-in splitter. It supports the circuit and loop line test. It supports the port backup function.
3.38.2 Front Panel
There is only a RUN LED on the front panel of the H601VDLB card, as described in Table 3–94.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-146
Table 3–94 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H601VDLB card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally.
0.125s ON and 0.125s OFF repeatedly The card is starting. RUN
ON or OFF The card works abnormally.
3.38.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The 16 channels of VDSL signals provided by the H601VDLB card are connected with the 1st–16th pin rows on the upper HEADER, as shown in Figure 3–100. The figure is seen from the rear of the backplane.
The 16 channels of POTS signals provided by the H601VDLB card are connected with the 17th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER, as shown in Figure 3–101. The figure is seen from the rear of the backplane.
The numbers in Figure 3–100 and Figure 3–101 are the port serial numbers.
LINE0+LINE1+LINE2+LINE3+LINE4+LINE5+LINE6+LINE7+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728
2930
3132
33343536
3738
3940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920
2122
23242526272829303132
65666768
6970
7172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
LINE0-LINE1-LINE2-LINE3-LINE4-LINE5-LINE6-LINE7-
LINE8+LINE8-LINE9+LINE9-LINE10+LINE10-LINE11+LINE11-LINE12+LINE12-LINE13+LINE13-LINE14+LINE14-LINE15+LINE15-
Figure 3–100 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601VDLB card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-147
POT S8+POT S9+POT S10+POT S11+POT S12+POT S13+POT S14+POT S15+
123456789
1 01 11 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 92 02 12 22 32 42 52 62 72 82 93 03 13 2
123456789
1 01 11 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 92 02 12 22 32 42 52 62 72 8
2 93 0
3 13 2
3 33 43 53 6
3 73 8
3 94 04 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84 95 05 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 96 06 16 26 36 4
1234567891 01 11 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 92 0
2 12 2
2 32 42 52 62 72 82 93 03 13 2
123456789
1 01 11 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 92 0
2 12 2
2 32 42 52 62 72 82 93 03 13 2
6 56 66 76 8
6 97 0
7 17 27 37 47 57 67 77 87 98 08 18 28 38 48 58 68 78 88 99 09 19 29 39 49 59 6
POT S8-POT S9-POT S10-POT S11-POT S12-POT S13-POT S14-POT S15-
POTS4+POTS4-POTS5+POTS5-POTS6+POTS6-POTS7+POTS7-
POTS0+POTS0-POTS1+POTS1-POTS2+POTS2-POTS3+POTS3-
Figure 3–101 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H601VDLB card
3.39 16-Port Voice Frequency Port Card–CB02VFB
3.39.1 Overview
The CB02VFB card is the voice frequency port card. It provides sixteen 2-wire or eight 4-wire voice frequency ports. It is slot-compatible with other line cards.
The card implements the conversion between the 2-wire and 4-wire signals and adjusts the gain under the control of software. However, it does not provide feeding, ringing and on-hook detection functions.
3.39.2 Front Panel
There is a RUN LED in the front panel of the CB02VFB card, as described in Table 3–95.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-148
Table 3–95 Description of the LED on the front panel of the CB02VFB card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally. RUN
Fast blinking or OFF The card works abnormally.
3.39.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
Figure 3–102 shows the layout of the CB02VFB card.
ONS091
ONS071
ONS031
ONS151
ONS131
ONS011
ONS111
ONS051
Figure 3–102 Layout of the CB02VFB card
Table 3–96 describes the settings of DIP switches of the CB02VFB card.
Table 3–96 Settings of DIP switches of the CB02VFB card
DIP switch Controlled port
S011-1 1
S011-2 2
S031-1 3
S031-2 4
S051-1 5
S051-2 6
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-149
DIP switch Controlled port
S071-1 7
S071-2 8
S091-1 9
S091-2 10
S111-1 11
S111-2 12
S131-1 13
S131-2 14
S151-1 15
S151-2 16
When these DIP switches are set to ON, 600-ohm impedance will be selected; when they are set to OFF, the 1650-ohm impedance will be selected. Their factory settings are ON.
3.39.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The CB02VFB provides 16 common voice frequency ports.
The first eight ports are distributed on the 1st–8th rows of pins on the upper HEADER. See Figure 3–103.
The last eight ports are distributed on the 25th–32nd rows of pins on the lower HEADER. See Figure 3–104.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-150
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7
Figure 3–103 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the CB02VFB
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-151
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15
B8B9B10B11B12B13B14B15
Figure 3–104 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the CB02VFB
3.40 Railway Collinear Voice Frequency Port Card–CB03VFB
3.40.1 Overview
The CB03VFB card is the railway collinear voice frequency port card. The CB03VFB card is slot compatible with other common line cards, and uses the same cable as the 32-port line card.
The CB03VFB card provides the terminal ports for the railway collinear dispatch system and the common 2/4-wire voice frequency ports. It also realizes the 2/4-wire setting function and the gain adjusting function through the software. However, it provides no feeding, ringing or on-hook detection.
3.40.2 Front Panel
There is only a RUN LED on the front panel of the CB03VFB card, as described in Table 3–97.
Table 3–97 Description of the LED on the front panel of the CB03VFB card
Name Status description
RUN 1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-152
Name Status description
Fast blinking or OFF The card works abnormally.
3.40.3 DIP Switches
Figure 3–105 shows the layout of DIP switches of the CB03VFB card.
ONSW0
ONSW1
Figure 3–105 Layout of the CB03VFB card
Table 3–98 describes the settings of DIP switch of the CB03VFB card.
Table 3–98 Settings of DIP switches of the CB03VFB card
DIP switch Function ON OFF (factory setting)
SW0 For backplane setting
Corresponding to the backplanes of HFB, HGB and HIB. When it is set to ON, the upper eight ports support the switchover between new and old systems.
Corresponding to the backplanes of HFB, HGB and HIB. When it is set to OFF, the upper from five to eight ports don’t support the switchover between new and old systems.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-153
DIP switch Function ON OFF (factory setting)
SW1 For backplane setting
Corresponding to the backplanes of HFB, HGB and HIB. When it is set to ON, the lower eight ports support the switchover between new and old systems.
Corresponding to the backplanes of HFB, HGB and HIB. When it is set to OFF, the lower from five to eight ports don’t support the switchover between new and old systems.
Note:
CB03VFB can only reside in the PV8 or RSP frame, instead of the UA5000 frame.
3.40.4 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The CB03VFB card provides 16 channels of subscriber signals, where,
The first eight channels of signals are distributed to pin rows 1–8 of the upper HEADER. They are dedicated in the railway collinear telephone system, and cannot be connected to ordinary voice frequency Modem.
The last eight channels of signals are distributed to pin rows 25–32 of the lower HEADER. They are signals of ordinary voice frequency services.
See Figure 3–103 and Figure 3–107 for details.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-154
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-RT8-R
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
Figure 3–106 Pin assignment between the CB03VFB card and the backplane (upper HEADER)
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-155
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
POTS0-
POTS4-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
T3-R
R4-RT7-R
R8-RT4-R
A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15
B8B9B10B11B12B13B14B15
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
Figure 3–107 Pin assignment between the CB03VFB card and the backplane (lower HEADER)
3.41 16-port Message LED Analog Line Card–CB01VMS
3.41.1 Overview
The CB01VMS card is the message LED analog line card that provides 16 analog service ports. It has the following functions:
Provides the feed, overvoltage/overcurrent, ringing, monitoring, and test functions. Provides –140 VDC to light the message LED on the connected terminal. Sends Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) control signals to the terminal without ringing,
so that the terminal can play the message.
Note:
The last two functions require the support of the terminal.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-156
3.41.2 Front Panel
There is only a RUN LED on the front panel of the CB01VMS card, as described in Table 3–99.
Table 3–99 Description of the LED on the front panel of the CB01VMS card
Name Status description
0.5s ON and .05s OFF repeatedly The card is powered on. RUN
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally.
3.41.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The CB01VMS card provides 16 channels of subscriber signals, where,
The first eight channels of signals are connected with the 1st–8th pin rows on the upper HEADER.
The last eight channels of signals are connected with the 25th–32nd pin rows on the lower HEADER.
See Figure 3–108 and Figure 3–109 for details.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-157
POTS0+POTS1+POTS2+POTS3+POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+POTS7+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-POTS3-POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
Figure 3–108 Pin assignment between the CB01VMS card and the backplane (upper HEADER)
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-158
POTS8+POTS9+POTS10+POTS11+POTS12+POTS13+POTS14+POTS15+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
123456789
1011121314151617181920
212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920
212223242526272829303132
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS8-POTS9-POTS10-POTS11-POTS12-POTS13-POTS14-POTS15-
Figure 3–109 Pin assignment between the CB01VMS card and the backplane (lower HEADER)
3.42 Environment & Power Monitoring Card–H303ESC
3.42.1 Overview
The H303ESC card is the environment and power supply monitoring card. It can control the fans and monitors the following items.
Temperature Humidity (external sensor shall be connected) Access control Infrared intrusion (external sensor shall be connected) Smoke (external sensor shall be connected)
The H303ESC card communicates with the host through serial port.
The H303ESC card can connect with the following parts.
Six external analog sensors Sixteen external digital sensors
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-159
Intelligent power supply equipment through serial ports
3.42.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–110 shows the front panel of the H303ESC card.
Running status lED
RUN OFFON
Beeper switch
Figure 3–110 Front panel of the H303ESC card
Table 3–100 describes the LED on the front panel of the H303ESC card.
Table 3–100 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H303ESC card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally. RUN
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The card works abnormally.
Table 3–101 describes the switch on the front panel of the H303ESC card.
Table 3–101 Description of the switch on the front panel of the H303ESC card
Name Status description
ON Turn on the audio alarm. Beeper switch OFF Turn off the audio alarm.
3.42.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
Figure 3–111 shows the layout of the H303ESC card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-160
H303ESC
S11
D1
S5
ON
OFF S6
1
ON OFF
S7
1234
J2 J5S1 S2 S10
S3 S8
1 2 3
2345678
Figure 3–111 Layout of the H303ESC
Table 3–102 describes the settings of jumpers of the H303ESC card.
Table 3–102 Settings of jumpers of the H303ESC card
Jumper Setting Default setting
S1 Bits 1-2 connected: serial port SIO1 is RS-232. Bits 2-3 connected: serial port SIO1 is RS-422.
Bits 2-3 connected
S2 Bits 1-2 connected: serial port SIO2 is RS-232. Bits 2-3 connected: serial port SIO2 is RS-422.
Bits 2-3 connected
S11 Bits 1-2 connected: running LED on the card is valid. Bits 2-3 connected: running LED on the card is invalid.
Bits 1-2 connected
S3, S8, S10
When bits 1 and 2 of S3, S8 and S10 are connected: serial port SIO3 is RS-232. When bits 2 and 3 of S3 are connected, and bits 1 and 2 of S8 and S10 are connected: serial port SIO3 is RS-422. When bits 2 and 3 of S8 and S10 are connected, bits of S3 are connected in any way: serial port SIO3 is RS-485.
All bits 1-2 connected
Table 3–103 and Table 3–104 describe the settings of DIP switches of the H303ESC card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-161
Table 3–103 Settings of DIP switch S6 on the H303ESC card
DIP switch Setting Default setting
When bits 1–6 are ON: the external analog sensor is the current-type sensor.
When bits 1–6 are OFF: the external analog sensor is the voltage-type sensor.
S6
Bits 7–8 are reserved.
ON
Table 3–104 Settings of DIP switch S7 on the H303ESC card
DIP switch ON OFF Factory setting
S7-1 Used in the access network Used in the exchange ON
S7-2 Reporting through one serial port
Reporting through two serial ports ON
S7-3 No meaning, reserved. ON
S7-4 The reporting baud rate of the serial port is 19200 bit/s.
The reporting baud rate of the serial port is 9600 bit/s.
OFF
3.43 Environment & Power Monitoring Card–H304ESC
3.43.1 Overview
The H304ESC card is the environment and power supply monitoring card. It can control the fans according to the cabinet temperature and monitors the following items.
Temperature Humidity (external sensor should be connected) Access control Infrared intrusion (external sensor should be connected) Smoke (external sensor should be connected) –48 V power supply
Through serial ports, the H304ESC card connects communicates with the host.
The H304ESC card can connect with the following parts.
Three external analog sensors Twelve external digital sensors Intelligent power supply equipment and environment monitor equipment through
serial ports
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-162
3.43.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–112 shows the front panel of the H304ESC card.
Running status LED
RUN OFFON
Beeper switchReset button
Figure 3–112 Front panel of the H304ESC card
Table 3–105 describes the LED on the front panel of the H304ESC card.
Table 3–105 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H304ESC card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card works normally. RUN
0.5s ON and 0.5s OFF repeatedly The card works abnormally.
Table 3–106 describes the switch and the button on the front panel of the H304ESC card.
Table 3–106 Description of the switch and the button on the front panel of the H304ESC card
Name Function description
ON Turn on the audio alarm. Beeper switch OFF Turn off the audio alarm.
RESET The button is used to reset the card manually.
3.43.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
Figure 3–113 shows the layout of the H304ESC card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-163
12 3
S4S5S6
S8S7
ONOFF S2
123
4
H304ESC
D6
S9
S1
ON OFFS3
1234
5678
Figure 3–113 Layout of the H304ESC card
Table 3–107 describes the settings of DIP switches of the H304ESC card.
Table 3–107 Settings of DIP switches of the H304ESC card
DIP switch ON OFF Factory setting
S3-1 Used in the access network. Used in the exchange. ON
S3-2 Reporting through one serial port.
Reporting through two serial ports. OFF
S3-3 No meaning, reserved NA
S3-4 The reporting baud rate of the serial port is 19200 bit/s.
The reporting baud rate of the serial port is 9600 bit/s.
OFF
S3-5–S3-8 No meaning, reserved NA
S2-1 JTA1 connects with a current-type sensor.
JTA1 connects with a voltage-type sensor. OFF
S2-2 JTA2 connects with a current-type sensor.
JTA2 connects with a voltage-type sensor. OFF
S2-3 JTA3 connects with a current-type sensor.
JTA3 connects with a voltage-type sensor. OFF
S2-4 No meaning, reserved NA
Table 3–108 describes the settings of jumpers of the H304ESC card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-164
Table 3–108 Settings of jumpers on the H304ESC card
Communication mode
Silk screen RS232 RS422 RS485 Remarks
AV5/PV8 Default Not supported Not supported
Active reporting serial port
SIO1 S4 1-2 connected S4 2-3 connected Not supported
Power supply monitoring serial port
SIO2 S5 1-2 connected S5 2-3 connected Not supported
Standby reporting serial port
SIO3 S6 1-2 connectedS7 2-3 connectedS8 1-2 connected
S6 1-2 connectedS7 2-3 connectedS8 2-3 connected
Not supported
Transparent transmission
Note:
The factory settings of H304ESC vary with the cabinet.
3.44 Fan Control Card–H601FCB
3.44.1 Overview
The H601FCB card is the fan control card. It controls the fan speed and detects the fan state.
The H601FCB card can report the fan state to ESC card in Boolean value or report the alarm status to the host through RS-485 port for adjusting the fan speed.
The H601FCB card can adjust the fan to rotate within 50%-100% of its rated speed to reduce the fan noise, reduce the incoming dust to the frame, and prolong the service life.
The H601HCB is hot-swappable.
3.44.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–114 shows the front panel of the H601FCB card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-165
Fan running status LED
FAN STATUS
Figure 3–114 Front panel of the H601FCB card
Table 3–109 describes the LED on the front panel of the H601FCB card.
Table 3–109 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H601FCB card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The fan works normally. FAN STATUS 0.125s ON and 0.125s OFF
repeatedly The fan works abnormally.
3.44.3 DIP Switches
Figure 3–115 shows the layout of DIP switches of the CC08TSS card.
SW101
ON
12
34
56
78
H601FCB
Figure 3–115 Layout of the H601FCB card
The DIP switches SW101-1-SW101-4 are used to set the secondary node address, which ranges from 00H to 0FH. Since this card requires no secondary node address, you can set these DIP switches to any values.
The DIP switches SW101-5 and SW101-6 are used to set the fan number. Table 3–110 lists the settings.
Table 3–110 Settings of DIP switches SW101-5 and SW101-6
SW101-5 SW101-6 Fan number
ON ON 6
ON OFF 2
OFF ON 4
OFF OFF 3
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-166
The DIP switches SW101-7 and SW101-8 are used to set the fan speed adjustment mode. Table 3–111 lists the settings.
Table 3–111 Settings of DIP switchesSW101-7 and SW101-8
SW101-7 SW101-8 Fan speed adjusted by
ON ON Temperature at air inlet
ON OFF Temperature at air outlet
OFF ON Reserved
OFF OFF Temperature at air inlet and stop running
Table 3–112 lists the factory settings of SW101-5 to SW101-8. Change the factory settings with caution.
Table 3–112 Factory settings of DIP switches SW101-5 to SW101-8
SW101-5 SW101-6 SW101-7 SW101-8
Factory setting OFF OFF OFF OFF
3.45 Remote Power Supply Monitoring Card–H611PWMA
3.45.1 Overview
The H611PWMA card is the remote power supply monitoring and management card. The H611PWMA card has the following features:
It provides the centralized monitoring and management function for the remote power supply at the central office.
One H611PWMA card can monitor 28 remote power supply modules. One control card can monitor multiple remote power supply modules.
Working principle of the H611PWMA card is as follows:
1) It connects all the RPS modules through the 14 RJ-45 ports of the front panel in the RS-485 mode. The cable of one RJ-45 port can connect with two modules.
2) It collects and converts relevant information of the remote power supply module, for example, alarm information. And then, it reports the information to the host through an RS-485 serial port in a centralized manner.
3.45.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–116 shows the front panel of the H611PWMA card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-167
POWER DOWNLINK-B DOWNLINK-A
DIP ON
Power port
Dow
nstream serial
ports of the PWM
A
UPLINK DEBUG ADDRESS ALM RUN
Upstream
serialports of the PW
MA
Debug serial port
Reset button
Slave node addressof the PW
MA
Alarm LED
Running status LED
Figure 3–116 Front panel of the H611PWMA card
Table 3–113 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the H611PWMA card.
Table 3–113 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H611PWMA card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card has registered and is running.
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly
The card is powered on but has not registered. RUN
The RUN LED and the ALM LED blink at the same time The card is being loaded.
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly Alarm state, indicating the card is faulty.
OFF The card is normal. ALM
ON Communication with the host is interrupted.
Table 3–114 describes the button and the ports on the front panel of the H611PWMA card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-168
Table 3–114 Description of the button and the ports on the front panel of the H611PWMA card
Name Function description
ADDRESS
NO-1, OFF-0 Bit 1–5: DIP switch of the bus address (bit 1 is the lower bit, bit 5
is the upper bit, and the address range is 0–31). Bit 7: the downlink baud rate.
0: 4,800 1: 9,600
Bit 8: the uplink baud rate. 0: 9,600 1: 1,9200
RST The button is used to reset the card manually.
DEGUB RS-232 for local maintenance. The communication baud rate is 4,800 bit/s.
UPLINK
RS-485. There are two RJ-45 ports in total, used to interconnect with the other two PWMA cards respectively. And then the uplink serial port of one PWMA card connects to the main control card. The communication baud rate is: 9,600 bit/s or 19,200 bit/s.
DOWNLINK-A, and DOWNLINK-B
RS-485. There are 14 RJ-45 port in total, used to interconnect with up to 28 RPS modules. One RJ-45 port can connect to two RPS modules. The communication baud rate is: 4,800 bit/s or 9,600 bit/s.
POWER For details of the pin definition, see the silkscreen on the PCB.
3.46 Secondary Power Supply Card–H602PWX0
3.46.1 Overview
The H602PWX0 secondary power supply card is the universal medium-power output power card. It provides three types of outputs:
+5 VDC –5 VDC 75 VAC, 25 Hz
An H602PWX0 card occupies one slot. It is hot swappable, and works in the hot backup mode.
Usually, two PWX cards are required in one frame. However, for the mutual-aid between frames, only one PWX card is needed.
Two H602PWX0 cards in one frame have the functions of load sharing and mutual aid. The H602PWX0 cards in different frames support the inter-frame power mutual-aid function.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-169
The H602PWX0 card has the following features:
It supports the interlocking function when either of ±5 V power output fails, as well as the function of DC output current-limiting protection.
Each power module on the H602PWX0 card has the overtemperature protection function.
By the intelligent monitoring function, the H602PWX0 card can monitor the running status of each power module, and report the information to the control card or ESC card through serial ports in the master-slave node communication mode.
It can generate audio and visible alarms on site.
3.46.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–117 shows the front panel of the H602PWX0 card.
Running status LED
Working LED for the 75 VAC module
-48 V power input switch
Working LED for the +5 V module
Fault alarm LED
Alarm sound switch
VIN
VA0
PWX
FAIL
VB0
VC0
POWER
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ALM
(RUN)
Working LED for the -5 V module
Figure 3–117 Front panel of the H602PWX0 card
Table 3–115 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the H602PWX0 card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-170
Table 3–115 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H602PWX0 card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The program runs normally. VIN(RUN)
Fast blinking The program runs abnormally.
ON The 75 VAC power module works normally. VAO
OFF The 75 VAC power module is faulty.
ON The +5 V power module works normally. VBO
OFF The +5 V power module is faulty.
ON The –5 V power module works normally. VCO
OFF The –5 V power module is faulty.
Blinking The card is faulty. FAIL
OFF The card works normally.
Table 3–116 describes the switches on the front panel of the H602PWX0 card.
Table 3–116 Description of the switches on the front panel of the H602PWX0 card
Name Function description
ON Enable the –48 V power input. POWER
OFF Disable the –48 V power input.
ON Enable the alarm sound. ALM
OFF Disable the alarm sound.
3.46.3 DIP Switches and Jumpers
Figure 3–118 shows the layout of the H602PWX0 card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-171
H602PWX0
F302: output fuse of the ringing current
F301: input fuse of the ringing current
F101: -48 V power input fuse
JP10
1JP
201
Figure 3–118 Layout of the H602PWX0 card
Table 3–117 shows the settings of jumpers of the H602PWX0 card.
Table 3–117 Settings of jumpers on the H602PWX0 card
Jumper Description Meaning Factory setting
JP101 Setting of TRM end when +5 V is output.
It has been set properly before delivery. Connect pins 1-2
JP201 Setting of TRM end when –5 V is output.
It has been set properly before delivery. Connect pins 1-2
3.47 Secondary Power Supply Card–H602PWX2
3.47.1 Overview
The H602PWX2 power supply card is a universal medium-power output power card. It provides three types of outputs:
+5 VDC –5 VDC 75 VAC, 25 Hz
An H602PWX2 card occupies one slot. It is hot swappable. The card works in the hot backup mode.
Usually, two PWX cards are required in one frame. However, for the mutual-aid between frames, only one secondary power supply card is needed.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-172
Two PWX cards in one frame have the functions of load sharing and mutual aid. The PWX cards in different frames support the inter-frame power mutual-aid function.
The H602PWX0 card has the following features:
It supports the interlocking function when either of ±5 V power output fails, as well as the function of DC output current-limiting protection.
Each power module on the H602PWX0 card has the overtemperature protection function.
The H602PWX0 card can monitor the running of the PWX card. It can generate audio and visible alarms on site.
3.47.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–119 shows the front panel of the H602PWX2 card.
VIN
VA0
PWX
FAIL
VB0
VC0
POWER
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ALM
(RUN) Running status LED
Working LED for the 75 VAC module
-48 V power input switch
Working LED for the +5 V module
Fault alarm LED
Alarm sound switch
Working LED for the -5 V module
Figure 3–119 Front panel of the H602PWX2 card
Table 3–118 describes the details on the front panel of the H602PWX2 card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-173
Table 3–118 Description of the LEDs on the front panel of the H602PWX2 card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The program runs normally.
VIN(RUN) Fast blinking The program runs abnormally.
ON The 75 VAC power module works normally. VAO
OFF The 75 VAC power module is faulty.
ON The +5V power module works normally. VBO
OFF The +5 V power module is faulty.
ON The –5 V power module works normally. VCO
OFF The –5 V power module is faulty.
Blinking The card is faulty. FAIL
OFF The card works normally.
ON Enable the –48 V power input. POWER
OFF Disable the –48 V power input.
ON Enable the alarm sound. ALM
OFF Disable the alarm sound.
3.47.3 Jumpers
Figure 3–120 shows the layout of the H602PWX2 card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-174
F301
F101
3
JP201
1 2
JP101
123
JP5
31
2
F302
-48 V power input fuseInput fuse of the ringing current
Output fuse of the ringing current
Figure 3–120 Layout of the H602PWX2 card
Table 3–119 shows the settings of jumpers on the H602PWX2 card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-175
Table 3–119 Settings of jumpers on the H602PWX2 card
Jumper Description Meaning Factory setting
JP101 Setting of TRM end when +5 V is output.
It has been set properly before delivery.
Connect pins 2-3
JP201 Setting of TRM end when –5 V is output.
It has been set properly before delivery.
Connect pins 1-2
JP5 Selection of OC gate alarm port level
Pins 1-2 are connected: low impedance Pins 2-3 are connected: high impedance
Connect pins 2-3
3.48 Subscriber Test Card–H601TSSB/H601TSSC
3.48.1 Overview
The H601TSSB/H601TSSC card is the subscriber test card. It implements the following functions:
Analog subscriber circuit and loop line test Analog telephone set test Activation/Deactivation/Feed of ISDN 2B+D subscriber port test Activation capability of ISDN digital terminal test Digital telephone set and standard NT1 port Manual test port (for subscriber cable test) Detecting alarms and sending alarm messages: detecting the secondary power
supply card alarms and report them to the control card Communicating with the APM/IPM card through the serial port, controlled by the
broadband and narrowband control card Printing the communication information with the host through the debug serial port Emulation test at the xDSL CO end Leading out circuit and loop test bus from the front panel for the external tester
Note:
The emulation test at the xDSL CO end is not performed at the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card, but at one channel of the xDSL port card, which cooperates with the control card. The H601TSSB card connects the internal bus with the external bus only.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-176
3.48.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–121 shows the front panel of the H601TSSB card (left) and the H601TSSC card (right).
Running status LED
Manual semi-auto test bus
ISDN test port, reserved foralarm input of the PWX card
Analog subscriber circuit and loopline test port, subscriber line testport, or telephone set test port
TSSB
RUN
MTI
ISD
NLT
I
TSSC
RUN
MTI
ISD
NLT
I
Figure 3–121 Front panel of the H601TSSB card (left) and the H601TSSC card (right)
Table 3–120 describes the LED on the front panel of the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card.
Table 3–120 Description of the LED on the front panel of the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card
Name Status description
1s ON and 1s OFF repeatedly The card is normal. RUN
0.25s ON and 0.25s OFF repeatedly The card is abnormal.
Table 3–121 describes the ports on the front panel of the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-177
Table 3–121 Description of the ports on the front panel of the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card
Name Status description
MTI It provides the manual semi-auto test bus, and the corresponding RJ socket is J452.
ISDN It is reserved for the system, and the corresponding RJ socket is J453.
LTI It works as either the analog subscriber circuit and loop line test port, subscriber line test port, or the telephone set test port, and the corresponding RJ socket is J451.
Figure 3–122 shows the pin assignment of the MTI, ISDN, and LT1 ports on the front panel of the H601TSSB card.
J451
RJ45
OSLT1OSLR1
TELRLSLR1LSLT1TELTMANLMANR
J453
RJ45
TNT1T 2TNT1R 1
GND 3TDSLR 4TDSLT 5GND 6
APOWI+ 7FGND 8
J452
RJ45
MTXD232O 2MRXD232I 1
DTXD232O 3GND 4GND 5
DRXD232I 6HAUTOR 7HAUTOL 8
21
345678
21
345678
21
345678
21
345678
Figure 3–122 Pin assignment of three ports on the front panel of the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card
Table 3–122 describes the pins of the three ports.
Table 3–122 Description of pins of three ports on the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card
J451 Signal Description
1 OSLR1 Loop line B
2 OSLT1 Loop line A
3 TELR Telephone test B
4 ISLR1 Circuit B
5 ISLT1 Circuit A
6 TELT Telephone test A
7 MANL Signal A of 112 device test port
8 MANR Signal B of 112 device test port
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-178
J452 Signal Description
1 MRXD232I Reserved
2 MTXD232O Reserved
3 DTXD232O Tx for debug and loading serial port
4 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 DRXD232I Rx for debug and loading serial port
7 HAUTOR Reserved
8 HAUTOR Reserved
J453 Signal Description
1 TNT1R Signal B of digital telephone set port
2 TNT1T Signal A of digital telephone set port
3 GND Ground
4 TDSLR Signal B of standard NT1 port
5 TDSLT Signal A of standard NT1 port
6 GND Ground
7 APOWI+ Reserved
8 FGND Reserved
3.48.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–123 and Figure 3–124 show the pin assignment between the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card and the backplane. The figures are seen from the rear of the backplane.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-179
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
ISLT1
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8+POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-POTS13+POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
OSLT1PGND
RINGI-48VIN-48VIN
PGND
BGNDBGND
PGND
+5VIN+5VINGNDGND
ID0
ID1
BTXOBRXIGND
APOWI+
ISLR1OSLR1PGND
RINGI-48VIN-48VINBGNDBGND
PGND
+5VIN+5VINGNDGND
ID2
ID3
BTXOBRXIGND
ID4
Figure 3–123 Pin assignment of upper HEADER on the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-180
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12+POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
+5VIN
+5VINGND
GND
GND
BGNDBGND
TX422O+RX422I+
P3TXDP3RXD
FGND
+5VIN
GNDGND
-48VIN-48VINRINGIPGNDPGNDISLT1OSLT1
GND
+5VIN
+5VIN+5VIN
IDBACI
BGNDBGND
TX422O-RX422I-
-48VIN-48VINRINGIPGNDPGNDISLR1OSRT1
Figure 3–124 Pin assignment of lower HEADER on the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card
Table 3–123 describes the pin assignment of the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card.
Table 3–123 Description of pin assignment of the H601TSSB/H601TSSC card
Signal line Meaning
ISLR1, ISLT1 The first circuit testing channel
OSLR1, OSLT1 The first loop line testing channel
RINGI PWX ringing signal (input)
–48VIN –48 V power supply
BGND –48 V power supply ground
PGND Test ground
+5VIN +5 V power supply
GND +5 V power supply ground
APOWI+ Secondary power supply alarm signal (input)
BTXO Narrowband serial port Tx channel
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-181
Signal line Meaning
BRXI Narrowband serial port Rx channel
P3RXD Broadband serial port Rx
P3TXD Broadband serial port Tx
3.49 Rear Access E1 Conversion Card–H601E1TB
3.49.1 Overview
The H601E1TB card is the rear access E1 conversion card.
The H601E1TB card resides in the HABA frame and the HABB frame. The H601E1TB card transfers E1 signals of the H601DEHA, H601EDTB, and H601TDTA cards. The two D-type connectors (44-pin) on the front panel can transfer eight channels of E1 signals.
3.49.2 Front Panel
The H601E1TB card provides two D-type connectors (44-pin) on the front panel: J3 and J4. J3 transfers the 1st–8th E1 signals, and J4 transfers the 9th–16th E1 signals. Figure 3–125 defines the pins of the connector. Where,
RX: receiving of E1 signals TX: transmitting of E1 signals RING: shielded layer of the E1 cable TIP: core of the E1 cable
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-182
RXRING1
TXTIP1TXRING1
TXTIP2TXRING2
TXTIP3TXRING3
TXTIP4TXRING4
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15
14
13
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
TXTIP5
TXTIP6
TXTIP7
RXTIP1
RXTIP2
RXTIP3
RXTIP4
RXTIP5
RXTIP6
RXTIP7
RXTIP8
TXRING5
TXRING6
TXRING7
RXRING2
RXRING3
RXRING4
RXRING5
RXRING6
RXRING7
RXRING8
TXRING8
TXTIP8
RXRING9
TXTIP9TXRING9
TXTIP10TXRING10
TXTIP11TXRING11
TXTIP12TXRING12
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15
14
13
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
TXTIP13
TXTIP14
TXTIP15
RXTIP9
RXTIP10
RXTIP11
RXTIP12
RXTIP13
RXTIP14
RXTIP15
RXTIP16
TXRING13
TXRING14
TXRING15
RXRING10
RXRING11
RXRING12
RXRING13
RXRING14
RXRING15
RXRING16
TXRING16
TXTIP16
J3 J4
Figure 3–125 Definition of J3 and J4 on the front panel of the card
3.49.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The H601E1TB card and the backplane are connected by the DIN connectors J1 and J2. Figure 3–123 and Figure 3–127 define the pins of J1 and J2.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-183
POTS10+
POTS11+
POTS14+
POTS15+
RXRING1TXRING1RXRING2TXRING2
RXRING9RXTIP9TXRING9TXTIP9
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
RXRING3TXRING3RXRING4TXRING4
RXTIP1TXTIP1RXTIP2TXTIP2RXTIP3TXTIP3RXTIP4TXTIP4
RXRING10RXTIP10TXRING10TXTIP10RXRING11RXTIP11TXRING11TXTIP11RXRING12RXTIP12TXRING12TXTIP12
Figure 3–126 Pin assignment between the H601E1TB card and the backplane (J1)
RXRING5TXRING5RXRING6TXRING6
RXRING13RXTIP13TXRING13TXTIP13
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
RXRING7TXRING7RXRING8TXRING8
RXTIP5TXTIP5RXTIP6TXTIP6RXTIP7TXTIP7RXTIP8TXTIP8
RXRING14RXTIP14TXRING14TXTIP14RXRING15RXTIP15TXRING15TXTIP15RXRING16RXTIP16TXRING16TXTIP16
Figure 3–127 Pin assignment between the H601E1TB card and the backplane (J2)
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-184
3.50 Front Access E1 Conversion Card–H601E1TF
3.50.1 Overview
The H601E1TF card is the front access E1 conversion card.
The H601E1TF card resides in the HABD frame. The only one D-type connector (68-pin) on the front panel transfers the E1 signals of the narrowband control card to the cable connecting area of the frame. Each H601E1TF card can transfer 16 channels of E1 signals.
3.50.2 Front Panel
There is only a DB-68 socket on the front panel of the H601E1TF card. Figure 3–128 shows the front panel of the card.
DB-68 socket
E1TF
Figure 3–128 Front panel of the H601E1TF card
Table 3–124 defines the pins on the front panel of the H601E1TF card.
Table 3–124 Definition of pins on the front panel of the H601E1TF card
Pin Signal Pin Signal
1 RXA4-T 35 RXA0-T
2 RXA4-R 36 RXA0-R
3 TXA4-T 37 TXA0-T
4 TXA4-R 38 TXA0-R
5 RXA5-T 39 RXA1-T
6 RXA5-R 40 RXA1-R
7 TXA5-T 41 TXA1-T
8 TXA5-R 42 TXA1-R
9 RXA6-T 43 RXA2-T
10 RXA6-R 44 RXA2-R
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-185
Pin Signal Pin Signal
11 TXA6-T 45 TXA2-T
12 TXA6-R 46 TXA2-R
13 RXA7-T 47 RXA3-T
14 RXA7-R 48 RXA3-R
15 TXA7-T 49 TXA3-T
16 TXA7-R 50 TXA3-R
19 RXB0-T 53 RXB4-T
20 RXB0-R 54 RXB4-R
21 TXB0-T 55 TXB4-T
22 TXB0-R 56 TXB4-R
23 RXB1-T 57 RXB5-T
24 RXB1-R 58 RXB5-R
25 TXB1-T 59 TXB5-T
26 TXB1-R 60 TXB5-R
27 RXB2-T 61 RXB6-T
28 RXB2-R 62 RXB6-R
29 TXB2-T 63 TXB6-T
30 TXB2-R 64 TXB6-R
31 RXB3-T 65 RXB7-T
32 RXB3-R 66 RXB7-R
33 TXB3-T 67 TXB7-T
34 TXB3-R 68 TXB7-R
The characters on the pins are shown as follows:
R or T at the beginning indicates "Rx" or "Tx" respectively. A or B indicates the narrowband control cards in slot 4 or slot 5 respectively. The numbers are the E1 serial numbers. The last R or T indicates "ring" or "tip" respectively.
3.51 Rear Access FE Conversion Card–H601EFTB
3.51.1 Overview
The H601EFTB card is the rear access FE conversion card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-186
The card converts the H601EAUA card. The card provides one DB68 connector with eight FE ports.
The H601EFTB card resides in the HABA frame and the HABB frame. The only one D-type connector (68-pin) on the front panel transfers eight channels of FE signals.
3.51.2 Front Panel
The H601EFTB card provides only a D-type connector (68-pin) on the front panel. Figure 3–129defines the pins on the front panel of the H601EFTB card. Where,
RX: receiving of FE signals TX: transmitting of FE signals +/-: +/- of the FE signal
FERX8-FERX8+
FERX0-FERX0+FETX0-FETX0+
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334
35363738394041424344454647484950515253545556575859606162636465666768
FERX1-FERX1+FETX1-FETX1+FERX2-FERX2+FETX2-FETX2+FERX3-FERX3+FETX3-FETX3+
FERX4-FERX4+FETX4-FETX4+FERX5-FERX5+FETX5-FETX5+FERX6-FERX6+FETX6-FETX6+FERX7-FERX7+FETX7-FETX7+
FETX8-FETX8+FERX9-FERX9+FETX9-FETX9+FERX10-FERX10+FETX10-FETX10+FERX11-FERX11-FETX11+FETX11+
FERX4-FERX4+FETX4-FETX4+FERX5-FERX5+FETX5-FETX5+FERX6-FERX6+FETX6-FETX6+FERX7-FERX7+FETX7-FETX7+
Figure 3–129 Definition of the pins on the front panel of the H601EFTB card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-187
3.51.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The backplane provides DIN connectors J1 and J2. Figure 3–123 and Figure 3–131 show the pin assignment between the H601E1TB and the backplane. Where,
RX: receiving of FE signals TX: transmitting of FE signals +/-: +/- of the FE signal
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
FERX0-FETX0-FERX1-FETX1-
FERX8+FERX8-FETX8+FETX8-
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
FERX2-FETX2-FERX3-FETX3-
FERX0+FETX0+FERX1+FETX1+FERX2+FETX2+FERX3+FETX3+
FERX9+FERX9-FETX9+FETX9-FERX10+FERX10-FETX10+FETX10-FERX11+FERX11-FETX11+FETX11-
Figure 3–130 Pin assignment between the H601EFTB card and the backplane (J1)
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-188
POTS2+
POTS4+POTS5+POTS6+
POTS0-POTS1-POTS2-
POTS4-POTS5-POTS6-POTS7-
POTS8-POTS9+POTS9-POTS10+POTS10-POTS11+POTS11-
POTS12-
POTS13-POTS14+POTS14-POTS15+POTS15-
FERX4-FETX4-FERX5-FETX5-
FERX12+FERX12-FETX12+FETX12-
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
FERX6-FETX6-FERX7-FETX7-
FERX4+FETX4+FERX5+FETX5+FERX6+FETX6+FERX7+FETX7+
FERX13+FERX13-FETX13+FETX13-FERX14+FERX14-FETX14+FETX14-FERX15+FERX15-FETX15+FETX15-
Figure 3–131 Pin assignment between the H601EFTB card and the backplane (J2)
3.52 Front Access E1/FE Conversion Card–H601EFTF
3.52.1 Overview
The H601EFTF card is the front access E1/FE conversion card.
The H601EFTF card resides in the HABD frame and the HABE frame. The only one D-type connector (68-pin) on the front panel transfers 16 channels of E1 signals or eight channels of FE signals to the cable connecting area of the frame.
3.52.2 Front Panel
There is only a DB-68 socket on the front panel of the H601EFTF card. Figure 3–132 shows the front panel of the card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-189
DB-68 socket
EFTF
Figure 3–132 Front panel of the H601EFTF card
Table 3–125 defines the pins on the front panel of the H601EFTF card.
Table 3–125 Definition of pins on the front panel of the H601EFTF card
Pin Signal Pin Signal
1 RXA4-T/FE_RXA4+ 35 RXA0-T/FE_RXA0+
2 RXA4-R/FE_RXA4- 36 RXA0-R/FE_RXA0-
3 TXA4-T/FE_TXA4+ 37 TXA0-T/FE_TXA0+
4 TXA4-R/FE_TXA4- 38 TXA0-R/FE_TXA0-
5 RXA5-T/FE_RXA5+ 39 RXA1-T/FE_RXA1+
6 RXA5-R/FE_RXA5- 40 RXA1-R/FE_RXA1-
7 TXA5-T/FE_TXA5+ 41 TXA1-T/FE_TXA1+
8 TXA5-R/FE_TXA5- 42 TXA1-R/FE_TXA1-
9 RXA6-T/FE_RXA6+ 43 RXA2-T/FE_RXA2+
10 RXA6-R/FE_RXA6- 44 RXA2-R/FE_RXA2-
11 TXA6-T/FE_TXA6+ 45 TXA2-T/FE_TXA2+
12 TXA6-R/FE_TXA6- 46 TXA2-R/FE_TXA2-
13 RXA7-T/FE_RXA7+ 47 RXA3-T/FE_RXA3+
14 RXA7-R/FE_RXA7- 48 RXA3-R/FE_RXA3-
15 TXA7-T/FE_TXA7+ 49 TXA3-T/FE_TXA3+
16 TXA7-R/FE_TXA7- 50 TXA3-R/FE_TXA3-
19 RXB0-T/FE_RXB0+ 53 RXB4-T/FE_RXB4+
20 RXB0-R/FE_RXB0- 54 RXB4-R/FE_RXB4-
21 TXB0-T/FE_TXB0+ 55 TXB4-T/FE_TXB4+
22 TXB0-R/FE_TXB0- 56 TXB4-R/FE_TXB4-
23 RXB1-T/FE_RXB1+ 57 RXB5-T/FE_RXB5+
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-190
Pin Signal Pin Signal
24 RXB1-R/FE_RXB1- 58 RXB5-R/FE_RXB5-
25 TXB1-T/FE_TXB1+ 59 TXB5-T/FE_TXB5+
26 TXB1-R/FE_TXB1- 60 TXB5-R/FE_TXB5-
27 RXB2-T/FE_RXB2+ 61 RXB6-T/FE_RXB6+
28 RXB2-R/FE_RXB2- 62 RXB6-R/FE_RXB6-
29 TXB2-T/FE_TXB2+ 63 TXB6-T/FE_TXB6+
30 TXB2-R/FE_TXB2- 64 TXB6-R/FE_TXB6-
31 RXB3-T/FE_RXB3+ 65 RXB7-T/FE_RXB7+
32 RXB3-R/FE_RXB3- 66 RXB7-R/FE_RXB7-
33 TXB3-T/FE_TXB3+ 67 TXB7-T/FE_TXB7+
34 TXB3-R/FE_TXB3- 68 TXB7-R/FE_TXB7-
When the H601EFTF card works as the E1 conversion card, the characters on the pins are shown as follows:
R or T at the beginning indicates receiving or transmitting respectively. A or B indicates the broadband control card in slot 3 or slot 2 respectively. The numeral indicates the E1 serial number. The last R or T indicates "ring" or "tip" respectively.
When the H601EFTF card works as the FE conversion card, the characters on the pins are shown as follows:
R or T at the beginning indicates "Rx" or "Tx" respectively. A or B indicates the broadband control card in slot 2 or slot 3 respectively. The numbers are the E1 port serial numbers.
3.53 High Speed Link Conversion Card from Front Access Master Frame to Extended Frame–H601HLAF
3.53.1 Overview
The H601HLAF card is the high speed link conversion card from front access master frame to extended frame.
The H601HLAF card resides in the HABD and the HABE frame. The H601HLAF card connects to the HABF frame through the D-type connector (68-pin) on the front panel.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-191
3.53.2 Front Panel
There is only a DB-68 socket on the front panel of the H601HLAF card. Figure 3–133 shows the front panel of the card.
DB-68 socket
HLAF
Figure 3–133 Front panel of the H601HLAF card
3.54 High Speed Link Conversion Card of Front Access Extended Frame–H601HLEF
3.54.1 Overview
The H601HLEF card is the high speed link conversion card of front access extended frame.
The H601HLEF card resides in the HABF frame. The H601HLEF card connects to the HABD frame or the HABE frame through the D-type connector (68-pin) on the front panel.
3.54.2 Front Panel
There is only a DB-68 socket on the front panel of the H601HLEF card. Figure 3–134 shows the front panel of the card.
DB-68 socket
HLEF
Figure 3–134 Front panel of the H601HLEF card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-192
3.55 High Speed Link Conversion Card of Front Access Slave Frame–H601HLSF
3.55.1 Overview
The H601HLSF card is the high speed link conversion card of front access slave frame.
The H601HLSF card resides in the HABD frame and the HABE frame. The H601HLSF card connects to the HABD frame and the HABE frame through the D-type connector (68-pin) on the front panel.
3.55.2 Front Panel
There is only a DB-68 socket on the front panel of the H601HLSF card. Figure 3–135 shows the front panel of the card.
DB-68 socket
HLSF
Figure 3–135 Front panel of the H601HLSF card
3.56 Rear Access HW Conversion Card of Master Frame–H601HWCB
3.56.1 Overview
The H601HWCB card is rear access HW conversion card of master frame.
The H601HWCB card resides in the HABA frame. The H601HWCB card provides the clock input port, E1 output port, and HW port for connecting with the HABB frame.
3.56.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–136 shows the front panel of the H601HWCB card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-193
BITS0
BITS1
E1port A
E1port B
HW subtending port
Figure 3–136 Front panel of the H601HWCB card
Table 3–126 describes the front panel of the H601HWCB card.
Table 3–126 Description of the front panel of the H601HWCB card
Name Connector Signal
BITS 0–1 SMB They input two channels of 2 MHz clock signals, which back up each other.
E1 port A–B DB-44 They output E1 signals from the PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4/PVM.
HW subtending port
DB-36
It subtends the following signals of the slave frame: HW signals Narrowband clock frame header signals Serial port signals Broadband clock signals Extended frame in-position signals
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-194
3.57 HW Conversion Card of Front Access Master Frame–H601HWCF
3.57.1 Overview
The H601HWCF card is the HW conversion card of the front access master frame.
The H601HWCF card resides in the HABD frame. The H601HWCF card provides one test and alarm port, one clock input port, and three HW ports for connecting with the HABE frame and HABF frame.
3.57.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–137 shows the front panel of the H601HWCF card.
RJ-45 socket
DB-28 socket
DB-28 socket
HWCF
CLK
INST
ACK
OU
TH
WO
UT1
HW
OU
T0H
WO
UT2
Figure 3–137 Front panel of the H601HWCF card
Table 3–127 describes the connectors on the front panel of the H601HWCF card.
Table 3–127 Connectors on the front panel of the H601HWCF card
Name Connector Signal
CLK IN RJ-45
It inputs the following signals: Two channels of 2 MHz clock signals One channel of differential 8 kHz clock
synchronization signal One channel of differential clock selection
signal
STACK OUT DB-28
It outputs the following signals: Circuit and loop line test signals Fan frame alarm signals ESC serial port signals Broadband and narrowband RS-485 serial port
signals Power supply alarm signals RS-485 serial port signals of the fan
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-195
Name Connector Signal
HWOUT0 DB-28
It outputs the following signals to the extended frame of the master frame:
HW signals Narrowband clock frame header signals Serial port signals Broadband clock signals Extended frame in-position signals
HWOUT1 DB-28
It outputs the following signals to the slave frame: HW signals Narrowband clock frame header signals Serial port signals Broadband clock signals Extended frame in-position signals
HWOUT2 DB-28
It outputs the following signals to the extended frame of the slave frame:
HW signals Narrowband clock frame header signals Serial port signals Broadband clock signals Slave frame in-position signals
3.58 HW Conversion Card of Rear Access Slave Frame–H601HWTB
3.58.1 Overview
The H601HWTB card is HW conversion card of the rear access slave frame.
The H601HWTB card resides in the HABB frame. The H601HWTB card provides subtending ports for connecting with the HABA frame.
3.58.2 Front Panel
There is only a HW subtending port on the front panel of the H601HWTB card.
Table 3–128 describes the front panel of the H601HWTB card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-196
Table 3–128 Description of the port on the front panel of the H601HWTB card
Name Port Signal
HW subtending port
DB-36
It subtends the following signals of the master frame:
HW signals Narrowband clock frame header
signals Serial port signals Broadband clock signals Extended frame in-position signals
3.59 HW Conversion Card of Front Access Extended Frame–H601HWTF
3.59.1 Overview
The H601HWTF card is the HW conversion card of the front access extended frame
The H601HWTF card resides in the HABE frame and the HABF frame. The H601HWTF card provides two test and alarm ports, one clock output port, and one HW signal subtending port for connecting with the HABD frame.
3.59.2 Front Panel
Figure 3–138 shows the front panel of the H601HWTF card.
RJ-45 socket
DB-28 socket
DB-28 socket
HWTF
CLK
OUT
STAC
K OU
THW
IN
STAC
K IN
Figure 3–138 Front panel of the H601HWTF card
Table 3–129 describes the connectors on the front panel of the H601HWTF card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-197
Table 3–129 Connectors on the front panel of the H601HWTF card
Name Connector Signal
CLK OUT RJ-45 It outputs the following signals:
Different 8k clock signals Differential clock selection signals
STACK OUT DB-28
It outputs the following signals: Circuit and loop line test signals Fan frame alarm signals Power alarm signals RS-485 serial port signals of the fan
STACK IN DB-28
It inputs the following signals: Circuit and loop line test signals Fan frame alarm signals Power alarm signals RS-485 serial port signals of the fan
HWIN DB-28
It inputs the following signals: Slave/extended frame HW signals Narrowband clock frame header signals Serial port signals Broadband clock signals In-position signals of the slave/extended frame
3.60 32-Port Relay Rear Access Conversion Card–H601RATB
3.60.1 Overview
The H601RATB card is the 32-port rear-access relay conversion card.
The H601RATB card realizes conversion among the following cables:
frame subscriber cable line card lead-in cable circuit and loop test line of the frame
In this way, it realizes the circuit and loop line test function and the port backup function for line cards.
The H601RATB card is designed for the 32-port line card. However, it is also suitable for the 16-port line card. Besides the PCB, the 32-port relay card can also be used on the 16-port service card.
The H601RATB card has the following features:
It provides rear-access line for the 32-port service card. It features the circuit and loop line test function. You can carry out the circuit test
and the loop line test at the same time without affecting each other. It features the port backup function.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-198
It features the circuit and loop line test function by using two buses. During the circuit and loop line test for the broadband service, the narrowband
service can be disconnected or not.
3.60.2 Front Panel
The front panel of the H601RATB card uses the DIN connector for front access.
Figure 3–139 shows the pin assignment on the front panel of the H601RATB card.
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
LINEA0LINEA1LINEA2LINEA3LINEA4LINEA5LINEA6LINEA7
LINEB24LINEB25LINEB26LINEB27LINEB28LINEB29LINEB30LINEB31
LINEA24LINEA25LINEA26LINEA27LINEA28LINEA29LINEA30LINEA31
LINEA8LINEB8LINEA9LINEB9LINEA10LINEB10LINEA11LINEB11
LINEA12LINEB12LINEA13LINEB13LINEA14LINEB14LINEA15LINEB15LINEA16LINEB16LINEA17LINEB17LINEA18LINEB18LINEA19LINEB19
LINEA20LINEB20LINEA21LINEB21LINEA22LINEB22LINEA23
LINEB23
LINEB0LINEB1LINEB2LINEB3LINEB4LINEB5LINEB6LINEB7
Figure 3–139 Pin assignment on the front panel of the H601RATB card
3.60.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
The H601RATB card connects with the backplane through J1 and J2. Figure 3–140 and Figure 3–141 define J1 and J2 between the H601RATB card and the backplane.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-199
ASL_B6
ASL_B0ASL_B1ASL_B2ASL_B3ASL_B4ASL_B5
ASL_B7
GNDGND
GNDGND
GND
GND
GND
B_ITB1B_OTB1
123456
789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
ASL_A8ASL_B8ASL_A9ASL_B9ASL_A10ASL_B10ASL_A11ASL_B11
ASL_A12ASL_B12ASL_A13ASL_B13ASL_A14ASL_B14ASL_A15ASL_B15VCC
GND
ASL_A0ASL_A1
ASL_A3ASL_A4ASL_A5ASL_A6ASL_A7B_ITA1B_OTA1GNDGND
GNDGND
VCC
GND
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152
535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384
858687888990919293949596
Figure 3–140 Pin assignment of connector J1
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-200
ASL_B30
ASL_B24ASL_B25ASL_B26ASL_B27ASL_B28ASL_B29
ASL_B31
GNDGND
GNDGND
GND
GNDB_ITB2B_OTB2
GND
GND
ASL_A16ASL_B16ASL_A17ASL_B17ASL_A18ASL_B18ASL_A19ASL_B19ASL_A20ASL_B20ASL_A21ASL_B21ASL_A22ASL_B22ASL_A23ASL_B23
GND
ASL_A24ASL_A25ASL_A26ASL_A27ASL_A28ASL_A29ASL_A30ASL_A31
B_ITA2B_OTA2
GNDGND
GNDGND
GND
GND
GNDGND
123456
78910111213141516171819202122
23242526272829303132
1234567891011121314
15161718192021222324252627282930
3132
1234567891011121314
15161718192021222324252627282930
3132
1234567891011121314
15161718192021222324252627282930
3132
3334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364
6566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596
Figure 3–141 Pin assignment of connector J2
Table 3–130 lists pins on the H601RATB card.
Table 3–130 Pins on the H601RATB card
Signal Number Description
ASL_A0–A31 32 Loop line A
ASL_B0–B31 32 Loop line B
OTA/OTB 4 Loop line test bus
ITA/ITB 2 Circuit test bus
VCC 3 5 V power supply for the relay card
GND 2 Ground
3.61 32-Port Front Access Relay Conversion Card–H601RATF
3.61.1 Overview
The H601RATF card is the 32-port front access relay conversion card.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-201
The H601RATF card realizes conversion among the following cables:
frame subscriber cable line card lead-in cable circuit and loop test line of the frame
In this way, it realizes the circuit and loop line test function and the port backup function for line cards.
The H601RATF card is designed for the 32-port line card. However, it is also suitable for the 16-port line card. Besides the PCB, the 32-port relay card can also be used on the 16-port service card.
The H601RATF card has the following features:
It provides front-access line for the 32-port service card. It features the circuit and loop line test function. You can carry out the circuit test
and the loop line test at the same time without affecting each other. It features the port backup function. It features the circuit and loop line test function using two buses. During the circuit and loop line test for the broadband service, the narrowband
service can be disconnected or not.
3.61.2 Front Panel
The front panel of the H601RATF card has only a DB68 port, which leads in 32 pairs of subscriber lines, as shown in Figure 3–142.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-202
LINE_B8LINE_A8LINE_B9LINE_A9LINE_B10LINE_A10LINE_B11LINE_A11
LINE_B0LINE_A0LINE_B1LINE_A1LINE_B2LINE_A2LINE_B3LINE_A3
12345678910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334
35363738394041424344454647484950515253545556575859606162636465666768
LINE_B4LINE_A4LINE_B5LINE_A5LINE_B6LINE_A6LINE_B7LINE_A7
LINEB16LINE_A16LINE_B17LINE_A17LINE_B18LINE_A18LINE_B19LINE_A19LINE_B20LINE_A20LINE_B21LINE_A21LINE_B22LINE_A22LINE_B23LINE_A23
LINE_B12LINE_A12LINE_B13LINE_A13LINE_B14LINE_A14LINE_B15LINE_A15
LINE_B24LINE_A24LINE_B25LINE_A25LINE_B26LINE_A26LINE_B27LINE_A27LINE_B28LINE_A28LINE_B29LINE_A29LINE_B30LINE_A30LINE_B31LINE_A31
Figure 3–142 Ports on the front panel of the H601RATF card
3.61.3 Pin Assignment Between Card and Backplane
Figure 3–143 shows the pin assignment between the H601RATF card and the backplane.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-203
101
1002524232221201918171615
1110987654321
2524232221201918171615
1110987654321
2524232221201918171615
1110987654321
2524232221201918171615
1110987654321
2524232221201918171615
1110987654321
ASL_B5ASL_A5ASL_A6ASL_B7ASL_A7ASL_B13ASL_A14ASL_B14ASL_A15
VCC
ASL_B29ASL_A29ASL_A30ASL_B31ASL_A31ASL_B21ASL_A22ASL_B22ASL_A23
125124123122121120119118117116115
111110109108107106105104103102
ASL_A4
ASL_B6ASL_B12
ASL_A13B_ITA1
ASL_B15
ASL_A28
ASL_B30ASL_B20
ASL_A21B_ITA2
ASL_B23
99989796959493929190
8685848382818079787776
ASL_B4
ASL_B11ASL_A12
ASL_A3
B_ITB1
ASL_B28ASL_A27
ASL_A20ASL_B19
B_ITB2B_OTA2
B_OTA1
7574737271706968676665
6160595857565554535251
ASL_B1
ASL_A11ASL_A10
ASL_B3
VCC
ASL_B25ASL_B27
ASL_A18ASL_A19
GND
B_OTB2
B_OTB1ASL_A8
ASL_A16
5049484746454443424140
3635343332313029282726
ASL_A2ASL_B2ASL_A1ASL_A0ASL_B0ASL_B10ASL_B9ASL_A9ASL_B8
VCC
ASL_A26ASL_B26ASL_A25ASL_A24ASL_B24ASL_B18ASL_B17ASL_A17ASL_B16
GND
2524232221201918171615
1110987654321
Figure 3–143 Pin assignment on the front panel of the H601RATF card
Table 3–131 lists pins on the H601RATF card.
Table 3–131 Pins on the H601RATF card
Signal Number Description
ASL_A0–A31 32 Loop line A
ASL_B0–B31 32 Loop line B
OTA/OTB 4 Loop line test bus
ITA/ITB 2 Circuit test bus
VCC 3 5 V power supply for the relay card
GND 2 Ground
3.62 Front Access Subscriber Cable Conversion Card–H601SLTF
3.62.1 Overview
The H601SLTF card is the front access subscriber cable conversion card.
The H601SLTF card resides in the HABD, HABE and HABF frames. The D-type connector (68-pin) on the front panel transfers 32 channels of xSL subscriber signals or 16 channels of E1 signals to the cable connecting area of the frame.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-204
3.62.2 Front Panel
There is only a DB-68 socket on the front panel of the H601SLTF card. Figure 3–144 shows the front panel of the card.
DB-68 socket
SLTF
Figure 3–144 Front panel of the H601SLTF card
Table 3–132 defines the pins on the front panel of the H601SLTF card.
When the H601SLTF card works as the xDSL subscriber cable conversion card, "A0"–"A31" indicate A loop lines 0–31, and "B0"–"B31" indicate B loop lines 0–31.
When the H601SLTF card works as the E1 conversion card, the meanings of the characters on the pins are as follows:
The first R or T indicates "Rx" or "Tx" respectively. The numeral indicates the E1 serial number. The last R or T indicates "ring" or "tip" respectively.
Table 3–132 Definition of pins on the front panel of the H601SLTF card
Pin Signal Pin Signal
1 B8/RX8-T 35 B0/RX0-R
2 A8/RX8-R 36 A0/RX0-T
3 B9/TX8-T 37 B1/TX0-R
4 A9/TX8-R 38 A1/TX0-T
5 B10/RX9-T 39 B2/RX1-R
6 A10/RX9-R 40 A2/RX1-T
7 B11/TX9-T 41 B3/TX1-R
8 A11/TX9-R 42 A3/TX1-T
9 B12/RX10-T 43 B4/RX2-R
10 A12/RX10-R 44 A4/RX2-T
11 B13/TX10-T 45 B5/TX2-R
12 A13/TX10-R 46 A5/TX2-T
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 3 Introduction to Cards
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3-205
Pin Signal Pin Signal
13 B14/RX11-T 47 B6/RX3-R
14 A14/RX11-R 48 A6/RX3-T
15 B15/TX11-T 49 B7/TX3-R
16 A15/TX11-R 50 A7/TX3-T
19 B24/RX4-R 53 B16/RX12-T
20 A24/RX4-T 54 A16/RX12-R
21 B25/TX4-R 55 B17/TX12-T
22 A25/TX4-T 56 A17/TX12-R
23 B26/RX5-R 57 B18/RX13-T
24 A26/RX5-T 58 A18/RX13-R
25 B27/TX5-R 59 B19/TX13-T
26 A27/TX5-T 60 A19/TX13-R
27 B28/RX6-R 61 B20
28 A28/RX6-T 62 A20/RX14-R
29 B29/TX6-R 63 B21/TX14-T
30 A29/TX6-T 64 A21/TX14-R
31 B30/TX7-R 65 B22/RX15-T
32 A30/RX7-T 66 A22/RX15-R
33 B31/TX7-R 67 B23/TX15-T
34 A31/TX7-T 68 A23/TX15-R
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-1
Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
4.1 About This Chapter The front-access cables of the UA5000 include:
Trunk cable Subtending cable Subscriber cable Maintenance cable Signal cable Optical fiber
4.2 Trunk Cable
4.2.1 Overview of Trunk Cable
The UA5000 uses the following front-access trunk cables:
E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF E3/T3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF IPMB upstream cable Trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB Trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to DDF E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000
4.2.2 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
There are two types of trunk cables from DEHA to DDF. Each type provides 16 E1 channels.
When the AIUB is configured with the H601CESA subcard, it can provide eight E1 ports. In this case, the AIUB uses the 1st–8th E1 channels of the trunk cable.
4.2.3 75-ohm E1 cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
I. Outline
Figure 4–1 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-2
X1
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
Main label
Coaxial cable
Label
Figure 4–1 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
Table 4–1 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 4–1 Labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
Label Meaning
W1(1–4) E1 The 1st–4th channels of E1 signals
W2(9–12) E1 The 9th–12th channels of E1 signals
W3(5–8) E1 The 5th–8th channels of E1 signals
W4(13–16) E1 The 13th–16th channels of E1 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–2 shows the pin assignment of the trunk cable.
Note:
In Table 4–2, serial number "SN" in "Coaxial cable & SN" refers to the label print on the cable jacket. The meaning of the "R/T relationship" is as follows:
R1: Receiving of the first channel of E1 signals at the AIUB/DEHA/EDTB side. T1: Transmitting of the first channel of E1 signals at the AIUB/DEHA/EDTB side.
Table 4–2 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
Connector X1 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
35 Ring
36 Tip 1 R1
37 Ring 2 T1
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-3
Connector X1 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
38 Tip
39 Ring
40 Tip 3 R2
41 Ring
42 Tip 4 T2
43 Ring
44 Tip 5 R3
45 Ring
46 Tip 6 T3
47 Ring
48 Tip 7 R4
49 Ring
50 Tip 8 T4
Connector X1 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
2 Ring
1 Tip 1 R9
4 Ring
3 Tip 2 T9
6 Ring
5 Tip 3 R10
8 Ring
7 Tip 4 T10
10 Ring
9 Tip 5 R11
12 Ring
11 Tip 6 T11
14 Ring
13 Tip 7 R12
16 Ring
15 Tip 8 T12
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-4
Connector X1 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
19 Ring
20 Tip 1 R5
21 Ring
22 Tip 2 T5
23 Ring
24 Tip 3 R6
25 Ring
26 Tip 4 T6
27 Ring
28 Tip 5 R7
29 Ring
30 Tip 6 T7
31 Ring
32 Tip 7 R8
33 Ring
34 Tip 8 T8
Connector X1 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
54 Ring
53 Tip 1 R13
56 Ring
55 Tip 2 T13
58 Ring
57 Tip 3 R14
60 Ring
59 Tip 4 T14
62 Ring
61 Tip 5 R15
64 Ring
63 Tip 6 T15
66 Ring
65 Tip 7 R16
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-5
Connector X1 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
68 Ring
67 Tip 8 T16
4.2.4 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
I. Outline
Figure 4–2 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
X1
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
D-type connector(68-pin, male) Main label Label
Twisted pair
Figure 4–2 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
Table 4–3 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 4–3 Labels on the 120-ohm E1 cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
Label Meaning
W1(1–8) E1 The 1st–8th channels of E1 signals
W2(9–16) E1 The 9th–16th channels of E1 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–4 shows the pin assignment of the trunk cable.
Note:
In Table 4–4, the meaning of the "R/T relationship" is as follows: R1: Receiving of the first channel of E1 signals at the AIUB/DEHA/EDTB side. T1: Transmitting of the first channel of E1 signals at the AIUB/DEHA/EDTB side.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-6
Table 4–4 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
Connector X1 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
35 White
36 Blue Twisted R1
37 White
38 Orange Twisted T1
39 White
40 Green Twisted R2
41 White
42 Brown Twisted T2
43 White
44 Gray Twisted R3
45 Red
46 Blue Twisted T3
47 Red
48 Orange Twisted R4
49 Red
50 Green Twisted T4
19 Red
20 Brown Twisted R5
21 Red
22 Gray Twisted T5
23 Black
24 Blue Twisted R6
25 Black
26 Orange Twisted T6
27 Black
28 Green Twisted R7
29 Black
30 Brown Twisted T7
31 Black
32 Gray Twisted R8
33 Yellow Twisted T8
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-7
Connector X1 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
34 Blue
Connector X1 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
2 White
1 Blue Twisted R9
4 White
3 Orange Twisted T9
6 White
5 Green Twisted R10
8 White
7 Brown Twisted T10
10 White
9 Gray Twisted R11
12 Red
11 Blue Twisted T11
14 Red
13 Orange Twisted R12
16 Red
15 Green Twisted T12
54 Red
53 Brown Twisted R13
56 Red
55 Gray Twisted T13
58 Black
57 Blue Twisted R14
60 Black
59 Orange Twisted T14
62 Black
61 Green Twisted R15
64 Black
63 Brown Twisted T15
66 Black Twisted R16
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-8
Connector X1 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
65 Gray
68 Yellow
67 Blue Twisted T16
4.2.5 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF
There are two types of trunk cables from APMB to DDF. Each type provides 16 E1 channels.
When the APMB is configured with the H601CESA subcard, it can provide eight E1 ports. In this case, the APMB in the left half of the frame (front view of the frame) uses the 1st–8th E1 channels of the trunk cable, and the APMB in the right half uses the 9th–16th E1 chanels.
4.2.6 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF
I. Outline
Figure 4–3 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
X1
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
D-type connector(68-pin, male)Main labelCoaxial cable
Label
Figure 4–3 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
Table 4–5 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 4–5 Labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
Label Meaning
W1(1–4) E1 The 1st–4th channels of E1 signals
W2(5–8) E1 The 5th–8th channels of E1 signals
W3(9–12) E1 The 9th–12th channels of E1 signals
W4(13–16) E1 The 13th–16th channels of E1 signals
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-9
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–6 shows the pin assignment of the trunk cable.
Note:
In Table 4–6, SN in "Coaxial cable & SN" is the print on the cable jacket. The meaning of "R/T relationship" is as follows:
R1: Receiving of the first channel of E1 signals at the APMB side. T1: Transmitting of the first channel of E1 signals at the APMB side.
Table 4–6 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
Connector X1 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
35 Ring
36 Tip 1 R1
37 Ring
38 Tip 2 T1
39 Ring
40 Tip 3 R2
41 Ring
42 Tip 4 T2
43 Ring
44 Tip 5 R3
45 Ring
46 Tip 6 T3
47 Ring
48 Tip 7 R4
49 Ring
50 Tip 8 T4
Connector X1 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
2 Ring
1 Tip 1 R5
4 Ring 2 T5
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-10
Connector X1 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
3 Tip
6 Ring
5 Tip 3 R6
8 Ring
7 Tip 4 T6
10 Ring
9 Tip 5 R7
12 Ring
11 Tip 6 T7
14 Ring
13 Tip 7 R8
16 Ring
15 Tip 8 T8
Connector X1 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
19 Ring
20 Tip 1 R9
21 Ring
22 Tip 2 T9
23 Ring
24 Tip 3 R10
25 Ring
26 Tip 4 T10
27 Ring
28 Tip 5 R11
29 Ring
30 Tip 6 T11
31 Ring
32 Tip 7 R12
33 Ring
34 Tip 8 T12
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-11
Connector X1 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
54 Ring
53 Tip 1 R13
56 Ring
55 Tip 2 T13
58 Ring
57 Tip 3 R14
60 Ring
59 Tip 4 T14
62 Ring
61 Tip 5 R15
64 Ring
63 Tip 6 T15
66 Ring
65 Tip 7 R16
68 Ring
67 Tip 8 T16
4.2.7 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF
I. Outline
Figure 4–4 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
X1
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
Main label
Label
Figure 4–4 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
Table 4–7 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-12
Table 4–7 Labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
Label Meaning
W1(1–8) E1 The 1st–8th channels of E1 signals
W2(9–16) E1 The 9th–16th channels of E1 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–8 shows the pin assignment of the trunk cable.
Note:
In Table 4–8, the meaning of "R/T relationship" is as follows: R1: Receiving of the first channel of E1 signals at the APMB side. T1: Transmitting of the first channel of E1 signals at the APMB side.
Table 4–8 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
Connector X1 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
35 White
36 Blue Twisted R1
37 White
38 Orange Twisted T1
39 White
40 Green Twisted R2
41 White
42 Brown Twisted T2
43 White
44 Gray Twisted R3
45 Red
46 Blue Twisted T3
47 Red
48 Orange Twisted R4
49 Red
50 Green Twisted T4
2 Red Twisted R5
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-13
Connector X1 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
1 Brown
4 Red
3 Gray Twisted T5
6 Black
5 Blue Twisted R6
8 Black
7 Orange Twisted T6
10 Black
9 Green Twisted R7
12 Black
11 Brown Twisted T7
14 Black
13 Gray Twisted R8
16 Yellow
15 Blue Twisted T8
Connector X1 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
19 White
20 Blue Twisted R9
21 White
22 Orange Twisted T9
23 White
24 Green Twisted R10
25 White
26 Brown Twisted T10
27 White
28 Gray Twisted R11
29 Red
30 Blue Twisted T11
31 Red
32 Orange Twisted R12
33 Red Twisted T12
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-14
Connector X1 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
34 Green
54 Red
53 Brown Twisted R13
56 Red
55 Gray Twisted T13
58 Black
57 Blue Twisted R14
60 Black
59 Orange Twisted T14
62 Black
61 Green Twisted R15
64 Black
63 Brown Twisted T15
66 Black
65 Gray Twisted R16
68 Yellow
67 Blue Twisted T16
4.2.8 E3/T3 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF
I. Overview of the E3/T3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
When the APMB is configured with the E23F or E13F subcard, it provides two or one E3 port.
When the APMB is configured with T23F or T13F subcard, it provides two or one T3 port.
The E3/T3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF has two types: 75-ohm and 120-ohm. Each type provides one E3/T3 channel.
II. 75-ohm E3/T3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
Figure 4–5 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-15
SMB coaxialconnector (female) Main label
X1 Coaxial cable
Figure 4–5 Outline of the 75-ohm E3/T3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
III. 120-ohm E3/T3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
The 75-ohm E3/T3 trunk cable can be converted to the 120-ohm trunk cable. The conversion cable consists of two parts:
75-ohm to 120-ohm conversion cable Cable to the DDF
IV. 75-ohm to 120-ohm conversion cable
One end of the conversion cable is an SMB connector, connected to the electrical port of the E23F, E13F, T23F or T13F subcard. The other end is a 8-pin female network port.
Figure 4–6 shows the outline of the 75-ohm to 120-ohm conversion cable.
X2
X3
SMB connector(female) Label
1
8
8-pin network portTwisted pairCoaxial cable
Figure 4–6 Outline of the 75-ohm to 120-ohm conversion cable
Table 4–9 describes the labels on the 75-ohm to 120-ohm conversion cable.
Table 4–9 Labels on the 75-ohm to 120-ohm conversion cable
Label Connector Meaning
TO B75 T X2 75-ohm conversion: E1 signal transmitting
TO B75 R X3 75-ohm conversion: E1 signal receiving
V. Cable to the DDF
Figure 4–7 shows the cable to the DDF.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-16
81
8-pin network portconnectorLabel
Twisted pair
Figure 4–7 Outline of the cable to the DDF
Table 4–10 describes the labels on the cable to the DDF.
Table 4–10 Labels on the cable to the DDF
Label Meaning
R 120-ohm conversion: E1 signal transmitting
T 120-ohm conversion: E1 signal receiving
Table 4–11 shows the pin assignment of the E3/T3 cable to the DDF.
Note:
In Table 4–11, the meaning of "R/T relationship" is as follows: R: Receiving of the E3/T3 signals at the APMB side. T: Transmitting of the E3/T3 signals at the APMB side.
Table 4–11 Pin assignment of the E3/T3 cable to the DDF
Cable branch Connector X1 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
1 Blue W1
2 White Twisted R
4 Orange W2
5 White Twisted T
4.2.9 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000
There are four types of E1 trunk cables from APMB to Metro 1000. Each type provides 16 E1 channels.
75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-17
75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
When the APMB is configured with the H601CESA subcard, it can provide eight E1 ports. In this case, the APMB in the left half of the frame (front view of the frame) uses the 1st–8th E1 channels of the trunk cable, and the APMB in the right half uses the 9th–16th E1 channels.
SS42SP1 and SS42SP2 are the E1 tributary cards of the Metro 1000.
75 ohms and 120 ohms are the matching impedance of the E1 transmission terminal. In general, for the 75-ohm matching impedance matching impedance, use the unbalanced cable (E1 coaxial cable). For the 120-ohm matching impedance matching impedance, use the balanced cable (differential symmetric cable pair). To select the matching impedance, ensure that the DIP switch of the card and the Metro 1000 is set correctly and the data is consistent.
4.2.10 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
I. Outline
Figure 4–8 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
X1
X9
X2
X3
X8
2mmFB wireconnector
Main label
Coaxial cable
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
1
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
Label
6
abcd
Figure 4–8 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Table 4–12 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 4–12 Labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Label Connector Meaning
(1–2) E1 X2 The 1st–2nd channels of E1 signals
(3–4) E1 X3 The 3rd–4th channels of E1 signals
(5–6) E1 X4 The 5th–6th channels of E1 signals
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-18
Label Connector Meaning
(7–8) E1 X5 The 7th–8th channels of E1 signals
(9–10) E1 X6 The 9th–10th channels of E1 signals
(11–12) E1 X7 The 11th–12th channels of E1 signals
(13–14) E1 X8 The 13th–14th channels of E1 signals
(15–16) E1 X9 The 15th–16th channels of E1 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–13 shows the pin assignment of the trunk cable.
Note:
In Table 4–13, SN in "Coaxial cable & SN" is the print on the cable jacket. The meaning of "R/T relationship" is as follows:
R1: Receiving of the first channel of E1 signals at the APMB side. T1: Transmitting of the first channel of E1 signals at the APMB side.
Table 4–13 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Connector X1 Connector X2 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
35 a5 Ring
36 a6 Tip 1 R1
37 d4 Ring
38 d3 Tip 2 T1
39 a3 Ring
40 a4 Tip 3 R2
41 d2 Ring
42 d1 Tip 4 T2
Connector X1 Connector X3 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
43 a5 Ring
44 a6 Tip 5 R3
45 d4 Ring 6 T3
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-19
Connector X1 Connector X3 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
46 d3 Tip
47 a3 Ring
48 a4 Tip 7 R4
49 d2 Ring
50 d1 Tip 8 T4
Connector X1 Connector X4 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
2 a5 Ring
1 a6 Tip 1 R5
4 d4 Ring
3 d3 Tip 2 T5
6 a3 Ring
5 a4 Tip 3 R6
8 d2 Ring
7 d1 Tip 4 T6
Connector X1 Connector X5 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
10 a5 Ring
9 a6 Tip 5 R7
12 d4 Ring
11 d3 Tip 6 T7
14 a3 Ring
13 a4 Tip 7 R8
16 d2 Ring
15 d1 Tip 8 T8
Connector X1 Connector X6 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
19 a5 Ring
20 a6 Tip 1 R9
21 d4 Ring
22 d3 Tip 2 T9
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-20
Connector X1 Connector X6 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
23 a3 Ring
24 a4 Tip 3 R10
25 d2 Ring
26 d1 Tip 4 T10
Connector X1 Connector X7 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
27 a5 Ring
28 a6 Tip 5 R11
29 d4 Ring
30 d3 Tip 6 T11
31 a3 Ring
32 a4 Tip 7 R12
33 d2 Ring
34 d1 Tip 8 T12
Connector X1 Connector X8 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
54 a5 Ring
53 a6 Tip 1 R13
56 d4 Ring
55 d3 Tip 2 T13
58 a3 Ring
57 a4 Tip 3 R14
60 d2 Ring
59 d1 Tip 4 T14
Connector X1 Connector X9 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
62 a5 Ring
61 a6 Tip 5 R15
64 d4 Ring
63 d3 Tip 6 T15
66 a3 Ring 7 R16
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-21
Connector X1 Connector X9 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
65 a4 Tip
68 d2 Ring
67 d1 Tip 8 T16
4.2.11 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
I. Outline
Figure 4–9 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
X1X2
X3
X8
X9 D-type connector(68-pin, male)
2mmFB wireconnector
Twisted pair
Main label
Label
Heat shrink tube
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
1 6
abcd
Figure 4–9 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Table 4–14 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 4–14 Labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Label Connector Meaning
(1–2) E1 X1 The 1st–2nd channels of E1 signals
(3–4) E1 X2 The 3rd–4th channels of E1 signals
(5–6) E1 X3 The 5th–6th channels of E1 signals
(7–8) E1 X4 The 7th–8th channels of E1 signals
(9–10) E1 X5 The 9th–10th channels of E1 signals
(11–12) E1 X6 The 11th–12th channels of E1 signals
(13–14) E1 X7 The 13th–14th channels of E1 signals
(15–16) E1 X8 The 15th–16th channels of E1 signals
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-22
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–15 shows the pin assignment of the trunk cable.
Note:
In Table 4–15, the meaning of "R/T relationship" is as follows: R1: Receiving of the first channel of E1 signals at the APMB side. T1: Transmitting of the first channel of E1 signals at the APMB side.
Table 4–15 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Connector X1 Connector X2 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
35 a5 White
36 a6 Blue Twisted R1
37 d4 White
38 d3 Orange Twisted T1
39 a3 White
40 a4 Green Twisted R2
41 d2 White
42 d1 Brown Twisted T2
Connector X1 Connector X3 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
43 a5 White
44 a6 Gray Twisted R3
45 d4 Red
46 d3 Blue Twisted T3
47 a3 Red
48 a4 Orange Twisted R4
49 d2 Red
50 d1 Green Twisted T4
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-23
Connector X1 Connector X4 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
2 a5 Red
1 a6 Brown Twisted R5
4 d4 Red
3 d3 Gray Twisted T5
6 a3 Black
5 a4 Blue Twisted R6
8 d2 Black
7 d1 Orange Twisted T6
Connector X1 Connector X5 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
10 a5 Black
9 a6 Green Twisted R7
12 d4 Black
11 d3 Brown Twisted T7
14 a3 Black
13 a4 Gray Twisted R8
16 d2 Black
15 d1 Blue Twisted T8
Connector X1 Connector X6 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
19 a5 White
20 a6 Blue Twisted R9
21 d4 White
22 d3 Orange Twisted T9
23 a3 White
24 a4 Green Twisted R10
25 d2 White
26 d1 Brown Twisted T10
Connector X1 Connector X7 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
27 a5 White Twisted R11
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-24
Connector X1 Connector X7 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
28 a6 Gray
29 d4 Red
30 d3 Blue Twisted T11
31 a3 Red
32 a4 Orange Twisted R12
33 d2 Red
34 d1 Green Twisted T12
Connector X1 Connector X8 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
54 a5 Red
53 a6 Brown Twisted R13
56 d4 Red
55 d3 Gray Twisted T13
58 a3 Black
57 a4 Blue Twisted R14
60 d2 Black
59 d1 Orange Twisted T14
Connector X1 Connector X9 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
62 a5 Black
61 a6 Green Twisted R15
64 d4 Black
63 d3 Brown Twisted T15
66 a3 Black
65 a4 Gray Twisted R16
68 d2 Black
67 d1 Blue Twisted T16
4.2.12 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
I. Outline
Figure 4–10 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-25
X2
X51 6
abcd
2mmFB wire connector
Label
Main label
Coaxial cable
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35X1
Figure 4–10 Outline of the 75-ohm trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Table 4–16 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 4–16 Labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Label Connector Meaning
(1–4) E1 X2 The 1st–4th channels of E1 signals
(5–8) E1 X3 The 5th–8th channels of E1 signals
(9–12) E1 X4 The 9th–12th channels of E1 signals
(13–16) E1 X5 The 13th–16th channels of E1 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–17 shows the pin assignment of the trunk cable.
Note:
In Table 4–17, SN in "Coaxial cable & SN" is the print on the cable jacket. The meaning of "R/T relationship" is as follows:
R1: Receiving of the first channel of E1 signals at the APMB side. T1: Transmitting of the first channel of E1 signals at the APMB side.
Table 4–17 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Connector X1 Connector X2 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
35 a6 Ring
36 b6 Tip 1 R1
37 d6 Ring 2 T1
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-26
Connector X1 Connector X2 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
38 c6 Tip
39 a4 Ring
40 a5 Tip 3 R2
41 d4 Ring
42 d5 Tip 4 T2
43 a2 Ring
44 a3 Tip 5 R3
45 d2 Ring
46 d3 Tip 6 T3
47 b1 Ring
48 a1 Tip 7 R4
49 c1 Ring
50 d1 Tip 8 T4
Connector X1 Connector X3 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
2 a6 Ring
1 b6 Tip 1 R5
4 d6 Ring
3 c6 Tip 2 T5
6 a4 Ring
5 a5 Tip 3 R6
8 d4 Ring
7 d5 Tip 4 T6
10 a2 Ring
9 a3 Tip 5 R7
12 d2 Ring
11 d3 Tip 6 T7
14 b1 Ring
13 a1 Tip 7 R8
16 c1 Ring
15 d1 Tip 8 T8
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-27
Connector X1 Connector X4 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
19 a6 Ring
20 b6 Tip 1 R9
21 d6 Ring
22 c6 Tip 2 T9
23 a4 Ring
24 a5 Tip 3 R10
25 d4 Ring
26 d5 Tip 4 T10
27 a2 Ring
28 a3 Tip 5 R11
29 d2 Ring
30 d3 Tip 6 T11
31 b1 Ring
32 a1 Tip 7 R12
33 c1 Ring
34 d1 Tip 8 T12
Connector X1 Connector X5 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
54 a6 Ring
53 b6 Tip 1 R13
56 d6 Ring
55 c6 Tip 2 T13
58 a4 Ring
57 a5 Tip 3 R14
60 d4 Ring
59 d5 Tip 4 T14
62 a2 Ring
61 a3 Tip 5 R15
64 d2 Ring
63 d3 Tip 6 T15
66 b1 Ring
65 a1 Tip 7 R16
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-28
Connector X1 Connector X5 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
68 c1 Ring
67 d1 Tip 8 T16
4.2.13 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
I. Outline
Figure 4–11 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
X2
X5
X1
2mmFB wire connector
Label
Main labelD-type connector
(68-pin, male)Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
1 6
abcd
Twisted pair
Figure 4–11 Outline of the 120-ohm trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Table 4–18 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 4–18 Labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Label Connector Meaning
(1–4) E1 X2 The 1st–4th channels of E1 signals
(5–8) E1 X3 The 5th–8th channels of E1 signals
(9–12) E1 X4 The 9th–12th channels of E1 signals
(13–16) E1 X5 The 13th–16th channels of E1 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–19 shows the pin assignment of the trunk cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-29
Note:
In Table 4–19, the meaning of "R/T relationship" is as follows:
R1: Receiving of the first channel of E1 signals at the APMB side. T1: Transmitting of the first channel of E1 signals at the APMB side.
Table 4–19 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Connector X1 Connector X4 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
35 a6 White
36 b6 Blue Twisted R1
37 d6 White
38 c6 Orange Twisted T1
39 a4 White
40 a5 Green Twisted R2
41 d4 White
42 d5 Brown Twisted T2
43 a2 White
44 a3 Gray Twisted R3
45 d2 Red
46 d3 Blue Twisted T3
47 b1 Red
48 a1 Orange Twisted R4
49 c1 Red
50 d1 Green Twisted T4
Connector X1 Connector X5 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
2 a6 Red
1 b6 Brown Twisted R5
4 d6 Red
3 c6 Gray Twisted T5
6 a4 Black
5 a5 Blue Twisted R6
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-30
Connector X1 Connector X5 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
8 d4 Black
7 d5 Orange Twisted T6
10 a2 Black
9 a3 Green Twisted R7
12 d2 Black
11 d3 Brown Twisted T7
14 b1 Black
13 a1 Gray Twisted R8
16 c1 Black
15 d1 Blue Twisted T8
Connector X1 Connector X4 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
19 a6 White
20 b6 Blue Twisted R9
21 d6 White
22 c6 Orange Twisted T9
23 a4 White
24 a5 Green Twisted R10
25 d4 White
26 d5 Brown Twisted T10
27 a2 White
28 a3 Gray Twisted R11
29 d2 Red
30 d3 Blue Twisted T11
31 b1 Red
32 a1 Orange Twisted R12
33 c1 Red
34 d1 Green Twisted T12
Connector X1 Connector X5 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
54 a6 Red Twisted R13
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-31
Connector X1 Connector X5 Tip color & relationship R/T relationship
53 b6 Brown
56 d6 Red
55 c6 Gray Twisted T13
58 a4 Black
57 a5 Blue Twisted R14
60 d4 Black
59 d5 Orange Twisted T14
62 a2 Black
61 a3 Green Twisted R15
64 d2 Black
63 d3 Brown Twisted T15
66 b1 Black
65 a1 Gray Twisted R16
68 c1 Black
67 d1 Blue Twisted T16
4.2.14 Overview of E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H303HSL to DDF
There are two types of E1/SHDSL trunk cables from H303HSL to DDF: 75-ohm and 120-ohm. Each type provides two E1 channels and two SHDSL channels.
4.2.15 75-ohm E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H303HSL to DDF
I. Outline
Figure 4–12 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-32
X
Main labelPos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Coaxial cable
Twisted pair
Label
Figure 4–12 Outline of the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF
Table 4–20 and Table 4–21 describe the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 4–20 Labels on the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF (I)
Label Meaning
T0 Tx of the 1st E1 port
R0 Rx of the 1st E1 port
T1 Tx of the 2nd E1 port
R1 Rx of the 2nd E1 port
Table 4–21 Labels on the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF (II)
Label Meaning
H521SDL channel 0 The 1st SHDSL port
H521SDL channel 1 The 2nd SHDSL port
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–22 and Table 4–23 show the pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-33
Note:
In Table 4–22, SN in "Coaxial cable & SN" is the print on the cable jacket. The meaning of "R/T relationship" is as follows:
R0: Receiving of the first channel of E1 signals at the H303HSL side. T0: Transmitting of the first channel of E1 signals at the H303HSL side.
Table 4–22 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF (I)
Connector X Tip color & SN R/T relationship
36 Tip
35 Ring 1 T0
38 Tip
37 Ring 2 R0
40 Tip
39 Ring 3 T1
42 Tip
41 Ring 4 R1
Table 4–23 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF (II)
Connector X Tip color Tip point color Relationship Port No.
32 Pink Red
31 Pink Black Twisted 0
34 Orange Red
33 Orange Black Twisted 1
4.2.16 120-ohm E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H303HSL to DDF
I. Outline
Figure 4–13 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-34
X
Main label Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Twisted pair
Label
Figure 4–13 Outline of the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF
Table 4–24 and Table 4–25 describe the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 4–24 Labels on the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF (I)
Label Meaning
T0 Tx of the 1st E1 port
R0 Rx of the 1st E1 port
T1 Tx of the 2nd E1 port
R1 Rx of the 2nd E1 port
Table 4–25 Labels on the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF (II)
Label Meaning
H521SDL channel 0 The 1st SHDSL port
H521SDL channel 1 The 2nd SHDSL port
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–26 and Table 4–27 show the pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-35
Note:
In Table 4–26, the meaning of "R/T relationship" is as follows: R0: Receiving of the first channel of E1 signals at the H303HSL side. T0: Transmitting of the first channel of E1 signals at the H303HSL side.
Table 4–26 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF (I)
Connector X Tip color Relationship R/T relationship
36 White
35 Blue Twisted T0
38 White
37 Orange Twisted R0
40 White
39 Green Twisted T1
42 White
41 Brown Twisted R1
Table 4–27 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H303HSL to DDF (II)
Connector X Tip color Tip point color Relationship Port No.
32 Pink Red
31 Pink Black Twisted 0
34 Orange Red
33 Orange Black Twisted 1
4.2.17 Overview of E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H521SDL to DDF
There are two types of E1/SHDSL trunk cables from H521SDL to DDF: 75-ohm and 120-ohm. Each type provides four E1 channels and four SHDSL channels.
4.2.18 75-ohm E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H521SDL to DDF
I. Outline
Figure 4–14 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-36
X
Main labelPos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Coaxial cable
Twisted pair
Label
Figure 4–14 Outline of the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF
Table 4–28 and Table 4–29 describe the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 4–28 Labels on the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF (I)
Label Meaning
T0 Tx of the 1st E1 port
R0 Rx of the 1st E1 port
T1 Tx of the 2nd E1 port
R1 Rx of the 2nd E1 port
T2 Tx of the 3rd E1 port
R2 Rx of the 3rd E1 port
T3 Tx of the 4th E1 port
R3 Rx of the 4th E1 port
Table 4–29 Labels on the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF (II)
Label Meaning
H521SDL channel 0 The 1st SHDSL port
H521SDL channel 1 The 2nd SHDSL port
H521SDL channel 2 The 3rd SHDSL port
H521SDL channel 3 The 4th SHDSL port
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–30 and Table 4–31 show the pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-37
Note:
In Table 4–30, SN in "Coaxial cable & SN" is the print on the cable jacket. The meaning of "R/T relationship" is as follows:
R0: Receiving of the first channel of E1 signals at the H521SDL side. T0: Transmitting of the first channel of E1 signals at the H521SDL side.
Table 4–30 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF (I)
Connector X Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
36 Tip
35 Ring 1 T0
38 Tip
37 Ring 2 R0
40 Tip
39 Ring 3 T1
42 Tip
41 Ring 4 R1
44 Tip
43 Ring 5 T2
46 Tip
45 Ring 6 R2
48 Tip
47 Ring 7 T3
50 Tip
49 Ring 8 R3
Table 4–31 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF (II)
Connector X Tip color Tip point color Relationship Port No.
28 Pink Red
27 Pink Black Twisted 0
30 Orange Red
29 Orange Black Twisted 1
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-38
Connector X Tip color Tip point color Relationship Port No.
32 Green Red
31 Green Black Twisted 2
34 Blue Red
33 Blue Black Twisted 3
4.2.19 120-ohm E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H521SDL to DDF
I. Outline
Figure 4–15 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
X
Main label Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Twisted pair
Label
Figure 4–15 Outline of the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF
Table 4–32 and Table 4–33 describe the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 4–32 Labels on the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF (I)
Label Meaning
T0 Tx of the 1st E1 port
R0 Rx of the 1st E1 port
T1 Tx of the 2nd E1 port
R1 Rx of the 2nd E1 port
T2 Tx of the 3rd E1 port
R2 Rx of the 3rd E1 port
T3 Tx of the 4th E1 port
R3 Rx of the 4th E1 port
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-39
Table 4–33 Labels on the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF (II)
Label Meaning
H521SDL channel 0 The 1st SHDSL port
H521SDL channel 1 The 2nd SHDSL port
H521SDL channel 2 The 3rd SHDSL port
H521SDL channel 3 The 4th SHDSL port
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–34 and Table 4–35 show the pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF.
Note:
In Table 4–34, the meaning of "R/T relationship" is as follows: R0: Receiving of the first channel of E1 signals at the H521SDL side. T0: Transmitting of the first channel of E1 signals at the H521SDL side.
Table 4–34 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF (I)
Connector X Tip color & Relationship R/T relationship
36 White
35 Blue Twisted T0
38 White
37 Orange Twisted R0
40 White
39 Green Twisted T1
42 White
41 Brown Twisted R1
44 White
43 Gray Twisted T2
46 Red
45 Blue Twisted R2
48 Red Twisted T3
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-40
Connector X Tip color & Relationship R/T relationship
47 Orange
50 Red
49 Green Twisted R3
Table 4–35 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF (II)
Connector X Tip color Tip point color Relationship Port No.
28 Pink Red
27 Pink Black Twisted 0
30 Orange Red
29 Orange Black Twisted 1
32 Green Red
31 Green Black Twisted 2
34 Blue Red
33 Blue Black Twisted 3
4.2.20 IPMB FE Upstream Cable
The FE upstream cable uses the straight through cable.
4.2.21 Overview of Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB
The trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB has two types: 75-ohm and 120-ohm. Each type provides 16 E1 channels.
4.2.22 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB
I. Outline
Figure 4–16 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-41
X1 X2
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
Main labelCoaxial cable
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Figure 4–16 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–36 shows the pin assignment of the trunk cable.
Note:
In Table 4–36, SN in "Coaxial cable & SN" is the print on the cable jacket.
Table 4–36 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB
Connector X1 Connector X2 Coaxial cable & SN
35 37 Ring
36 38 Tip 1
37 35 Ring
38 36 Tip 2
39 41 Ring
40 42 Tip 3
41 39 Ring
42 40 Tip 4
43 45 Ring
44 46 Tip 5
45 43 Ring
46 44 Tip 6
47 48 Ring
48 50 Tip 7
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-42
Connector X1 Connector X2 Coaxial cable & SN
49 47 Ring
50 48 Tip 8
Connector X1 Connector X2 Coaxial cable & SN
2 4 Ring
1 3 Tip 1
4 2 Ring
3 1 Tip 2
6 8 Ring
5 7 Tip 3
8 6 Ring
7 5 Tip 4
10 12 Ring
9 11 Tip 5
12 10 Ring
11 9 Tip 6
14 16 Ring
13 15 Tip 7
16 14 Ring
15 13 Tip 8
Connector X1 Connector X2 Coaxial cable & SN
19 21 Ring
20 22 Tip 1
21 19 Ring
22 20 Tip 2
23 25 Ring
24 26 Tip 3
25 23 Ring
26 24 Tip 4
27 29 Ring 5
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-43
Connector X1 Connector X2 Coaxial cable & SN
28 30 Tip
29 27 Ring
30 28 Tip 6
31 33 Ring
32 34 Tip 7
33 31 Ring
34 32 Tip 8
Connector X1 Connector X2 Coaxial cable & SN
54 56 Ring
53 55 Tip 1
56 54 Ring
55 53 Tip 2
58 60 Ring
57 59 Tip 3
60 58 Ring
59 57 Tip 4
62 64 Ring
61 63 Tip 5
64 62 Ring
63 61 Tip 6
66 68 Ring
65 67 Tip 7
68 66 Ring
67 65 Tip 8
4.2.23 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB
I. Outline
Figure 4–17 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-44
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
Main label
Twisted pair
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
X1 X2
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Figure 4–17 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–37 shows the pin assignment of the trunk cable.
Table 4–37 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
35 37
36 38 Twisted
37 35
38 36 Twisted
39 41
40 42 Twisted
41 39
42 40 Twisted
43 45
44 46 Twisted
45 43
46 44 Twisted
47 49
48 50 Twisted
49 47
50 48 Twisted
2 4
1 3 Twisted
4 2 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-45
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
3 1
6 8
5 7 Twisted
8 6
7 5 Twisted
10 12
9 11 Twisted
12 10
11 9 Twisted
14 16
13 15 Twisted
16 14
15 13 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
19 21
20 22 Twisted
21 19
22 20 Twisted
23 25
24 26 Twisted
25 23
26 24 Twisted
27 29
28 30 Twisted
29 27
30 28 Twisted
31 33
32 34 Twisted
33 31
34 32 Twisted
54 56 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-46
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
53 55
56 54
55 53 Twisted
58 60
57 59 Twisted
60 58
59 57 Twisted
62 64
61 63 Twisted
64 62
63 61 Twisted
66 68
65 67 Twisted
68 66
67 65 Twisted
4.2.24 Overview of Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to DDF
The trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to DDF has two types: 75-ohm and 120-ohm. Each type provides 16 E1 channels.
PVU8/RSU8 can provide eight E1 ports. The PVU8/RSU8 in the left half of the frame (front view of the frame) uses the 1st–8th E1 channels of the trunk cable, and the PVU8/RSU8 in the right half uses the 9th–16th E1 channels.
PVU4/RSU4 can provide four E1 ports. The PVU4/RSU4 in the left half of the frame (front view of the frame) uses the first four E1 channels of the trunk cable, and the PVU8/RSU8 in the right half uses the 9th–12th E1 channels.
4.2.25 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to DDF
This trunk cable is the same as the trunk cable from APMB to DDF.
4.2.26 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000
The trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 has four types, each of which provides 16 E1 channels.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-47
75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
PVU8/RSU8 can provide eight E1 ports. The PVU8/RSU8 in the left half of the frame (front view of the frame) uses the 1st–8th E1 channels of the trunk cable, and the PVU8/RSU8 in the right half uses the 9th–16th E1 channels.
PVU4/RSU4 can provide four E1 ports. The PVU4/RSU4 in the left half of the frame (front view of the frame) uses the 1st–4th E1 channels of the trunk cable, and the PVU4/RSU4 in the right half uses the 9th–12th E1 channels.
SS42SP1 and SS42SP2 are the E1 tributary cards of the Metro 1000.
75 ohms and 120 ohms are the matching impedance of the E1 transmission terminal. In general, for the 75-ohm matching impedance matching impedance, use the unbalanced cable (E1 coaxial cable). For the 120-ohm matching impedance matching impedance, use the balanced cable (differential symmetric cable pair). To select the matching impedance, ensure that the DIP switch of the card and the Metro 1000 is set correctly and the data is consistent.
4.2.27 E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000
The E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 is the same as the trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000.
4.3 Subtending Cable
4.3.1 Overview of Subtending Cable
The subtending cables include:
HW cable LVDS cable of the slave frame LVDS cable of the extended frame
4.3.2 HW Cable
I. Outline
Figure 4–18 shows the outline of the HW cable.
X1 X2
D-type connector(28-pin, male) Twisted pairPos.28
Pos.14
Pos.13
Pos.1
D-type connector(28-pin, male)
Figure 4–18 Outline of the HW cable
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-48
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–38 shows the pin assignment of the HW cable.
Table 4–38 Pin assignment of the HW cable
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
3 3
4 4 Twisted
5 5
6 6 Twisted
7 7
8 8 Twisted
9 9
10 10 Twisted
11 11
12 12 Twisted
13 13
14 14 Twisted
15 15
16 16 Twisted
17 17
18 18 Twisted
19 19
20 20 Twisted
21 21
22 22 Twisted
23 23
24 24 Twisted
25 25
26 26 Twisted
27 27
28 28 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-49
4.3.3 LVDS Cable for the Slave Frame
I. Outline
Figure 4–19 shows the outline of the LVDS cable for the slave frame.
X1 X2
Label
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
Twisted pair
Figure 4–19 Outline of the LVDS cable for the slave frame.
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–39 lists the pin assignment of the LVDS cable for the slave frame.
Table 4–39 Pin assignment of the LVDS cable for slave frame
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
3 3
1 1
2 2
Twisted
4 4
5 6
6 5
Twisted
9 9
7 37
8 38
Twisted
10 10
11 11
12 12
Twisted
15 15
13 13
14 14
Twisted
18 18
19 49
Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-50
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
20 50
24 24
25 25
26 26
Twisted
30 30
31 61
32 62
Twisted
36 36
37 7
38 8
Twisted
42 42
43 43
44 44
Twisted
48 48
49 19
50 20
Twisted
53 53
51 51
52 52
Twisted
54 54
55 55
56 56
Twisted
60 60
61 31
62 32
Twisted
66 66
67 67
68 68
Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-51
4.3.4 LVDS Cable for the Extended Frame
I. Outline
Table 4–20 shows the outline of the LVDS cable for the extended frame.
X1 X2
Label
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
Twisted pair
Figure 4–20 Outline of the LVDS cable for the extended frame.
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–40 lists the pin assignment of the LVDS cable for the extended frame.
Table 4–40 Pin assignment of the LVDS cable for extended frame
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
1 1
2 2
3 3
Twisted
4 4
5 5
6 6
Twisted
7 7
8 8
9 9
Twisted
10 10
11 11
12 12
Twisted
13 13
14 14
15 15
Twisted
17 17
18 18
Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-52
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
19 19
20 20
21 21
22 22
Twisted
23 23
24 24
25 25
Twisted
26 26
27 27
28 28
Twisted
29 29
30 30
31 31
Twisted
37 37
35 35
36 36
Twisted
40 40
38 38
39 39
Twisted
43 43
41 41
42 42
Twisted
46 46
44 44
45 45
Twisted
49 49
47 47
48 48
Twisted
53 53
51 51
52 52
Twisted
56 56 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-53
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
54 54
55 55
59 59
57 57
58 58
Twisted
62 62
60 60
61 61
Twisted
65 65
63 63
64 64
Twisted
66 66
67 67
68 68
Twisted
16 16
50 50 Twisted
33 33
32 32 Twisted
4.4 Subscriber Cable
4.4.1 Overview of Subscriber Cable
The front-access subscriber cable includes:
16-channel unshielded subscriber cable 32-channel unshielded subscriber cable ATIA subscriber cable EAUA subscriber cable
4.4.2 16-channel Unshielded Subscriber Cable
I. Relative cards
The 16-channel unshielded subscriber cable is suitable for the following cards:
Narrowband line card: ASL, DSL, VFB and CDI Broadband line card: SDLB
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-54
Narrowband and broadband combo line card: CSMB, CSMC, CSLB and CSLI
The ports of the cable used by line cards are shown in the following figures.
Note:
One pane in the following two figures indicates one subscriber port. When the pane is filled, the line card uses this port. When it is not filled, the line card does not use this port.
ASL, VFB, CDI, SDLB, CSMB, CSMC, CSLB and CSLI
0 15
DSL
0 7
II. Outline
Figure 4–21 shows the outline of the 16-channel unshielded subscriber cable.
X1
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
Main label
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Twisted pair
Figure 4–21 Outline of the 16-channel unshielded subscriber cable
III. Pin assignment
Table 4–41 shows the pin assignment of the 16-channel unshielded subscriber cable.
Table 4–41 Pin assignment of the 16-channel unshielded subscriber cable
Connector X1 Tip color and relationship Port No.
36 Blue
35 White Twisted 0
38 Orange
37 White Twisted 1
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-55
Connector X1 Tip color and relationship Port No.
40 Green
39 White Twisted 2
42 Brown
41 White Twisted 3
44 Gray
43 White Twisted 4
46 Blue
45 Red Twisted 5
48 Orange
47 Red Twisted 6
50 Green
49 Red Twisted 7
20 Brown
19 Red Twisted 8
22 Gray
21 Red Twisted 9
24 Blue
23 Black Twisted 10
26 Orange
25 Black Twisted 11
28 Green
27 Black Twisted 12
30 Brown
29 Black Twisted 13
32 Gray
31 Black Twisted 14
34 Blue
33 Yellow Twisted 15
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-56
4.4.3 32-channel Unshielded Subscriber Cable
I. Relative cards
The 32-channel unshielded subscriber cable is suitable for the following cards:
Narrowband line card: ASL, DSL, VFB and CDI Broadband line card: SDLB, ADLB, ADLF, ADMB, ADMC, ADMI, VDLA and
VDLB Narrowband and broadband combo line card: CSMB, CSMC, CSLB and CSLI
The ports of the cable used by line cards are shown as follows.
Note:
One pane in the following two figures indicates one subscriber port. When the pane is filled, the line card uses this port. When it is not filled, the line card does not use this port.
32-port analog line card
31
0
16
15
16-port analog line card, VFB, CDI, SDLB, CSMB, CSMC, CSLB and CSLI
0 7
158 ADLB, ADLF, ADMB, ADMC, ADMI, VDLA and VDLB
0-15 POTS
0-15 LINE
DSL
0 7
II. Outline
Figure 4–22 shows the outline of the 32-channel unshielded subscriber cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-57
X1
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
Main label
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Twisted pair
Figure 4–22 Outline of the 32-channel unshielded subscriber cable
III. Pin assignment
Table 4–42 shows the pin assignment of the 32-channel unshielded subscriber cable.
Table 4–42 Pin assignment of the 32-channel unshielded subscriber cable
Connector X1 Cable binder color Tip color & relationship Port No.
36 White
35 Blue Twisted 0
38 White
37 Orange Twisted 1
40 White
39 Green Twisted 2
42 White
41 Brown Twisted 3
44 White
43 Gray Twisted 4
46 Red
45 Blue Twisted 5
48 Red
47 Orange Twisted 6
50 Red
49
Blue
Green Twisted 7
2 Red
1 Brown Twisted 8
4 Red
3
Blue
Gray Twisted 9
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-58
Connector X1 Cable binder color Tip color & relationship Port No.
6 Black
5 Blue Twisted 10
8 Black
7 Orange Twisted 11
10 Black
9 Green Twisted 12
12 Black
11 Brown Twisted 13
14 Black
13 Gray Twisted 14
16 Yellow
15
Blue Twisted 15
54 White
53 Blue Twisted 16
56 White
55 Orange Twisted 17
58 White
57 Green Twisted 18
60 White
59 Brown Twisted 19
62 White
61 Gray Twisted 20
64 Red
63 Blue Twisted 21
66 Red
65 Orange Twisted 22
68 Red
67
Orange
Green Twisted 23
20 Red
19 Brown Twisted 24
22
Orange
Red Twisted 25
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-59
Connector X1 Cable binder color Tip color & relationship Port No.
21 Gray
24 Black
23 Blue Twisted 26
26 Black
25 Orange Twisted 27
28 Black
27 Green Twisted 28
30 Black
29 Brown Twisted 29
32 Black
31 Gray Twisted 30
34 Yellow
33
Blue Twisted 31
4.4.4 ATIA Subscriber Cable
I. Relative cards
The ATIA subscriber cable is used on the ATIA card.
II. Outline
Figure 4–23 shows the outline of the ATIA subscriber cable.
X1
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
Main label
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Twisted pair
Figure 4–23 Outline of the ATIA subscriber cable
III. Pin assignment
Table 4–43 shows the pin assignment of the ATIA subscriber cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-60
Table 4–43 Pin assignment of the ATIA subscriber cable
Connector X1 Tip color & tip definition Port No.
36 White Line A
38 Blue Line B
40 White Line C
42 Orange Line D
44 White Line E1
46 Green Line E2
48 White Line M1
50 Brown Line M2
1
Connector X1 Tip color & tip definition Port No.
2 White Line A
1 Gray Line B
4 Red Line C
3 Blue Line D
6 Red Line E1
5 Orange Line E2
8 Red Line M1
7 Green Line M2
2
Connector X1 Tip color & tip definition Port No.
35 Red Line A
37 Brown Line B
39 Red Line C
41 Gray Line D
43 Black Line E1
45 Blue Line E2
47 Black Line M1
49 Orange Line M2
3
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-61
Connector X1 Tip color & tip definition Port No.
20 Black Line A
22 Green Line B
24 Black Line C
26 Brown Line D
28 Black Line E1
30 Gray Line E2
32 Yellow Line M1
34 Blue Line M2
4
Connector X1 Tip color & tip definition Port No.
62 Yellow Line A
61 Orange Line B
64 Yellow Line C
63 Green Line D
66 Yellow Line E1
65 Brown Line E2
68 Yellow Line M1
67 Gray Line M2
5
Connector X1 Tip color & tip definition Port No.
19 Purple Line A
21 Blue Line B
23 Purple Line C
25 Orange Line D
27 Purple Line E1
29 Green Line E2
31 Purple Line M1
33 Brown Line M2
6
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-62
4.4.5 EAUA Subscriber Cable
I. Relative cards
The EAUA subscriber cable is suitable for the EAUA card.
II. Outline
Figure 4–24 shows the outline of the EAUA subscriber cable.
X7
Network portconnector
X2 X
8 1
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
X5Main label
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
X3X1
X4X6X8
Twisted pair
Label
Figure 4–24 Outline of the EAUA subscriber cable
Table 4–44 describes the labels on the subscriber cable.
Table 4–44 Labels on the EAUA subscriber cable
Label Connector Meaning
Channel1 X1 The 1st channel of signal
Channel2 X2 The 2nd channel of signal
Channel3 X3 The 3rd channel of signal
Channel4 X4 The 4th channel of signal
Channel5 X5 The 5th channel of signal
Channel6 X6 The 6th channel of signal
Channel7 X7 The 7th channel of signal
Channel8 X8 The 8th channel of signal
III. Pin assignment
Table 4–45 shows the pin assignment of the EAUA subscriber cable.
Table 4–45 Pin assignment of the EAUA subscriber cable
Connector X Connector X1 Tip color & relationship Port No.
36 1 White
35 2 Black Twisted
0
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-63
Connector X Connector X1 Tip color & relationship Port No.
38 3 White
37 6 Brown Twisted
Connector X Connector X2 Tip color & relationship Port No.
40 1 White
39 2 Black Twisted
42 3 White
41 6 Brown Twisted
1
Connector X Connector X3 Tip color & relationship Port No.
44 1 White
43 2 Black Twisted
46 3 White
45 6 Brown Twisted
2
Connector X Connector X4 Tip color & relationship Port No.
48 1 White
47 2 Black Twisted
50 3 White
49 6 Brown Twisted
3
Connector X Connector X5 Tip color & relationship Port No.
20 1 White
19 2 Black Twisted
22 3 White
21 6 Brown Twisted
4
Connector X Connector X6 Tip color & relationship Port No.
24 1 White
23 2 Black Twisted
26 3 White Twisted
5
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-64
Connector X Connector X6 Tip color & relationship Port No.
25 6 Brown
Connector X Connector X7 Tip color & relationship Port No.
28 1 White
27 2 Black Twisted
30 3 White
29 6 Brown Twisted
6
Connector X Connector X8 Tip color & relationship Port No.
32 1 White
31 2 Black Twisted
34 3 White
33 6 Brown Twisted
7
4.5 Maintenance Cable
4.5.1 Overview of Maintenance Cable
The front-access maintenance cables of the UA5000 include:
Local maintenance serial port cable Network cable
4.5.2 Local Maintenance Serial Port Cable
I. Overview
The local maintenance serial port cable is used for debugging or remote maintenance.
One end of the cable is a 8-pin network connector, connected to the card. The other end is a DB-9 or DB-25 female connector. When the cable is to connect with a PC, use the DB-9 female connector.
II. Pin assignment
Figure 4–25 shows the outline of the maintenance cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-65
D-type connector(25-pin, female)
LabelNetwork port connector
(8-pin, RJ-45)
18
D-type connector(9-pin, female)
X1
X2
X3
POS.1POS.14
POS.25 POS.13
Pos.1 Pos.6
Pos.5 Pos.9
Figure 4–25 Outline of the local maintenance cable
Table 4–46 shows its pin assignment.
Table 4–46 Pin assignment of the maintenance cable
Connector Match-up
X2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X1 5 6 3 1 7 2 20 4
X3 8 6 2 5 5 3 4 7
4.5.3 Overview of Network Cable
There are two types of network cables: straight through cable and cross over cable.
The straight through cable is used to connect the data terminal equipment (DTE) with the network.
The cross over cable is used to directly connect two maintenance terminals.
RJ-45 connectors are used to connect Ethernet ports. They can be connected with Category-3 and Category-5 Unshielded Twisted Pairs (UTP-3 and UTP-5) or Shielded Twisted Pair (STP).
For the Category-5 UTP, the maximum transmission distance of single segment without repeater is 100 m. When repeaters are used, the maximum space between repeaters is 5 m. Due to the delay and signal timing, a maximum of two repeaters can be used. Therefore, the maximum distance between two sites is 205 m.
To get the best electrical transmission characteristics, make sure that 1 and 2, 3 and 6 are just two cable cores of the twisted pair.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-66
4.5.4 Straight Through Cable
I. Outline
Figure 4–26 shows the outline of the straight through cable.
X1 X21
8
1
8
Figure 4–26 Outline of the straight through cable
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–47 shows the pin assignment of the straight through cable.
Table 4–47 Pin assignment of the straight through cable
Connector X1 Tip color Connector X2
1 White and orange 1
2 Orange 2
3 White and green 3
4 Blue 4
5 White and blue 5
6 Green 6
7 White and brown 7
8 Brown 8
4.5.5 Cross Over Cable
I. Outline
Figure 4–27 shows the outline of the cross over cable.
X1 X21
8
1
8
Figure 4–27 Outline of the cross over cable
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-67
Table 4–48 shows the pin assignment of the cross over cable.
Table 4–48 Pin assignment of the cross over cable
Connector X1 Tip color Connector X2
1 White and orange 3
2 Orange 6
3 White and green 1
4 Blue 4
5 White and blue 5
6 Green 2
7 White and brown 7
8 Brown 8
4.6 Signal Cable The front-access signal cables of the UA5000 include:
Test and alarm cable Test and alarm subtending cable
4.6.1 Test and Alarm Cable
I. Outline
Figure 4–28 shows the outline of the test and alarm cable.
D-type connector(28-pin, male)
Label
Main label
X1
X2
X6
X5
X4
X7
X3
8-pin networkport connector
T2500J terminal4-pin connector
Pos.28
Pos.14
Pos.13
Pos.1
1
8
8 1
41
Figure 4–28 Outline of the test and alarm cable
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-68
Note:
X1 and X2 are used for inter-frame subtending. X3–X7 are used to connect with monitoring ports in the environment monitoring
unit.
Table 4–49 lists the label prints on the test and alarm cable.
Table 4–49 Label prints on the test and alarm cable
Label Connector Meaning
HWTF STACK IN X2 Connecting with the HWTF card.
ESC0 X4
ESC1 X3
N-RS485 X5
B-RS485 X6
FAN ALARM X7
Connecting with the environment monitoring unit.
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–50 shows the pin assignment of the test and alarm cable.
Table 4–50 Pin assignment of the test and alarm cable
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
1 1
2 2 Twisted
3 3
4 4 Twisted
5 5
6 6 Twisted
15 15
16 16 Twisted
17 17
18 18 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-69
Connector X1 Connector X4 Relationship
23 7
9 3 Twisted
7 6 -
Connector X1 Connector X3 Relationship
24 7
10 3 Twisted
8 6 -
Connector X1 Connector X5 Relationship
25 1
26 2 Twisted
27 4
28 5 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X6 Relationship
11 1
12 2 Twisted
13 4
14 5 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X7 Relationship
20 2
19 3 Twisted
4.6.2 Test and Alarm Subtending Cable
I. Outline
Figure 4–29 shows the outline of the test and alarm subtending cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-70
D-type connector(28-pin, male) LabelMain label
4-pin connector
X1
X2
X3
Pos.28
Pos.1
Pos.14
Pos.13 1
4
Figure 4–29 Outline of the test and alarm subtending cable
Note:
X1 and X2 are used for inter-frame subtending. X3 is used to connect with the corresponding monitoring port in the environment
monitor unit.
Table 4–51 lists the label prints on the test and alarm subtending cable.
Table 4–51 Label prints on the test and alarm subtending cable
Label Connector Meaning
HWTF STACK OUT X2 Connecting with the HWTF card.
FAN ALARM X3 Connecting with the environment monitoring unit.
II. Pin assignment
Table 4–52 lists the pin assignment of the test and alarm subtending cable.
Table 4–52 Pin assignment of the test and alarm subtending cable
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
1 1
2 2 Twisted
3 3
4 4 Twisted
5 5
6 6 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-71
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
15 15
16 16 Twisted
17 17
18 18 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X3 Relationship
20 2
19 3 Twisted
4.7 Optical Fiber The APMB/IPMB/AIUB card can provide different optical ports through the different optical subcards. In this way, the UA5000 can connect with the upstream and downstream equipment through optical fibers.
4.7.1 Optical Fiber Type
Optical fibers fall into two types: single-mode optical fibers and multi-mode optical fibers, which have different transmission distances.
Table 4–53 lists the optical fibers used by the cards of the UA5000, as well as their transmission distances.
Table 4–53 Optical fibers used by the cards of the UA5000
Subcard Description Transmission distance Card
H601V2HAF 2-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, single-mode 15 km APMB
H601V2HAG 2-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, single-mode 40 km APMB
H602V1HAF
1-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, single-mode 1-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, multi-mode
15 km 2 km
APMB
H602V2HAG 2-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, single-mode 40 km APMB
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-72
Subcard Description Transmission distance Card
H602V1HAF
1-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, single-mode 1-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, multi-mode
15 km 2 km
APMB
H602V1HAG
1-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, single-mode 1-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, multi-mode
40 km 2 km
APMB
H602V1HTF 1-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, single-mode 15 km APMB
H602V1HTG 1-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, single-mode 40 km APMB
H602V2HCF 2-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, single-mode 15 km APMB
H602V2HCG 2-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, single-mode 40 km APMB
H602V1HCF
1-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, single-mode 1-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, multi-mode
15 km 2 km
APMB
H602V1HCG
1-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, single-mode 1-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, multi-mode
40 km 2 km
APMB
H602V1HEF 1-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, single-mode 15 km APMB
H602V1HEG 1-port 622 M VP Ring optical port subcard, single-mode 40 km APMB
H601O1CNH 1-port 155 M ATM optical port subcard, single-mode 60 km APMB
H601O2CNH 2-port 155 M ATM optical port subcard, single-mode 60 km APMB
H601O2CNG 2-port 155 M ATM optical port subcard, single-mode 30 km APMB
H601O2CNB 2-port 155 M ATM optical port subcard, multi-mode 2 km APMB
H601O2FNF 2-port 10/100 M Ethernet optical port subcard, single-mode
15 km IPMB
H601O2FNB 2-port 10/100 M Ethernet optical port subcard, multi-mode
2 km IPMB
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-73
Subcard Description Transmission distance Card
H601O1FNF 1-port 10/100 M Ethernet optical port subcard, single-mode
15 km IPMB
H601O1FNB 1-port 10/100 M Ethernet optical port subcard, multi-mode
2 km IPMB
H601O2GNA 2-port GE Ethernet optical port subcard, multi-mode 500 m IPMB
H601O2GNE 2-port GE Ethernet optical port subcard, single-mode 10 km IPMB
H601O2GNG 2-port GE Ethernet optical port subcard, single-mode 40 km IPMB
H601O1GNE 1-port GE Ethernet optical port subcard, single-mode 10 km IPMB
H601O1GNA 1-port GE Ethernet optical port subcard, multi-mode 500 m IPMB
H601O1GNG 1-port GE Ethernet optical port subcard, single-mode 40 km IPMB
H601O1CNG 1-port 155 M ATM optical port subcard, single-mode 30 km AIUB
H601O1CNB 1-port 155 M ATM optical port subcard, multi-mode 2 km AIUB
H601O2CNG 2-port 155 M ATM optical port subcard, single-mode 30 km AIUB
H601O2CNB 2-port 155 M ATM optical port subcard, multi-mode 2 km AIUB
4.7.2 Fiber Selection Criteria
1) Length
It depends on the specific survey result.
2) Single-mode/Multi-mode
It depends on the types of optical port subcards.
3) Optical port type
SC/PC optical port adopts a square connector and FC/PC optical port adopts a round connector. According to the shapes of the optical ports of the equipment connected to both ends of the fiber, there are three combinations:
Square connectors at both ends: SC/PC–SC/PC
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 4 Introduction to Front-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
4-74
Round connectors at both ends: FC/PC–FC/PC Square connector at one end and round connector at the other end:
FC/PC–SC/PC
4.7.3 Optical Port Connector
The common optical connectors include LC/SC/PC, ST/PC, FC/PC, MTRJ and LC connectors, as shown in Table 4–54.
Table 4–54 Common optical connectors
SC/PC optical connector
ST/PC optical connector
FC/PC optical connector
MTRJ optical connector
LC/PC optical connector
-
The UA5000 uses SC/PC and MTRJ/PC optical connectors. According to different opposite equipment, four types of optical patchcords can be selected, which are SC/PC-FC/PC, SC/PC-SC/PC, MTRJ-SC/PC and MTRJ-FC/PC.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-1
Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
5.1 About This Chapter The rear-access cables of the UA5000 include:
Trunk cable Subtending cable Subscriber cable Maintenance cable Signal cable
5.2 Trunk Cable
5.2.1 Overview of Trunk Cable
The UA5000 uses the following types of rear-access trunk cables:
E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 Subtending cable of IPMB Upstream cable of IPMB E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to DDF E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 100
5.2.2 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF
The E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF has two types: 75-ohm E1 trunk cable and 120-ohm E1 trunk cable. Each E1 trunk cable provides 16 E1 channels.
When the APMB card holds the H601CESA or H601E8IA subboard, the APMB card can provide eight E1 ports. The APMB in the left half of the service frame (front view) uses the first eight E1 ports, and the APMB in the right half uses the last eight E1 ports.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-2
5.2.3 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF
I. Outline
Figure 5–1 shows the outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF.
Main label
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Coaxial cableX1
Label
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
Figure 5–1 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–1 shows the pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 cable from APMB to DDF.
Note:
In Table 5–1, "SN" in "Coaxial cable & SN" refers to the label print on the cable jacket. The meaning of "R/T relationship" is as follows:
R0: receiving of the first channel of E1 signals. T0: transmitting of the first channel of E1 signals.
Table 5–1 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
X1 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
34 Tip
33 Ring 1 R0
32 Tip
31 Ring 2 T0
30 Tip
29 Ring 3 R1
28 Tip
27 Ring 4 T1
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-3
X1 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
26 Tip
25 Ring 5 R2
24 Tip
23 Ring 6 T2
22 Tip
21 Ring 7 R3
20 Tip
19 Ring 8 T3
50 Tip
49 Ring 9 R4
48 Tip
47 Ring 10 T4
46 Tip
45 Ring 11 R5
44 Tip
43 Ring 12 T5
42 Tip
41 Ring 13 R6
40 Tip
39 Ring 14 T6
38 Tip
37 Ring 15 R7
36 Tip
35 Ring 16 T7
68 Ring
67 Tip 1 R8
66 Ring
65 Tip 2 T8
64 Ring
63 Tip 3 R9
62 Ring
61 Tip 4 T9
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-4
X1 Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
60 Ring
59 Tip 5 R10
58 Ring
57 Tip 6 T10
56 Ring
55 Tip 7 R11
54 Ring
53 Tip 8 T11
16 Ring
15 Tip 9 R12
14 Ring
13 Tip 10 T12
12 Ring
11 Tip 11 R13
10 Ring
9 Tip 12 T13
8 Ring
7 Tip 13 R14
6 Ring
5 Tip 14 T14
4 Ring
3 Tip 15 R15
2 Ring
1 Tip 16 T15
5.2.4 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF
I. Outline
Figure 5–2 shows the outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-5
Main label
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
X1 Twisted pair
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
Label
Figure 5–2 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–2 shows the pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF.
Note:
In Table 5–2, the meaning of the "R/T relationship" is as follows: R1: Receiving of the first channel of E1 signals. T1: Transmitting of the first channel of E1 signals.
Table 5–2 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
X1 Tip color and relationship R/T relationship
34 White
33 Blue Twisted R1
32 White
31 Orange Twisted T1
30 White
29 Green Twisted R2
28 White
27 Brown Twisted T2
26 White
25 Gray Twisted R3
24 Red Twisted T3
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-6
X1 Tip color and relationship R/T relationship
23 Blue
22 Red
21 Orange Twisted R4
20 Red
19 Green Twisted T4
50 Red
49 Brown Twisted R5
48 Red
47 Gray Twisted T5
46 Black
45 Blue Twisted R6
44 Black
43 Orange Twisted T6
42 Black
41 Green Twisted R7
40 Black
39 Brown Twisted T7
38 Black
37 Gray Twisted R8
36 Yellow
35 Blue Twisted T8
68 White
67 Blue Twisted R9
66 White
65 Orange Twisted T9
64 White
63 Green Twisted R10
62 White
61 Brown Twisted T10
60 White
59 Gray Twisted R11
58 Red Twisted T11
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-7
X1 Tip color and relationship R/T relationship
57 Blue
56 Red
55 Orange Twisted R12
54 Red
53 Green Twisted T12
16 Red
15 Brown Twisted R13
14 Red
13 Gray Twisted T13
12 Black
11 Blue Twisted R14
10 Black
9 Orange Twisted T14
8 Black
7 Green Twisted R15
6 Black
5 Brown Twisted T15
4 Black
3 Gray Twisted R16
2 Yellow
1 Blue Twisted T16
5.2.5 Overview of E3 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF
The E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF has two types: 75-ohm and 120-ohm. Each type provides two E3 channels.
5.2.6 75-ohm E3 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF
I. Outline
Figure 5–3 shows the outline of the 75-ohm E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-8
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
D-type connector(68-pin, male) Main label
Coaxial cable
Label
SMB coaxial connector
X1 X2
X3
X4
X5
Figure 5–3 Outline of the 75-ohm E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
Table 5–3 shows the labels on the 75-ohm E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF.
Table 5–3 Labels on the 75-ohm E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
Label Connector Meaning
R0 X2 Receiving of the 1st E3 signals
T0 X3 Transmitting of the 1st E3 signals
R1 X4 Receiving of the 2nd E3 signals
T1 X5 Transmitting of the 2nd E3 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–4 shows the pin assignment of the 75-ohm E3 cable from APMB to DDF.
Note:
In Table 5–4, the meaning of "R/T relationship" is as follows: R0: Receiving of the first channel of E3 signals at the APMB side. T0: Transmitting of the first channel of E3 signals at the APMB side.
Table 5–4 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
X1 Coaxial cable R/T relationship
34 Tip
33 Ring R0
32 Tip
31 Ring T0
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-9
X1 Coaxial cable R/T relationship
30 Tip
29 Ring R1
28 Tip
27 Ring T1
5.2.7 120-ohm E3 Trunk Cable from APMB to DDF
I. Outline
Figure 5–4 shows the outline of the 120-ohm E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF.
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
D-type connector(68-pin, male) Main label
Twisted pair
Label
X1
Figure 5–4 Outline of the 120-ohm E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
Table 5–5 shows the labels on the 120-ohm E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF.
Table 5–5 Labels on the 120-ohm E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
Label Meaning
R0 Receiving of the 1st E3 signals
T0 Transmitting of the 1st E3 signals
R1 Receiving of the 2nd E3 signals
T1 Transmitting of the 2nd E3 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–6 shows the pin assignment of the 120-ohm E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-10
Note:
In Table 5–6, the meaning of "R/T relationship" is as follows: R0: Receiving of the first channel of E3 signals at the APMB side. T0: Transmitting of the first channel of E3 signals at the APMB side.
Table 5–6 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E3 trunk cable from APMB to DDF
X1 Tip color and relationship R/T relationship
34 White
33 Blue Twisted R0
32 White
31 Orange Twisted T0
30 White
29 Green Twisted R1
28 White
27 Brown Twisted T1
5.2.8 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000
The E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 has four types, each of which provides 16 E1 ports:
75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
SS42SP1 and SS42SP2 are the E1 tributary cards of the Metro 1000.
75-ohm and 120-ohm are the matching impedance of the E1 transmission terminal. In general, for the 75-ohm matching impedance, use the unbalanced cable (E1 coaxial cable). For the 120-ohm matching impedance, use the balanced cable (differential symmetric cable pair). To select the matching impedance, ensure that the DIP switch of the card and the Metro 1000 is set correctly and the data is consistent.
5.2.9 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
I. Outline
Figure 5–5 shows the outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-11
X1Coaxial cable
1 6
abcd
Main label
Label
X2
X3
X8
X9
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Wire connector(4 x 6-pin, female)
Pos.68Pos.34
Pos.35Pos.1
Figure 5–5 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Table 5–7 describes the labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1.
Table 5–7 Description of the labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Label Connector Meaning
|1–2|E1 X2 The 1st–2nd channels of E1 signals
|3–4|E1 X3 The 3rd–4th channels of E1 signals
|5–6|E1 X4 The 5th–6th channels of E1 signals
|7–8|E1 X5 The 7th–8th channels of E1 signals
|9–10|E1 X6 The 9th–10th channels of E1 signals
|11–12|E1 X7 The 11th–12th channels of E1 signals
|13–14|E1 X8 The 13th–14th channels of E1 signals
|15–16|E1 X9 The 15th–16th channels of E1 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–8 shows the pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1.
Note:
In Table 5–8, "SN" in "Coaxial cable & SN" refers to the label print on the cable jacket.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-12
Table 5–8 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
X1 X2 Coaxial cable & SN
34 a6 Tip
33 a5 Ring 1
32 d3 Tip
31 d4 Ring 2
30 a4 Tip
29 a3 Ring 3
28 d1 Tip
27 d2 Ring 4
X1 X3 Coaxial cable & SN
26 a6 Tip
25 a5 Ring 5
24 d3 Tip
23 d4 Ring 6
22 a4 Tip
21 a3 Ring 7
20 d1 Tip
19 d2 Ring 8
X1 X4 Coaxial cable & SN
50 a6 Tip
49 a5 Ring 9
48 d3 Tip
47 d4 Ring 10
46 a4 Tip
45 a3 Ring 11
44 d1 Tip
43 d2 Ring 12
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-13
X1 X5 Coaxial cable & SN
42 a6 Tip
41 a5 Ring 13
40 d3 Tip
39 d4 Ring 14
38 a4 Tip
37 a3 Ring 15
36 d1 Tip
35 d2 Ring 16
X1 X6 Coaxial cable & SN
68 a5 Ring
67 a6 Tip 1
66 d4 Ring
65 d3 Tip 2
64 a3 Ring
63 a4 Tip 3
62 d2 Ring
61 d1 Tip 4
X1 X7 Coaxial cable & SN
60 a5 Ring
59 a6 Tip 5
58 d4 Ring
57 d3 Tip 6
56 a3 Ring
55 a4 Tip 7
54 d2 Ring
53 d1 Tip 8
X1 X8 Coaxial cable & SN
16 a5 Ring 9
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-14
X1 X8 Coaxial cable & SN
15 a6 Tip
14 d4 Ring
13 d3 Tip 10
12 a3 Ring
11 a4 Tip 11
10 d2 Ring
9 d1 Tip 12
X1 X9 Coaxial cable & SN
8 a5 Ring
7 a6 Tip 13
6 d4 Ring
5 d3 Tip 14
4 a3 Ring
3 a4 Tip 15
2 d2 Ring
1 d1 Tip 16
5.2.10 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
I. Outline
Figure 5–6 shows the outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-15
X1Twisted pair
1 6
abcd
Main label
Label
X2
X3
X8
X9
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Wire connector(4 x 6-pin, female)
Pos.68Pos.34
Pos.35Pos.1
Figure 5–6 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42 SP1
Table 5–9 describes the labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1.
Table 5–9 Description of the labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Label Connector Meaning
|1–2|E1 X2 The 1st–2nd channels of E1 signals
|3–4|E1 X3 The 3rd–4th channels of E1 signals
|5–6|E1 X4 The 5th–6th channels of E1 signals
|7–8|E1 X5 The 7th–8th channels of E1 signals
|9–10|E1 X6 The 9th–10th channels of E1 signals
|11–12|E1 X7 The 11th–12th channels of E1 signals
|13–14|E1 X8 The 13th–14th channels of E1 signals
|15–16|E1 X9 The 15th–16th channels of E1 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–10 shows the pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1.
Table 5–10 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
X1 X2 Tip color Relationship
34 a6 White
33 a5 Blue Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-16
X1 X2 Tip color Relationship
32 d3 White
31 d4 Orange Twisted
30 a4 White
29 a3 Green Twisted
28 d1 White
27 d2 Brown Twisted
X1 X3 Tip color Relationship
26 a6 White
25 a5 Gray Twisted
24 d3 Red
23 d4 Blue Twisted
22 a4 Red
21 a3 Orange Twisted
20 d1 Red
19 d2 Green Twisted
X1 X4 Tip color Relationship
50 a6 Red
49 a5 Brown Twisted
48 d3 Red
47 d4 Gray Twisted
46 a4 Black
45 a3 Blue Twisted
44 d1 Black
43 d2 Orange Twisted
X1 X5 Tip color Relationship
42 a6 Black
41 a5 Green Twisted
40 d3 Black Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-17
X1 X5 Tip color Relationship
39 d4 Brown
38 a4 Black
37 a3 Gray Twisted
36 d1 Yellow
35 d2 Blue Twisted
X1 X6 Tip color Relationship
68 a5 White
67 a6 Blue Twisted
66 d4 White
65 d3 Orange Twisted
64 a3 White
63 a4 Green Twisted
62 d2 White
61 d1 Brown Twisted
X1 X7 Tip color Relationship
60 a5 White
59 a6 Gray Twisted
58 d4 Red
57 d3 Blue Twisted
56 a3 Red
55 a4 Orange Twisted
54 d2 Red
53 d1 Green Twisted
X1 X8 Tip color Relationship
16 a5 Red
15 a6 Brown Twisted
14 d4 Red
13 d3 Gray Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-18
X1 X8 Tip color Relationship
12 a3 Black
11 a4 Blue Twisted
10 d2 Black
9 d1 Orange Twisted
X1 X9 Tip color Relationship
8 a5 Black
7 a6 Green Twisted
6 d4 Black
5 d3 Brown Twisted
4 a3 Black
3 a4 Gray Twisted
2 d2 Yellow
1 d1 Blue Twisted
5.2.11 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
I. Outline
Figure 5–7 shows the outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2.
X1Coaxial cable
1 6
abcd
Main label
Label
X2
X3
X4
X5
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Wire connector(4 x 6-pin, female)
Pos.68Pos.34
Pos.35Pos.1
Figure 5–7 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Table 5–11 describes the labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-19
Table 5–11 Description of the labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Label Connector Meaning
|1–4|E1 X2 The 1st–4th channels of E1 signals
|5–8|E1 X3 5th–8th channels of E1 signals
|9–12|E1 X4 The 9th–12th channels of E1 signals
|13–16|E1 X5 The 13th–16th channels of E1 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–12 shows the pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2.
Note:
In Table 5–12, "SN" in "Coaxial cable & SN" refers to the label print on the cable jacket.
Table 5–12 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
X1 X2 Coaxial cable & SN
34 b6 Tip
33 a6 Ring 1
32 c6 Tip
31 d6 Ring 2
30 a5 Tip
29 a4 Ring 3
28 d5 Tip
27 d4 Ring 4
26 a3 Tip
25 a2 Ring 5
24 d3 Tip
23 d2 Ring 6
22 a1 Tip 7
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-20
X1 X2 Coaxial cable & SN
21 b1 Ring
20 d1 Tip
19 c1 Ring 8
X1 X3 Coaxial cable & SN
50 b6 Tip
49 a6 Ring 9
48 c6 Tip
47 d6 Ring 10
46 a5 Tip
45 a4 Ring 11
44 d5 Tip
43 d4 Ring 12
42 a3 Tip
41 a2 Ring 13
40 d3 Tip
39 d2 Ring 14
38 a1 Tip
37 b1 Ring 15
36 d1 Tip
35 c1 Ring 16
X1 X4 Coaxial cable & SN
68 a6 Ring
67 b6 Tip 1
66 d6 Ring
65 c6 Tip 2
64 a4 Ring
63 a5 Tip 3
62 d4 Ring
61 d5 Tip 4
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-21
X1 X4 Coaxial cable & SN
60 a2 Ring
59 a3 Tip 5
58 d2 Ring
57 d3 Tip 6
56 b1 Ring
55 a1 Tip 7
54 c1 Ring
53 d1 Tip 8
X1 X5 Coaxial cable & SN
16 a6 Ring
15 b6 Tip 9
14 d6 Ring
13 c6 Tip 10
12 a4 Ring
11 a5 Tip 11
10 d4 Ring
9 d5 Tip 12
8 a2 Ring
7 a3 Tip 13
6 d2 Ring
5 d3 Tip 14
4 b1 Ring
3 a1 Tip 15
2 c1 Ring
1 d1 Tip 16
5.2.12 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
I. Outline
Figure 5–8 shows the outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-22
X1Twisted pair
1 6
abcd
Main label
Label
X2
X3
X4
X5
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Wire connector (4 x 60-pin, female)
Pos.68Pos.34
Pos.35Pos.1
Figure 5–8 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Table 5–13 describes the labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2.
Table 5–13 Description of the labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Label Connector Meaning
|1–4|E1 X2 The 1st–4th channels of E1 signals
|5–8|E1 X3 The 5th–8th channels of E1 signals
|9–12|E1 X4 The 9th–12th channels of E1 signals
|13–16|E1 X5 The 13th–16th channels of E1 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–14 shows the pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2.
Table 5–14 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from APMB to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
X1 Tip color X2 Relationship
34 White b6
33 Blue a6 Twisted
32 White c6
31 Orange d6 Twisted
30 White a5
29 Green a4 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-23
X1 Tip color X2 Relationship
28 White d5
27 Brown d4 Twisted
26 White a3
25 Gray a2 Twisted
24 Red d3
23 Blue d2 Twisted
22 Red a1
21 Orange b1 Twisted
20 Red d1
19 Green c1 Twisted
X1 Tip color X3 Relationship
50 Red b6
49 Brown a6 Twisted
48 Red c6
47 Gray d6 Twisted
46 black a5
45 Blue a4 Twisted
44 black d5
43 Orange d4 Twisted
42 black a3
41 Green a2 Twisted
40 black d3
39 Brown d2 Twisted
38 black a1
37 Gray b1 Twisted
36 Yellow d1
35 Blue c1 Twisted
X1 Tip color X4 Relationship
68 White a6 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-24
X1 Tip color X4 Relationship
67 Blue b6
66 White d6
65 Orange c6 Twisted
64 White a4
63 Green a5 Twisted
62 White d4
61 Brown d5 Twisted
60 White a2
59 Gray a3 Twisted
58 Red d2
57 Blue d3 Twisted
56 Red b1
55 Orange a1 Twisted
54 Red c1
53 Green d1 Twisted
X1 Tip color X5 Relationship
16 Red a6
15 Brown b6 Twisted
14 Red d6
13 Gray c6 Twisted
12 black a4
11 Blue a5 Twisted
10 black d4
9 Orange d5 Twisted
8 black a2
7 Green a3 Twisted
6 black d2
5 Brown d3 Twisted
4 black b1
3 Gray a1 Twisted
2 Yellow c1 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-25
X1 Tip color X5 Relationship
1 Blue d1
5.2.13 E1 Trunk Cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
The E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF has two types: 75-ohm and 120-ohm. Each type of the cable provides eight E1 channels.
5.2.14 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
I. Outline
Figure 5–9 shows the outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF.
D-type connector(44-pin, male)
LabelMain label
Pos.44
Pos.1 Pos.15
Pos.30Pos.15
Pos.31
Coaxial cable
Figure 5–9 Outline of the 75-ohm trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
Figure 5–15describes the labels on the E1 trunk cable.
Table 5–15 Description of the labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
Label Meaning
W1(E1: 1–4) The 1st–4th channels of E1 signals
W2(E1: 5–8) The 5th–8th channels of E1 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–16 shows the pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-26
Note:
In Table 5–16, "SN" in "Coaxial cable & SN" refers to the label print on the cable jacket. The meaning of the "R/T relationship" is as follows:
R1: Receiving of the first channel of E1 signals at the AIUB/DEHA/EDTB side. T1: Transmitting of the first channel of E1 signals at the AIUB/DEHA/EDTB side.
Table 5–16 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
X Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
38 Ring
23 Tip 1 R1
37 Ring
22 Tip 3 R2
36 Ring
21 Tip 5 R3
35 Ring
20 Tip 7 R4
15 Ring
30 Tip 2 T1
14 Ring
29 Tip 4 T2
13 Ring
28 Tip 6 T3
12 Ring
27 Tip 8 T4
34 Ring
19 Tip 1 R5
33 Ring
18 Tip 3 R6
32 Ring
17 Tip 5 R7
31 Ring 7 R8
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-27
X Coaxial cable & SN R/T relationship
16 Tip
11 Ring
26 Tip 2 T5
10 Ring
25 Tip 4 T6
9 Ring
24 Tip 6 T7
8 Ring
7 Tip 8 T8
5.2.15 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
I. Outline
Figure 5–10 shows the outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF.
LabelMain label Twisted pair
Pos.44
Pos.1 Pos.15
Pos.30Pos.15
Pos.31
D-type connector(44-pin, male)
D-type connector(44-pin, male)
Figure 5–10 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
Table 5–17 describes the labels on the E1 trunk cable.
Table 5–17 Description of the labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
Label Meaning
W1(Tx 1–8) Transmitting of the 1st–8th channels of E1 signals
W2(Rx 1–8) Receiving of the 1st–8th channels of E1 signals
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-28
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–18 shows the pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF.
Note:
In Table 5–18, the meaning of the "R/T relationship" is as follows: R1: Receiving of the first channel of E1 signals at the AIUB/DEHA/EDTB side. T1: Transmitting of the first channel of E1 signals at the AIUB/DEHA/EDTB side.
Table 5–18 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF
X Cable color Relationship R/T relationship
15 Blue
30 White Twisted T1
14 Orange
29 White Twisted T2
13 Green
28 White Twisted T3
12 Brown
27 White Twisted T4
11 Gray
26 White Twisted T5
10 Blue
25 Red Twisted T6
9 Orange
24 Red Twisted T7
8 Green
7 Red Twisted T8
38 Blue
23 White Twisted R1
37 Orange
22 White Twisted R2
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-29
X Cable color Relationship R/T relationship
36 Green
21 White Twisted R3
35 Brown
20 White Twisted R4
34 Gray
19 White Twisted R5
33 Blue
18 Red Twisted R6
32 Orange
17 Red Twisted R7
31 Green
16 Red Twisted R8
5.2.16 E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H521SDL to DDF
The rear-access E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF is the same as the front-access E1/SHDSL trunk cable from H521SDL to DDF.
Refer to "4.2.17 Overview of E1/SHDSL Trunk Cable from H521SDL to DDF".
5.2.17 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000
The E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro1000 has four types, as follows:
75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Each type of the E1 trunk cable provides four E1 channels and four SHDSL channels.
SS42SP1 and SS42SP2 are the E1 tributary cards of the Metro 1000.
75-ohm and 120-ohm are the matching impedance of the E1 transmission terminal. In general, for the 75-ohm matching impedance, use the unbalanced cable (E1 coaxial cable). For the 120-ohm matching impedance, use the balanced cable (differential symmetric cable pair). To select the matching impedance, ensure that the DIP switch of the card and the Metro 1000 is set correctly and the data is consistent.
The E1 branch of the E1 trunk cable connects to the Metro 1000, and the SHDSL branch connects to the MDF.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-30
5.2.18 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
I. Outline
Figure 5–11 shows the outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1.
Wire connector(4 x 6-pin, female)
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Label
X1Main label
X2
X
1 6
abcd
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35Twisted pair
Coaxial cable
Label
Figure 5–11 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Table 5–19 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 5–19 Labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Label Connector Meaning
1–2E1 X1 The 1st–2nd channels of E1 signals
3–4E1 X2 The 3rd–4th channels of E1 signals
H521SDL Channel0 N/A The 1st channel of SHDSL signal
H521SDL Channel1 N/A The 2nd channel of SHDSL signal
H521SDL Channel2 N/A The 3rd channel of SHDSL signal
H521SDL Channel3 N/A The 4th channel of SHDSL signal
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–20 shows the pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-31
Note:
"SN" in "Coaxial cable & SN" refers to the label print on the cable jacket. "*" after the color in the column "cable color" is the symbol on the cable.
Table 5–20 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
X Cable color Relationship
28 Pink Red *
27 Pink Black * Twisted
30 Brown Red *
29 Brown Black * Twisted
32 Green Red *
31 Green Black * Twisted
34 Blue Red *
33 Blue Black * Twisted
X Coaxial cable & SN X1
36 Tip a6
35 Ring 1
a5
38 Tip d3
37 Ring 2
d4
40 Tip a4
39 Ring 3
a3
42 Tip d1
41 Ring 4
d2
X Coaxial cable & SN X2
44 Tip a6
43 Ring 5
a5
46 Tip d3
45 Ring 6
d4
48 Tip 7 a4
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-32
X Coaxial cable & SN X2
47 Ring a3
50 Tip d1
49 Ring 8
d2
5.2.19 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
I. Outline
Figure 5–12shows the outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1.
Wire connector(4 x 6-pin, female)
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Label
X1Main label
X2
X
1 6
abcd
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35Twisted pair
Coaxial cable
Label
Figure 5–12 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Table 5–21 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 5–21 Labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Label Connector Meaning
1–2E1 X1 The 1st–2nd channels of E1 signals
3–4E1 X2 The 3rd–4th channels of E1 signals
H521SDL Channel0 N/A The 1st channel of SHDSL signal
H521SDL Channel1 N/A The 2nd channel of SHDSL signal
H521SDL Channel2 N/A The 3rd channel of SHDSL signal
H521SDL Channel3 N/A The 4th channel of SHDSL signal
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-33
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–22 shows the outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1.
Note:
In Table 5–22, "SN" in "Tip color and SN " refers to the label print on the cable jacket. "*" after the color in the column "cable color" is the symbol on the cable.
Table 5–22 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
X Cable color Relationship
28 Pink Red *
27 Pink Black * Twisted
30 Brown Red *
29 Brown Black * Twisted
32 Green Red *
31 Green Black * Twisted
34 Blue Red *
33 Blue Black * Twisted
X Tip color and SN X1
36 White a6
35 Blue 1
a5
38 White d3
37 Orange 2
d4
40 White a4
39 Green 3
a3
42 White d1
41 Brown 4
d2
X Tip color and SN X2
44 White 5 a6
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-34
X Tip color and SN X2
43 Gray a5
46 Red d3
45 Blue 6
d4
48 Red a4
47 Orange 7
a3
50 Red d1
49 Green 8
d2
5.2.20 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
I. Outline
Figure 5–13 shows the outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2.
Wire connector(4 x 6-pin, female)
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Label
X1Main label
X
1 6
abcd
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35Twisted pair
Coaxial cable
Label
Figure 5–13 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Table 5–23 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 5–23 Labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Label Connector Meaning
1–4E1 X1 The 1st–4th channels of E1 signals
H521SDL Channel0 N/A The 1st channel of SHDSL signal
H521SDL Channel1 N/A The 2nd channel of SHDSL signal
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-35
H521SDL Channel2 N/A The 3rd channel of SHDSL signal
H521SDL Channel3 N/A The 4th channel of SHDSL signal
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–24 shows the pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2.
Note:
In Table 5–24, "SN" in "Coaxial cable & SN" refers to the label print on the cable jacket. "*" after the color in the column "Cable color" is the symbol on the cable.
Table 5–24 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
X Cable color Relationship
28 Pink Red *
27 Pink Black * Twisted
30 Brown Red *
29 Brown Black * Twisted
32 Green Red *
31 Green Black * Twisted
34 Blue Red *
33 Blue Black * Twisted
X Coaxial cable & SN X1
36 Tip b6
35 Ring 1
a6
38 Tip c6
37 Ring 2
d6
40 Tip a5
39 Ring 3
a4
42 Tip 4 d5
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-36
X Coaxial cable & SN X1
41 Ring d4
44 Tip a3
43 Ring 5
a2
46 Tip d3
45 Ring 6
d2
48 Tip a1
47 Ring 7
b1
50 Tip d1
49 Ring 8
c1
5.2.21 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
I. Outline
Figure 5–14 shows the outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2.
Wire connector(4 x 6-pin, female)
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Label
X1Main label
X
1 6
abcd
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35Twisted pair
Coaxial cable
Label
Figure 5–14 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Table 5–25 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 5–25 Labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Label Connector Meaning
1–4E1 X1 The 1st–4th channels of E1 signals
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-37
Label Connector Meaning
H521SDL Channel0 N/A The 1st channel of SHDSL signal
H521SDL Channel1 N/A The 2nd channel of SHDSL signal
H521SDL Channel2 N/A The 3rd channel of SHDSL signal
H521SDL Channel3 N/A The 4th channel of SHDSL signal
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–26 shows the pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2.
Note:
In Table 5–26, "SN" in "Tip color and No." refers to the label print on the cable jacket. "*" after the color in the column "Cable color" is the symbol on the cable.
Table 5–26 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from H521SDL to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
X Cable color Relationship
28 Pink Red *
27 Pink Black * Twisted
30 Brown Red *
29 Brown Black * Twisted
32 Green Red *
31 Green Black * Twisted
34 Blue Red *
33 Blue Black * Twisted
X Tip color and SN X1
36 White b6
35 Blue 1
a6
38 White c6
37 Orange 2
d6
40 White 3 a5
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-38
X Tip color and SN X1
39 Green a4
42 White d5
41 Brown 4
d4
44 White a3
43 Gray 5
a2
46 Red d3
45 Blue 6
d2
48 Red a1
47 Orange 7
b1
50 Red d1
49 Green 8
c1
5.2.22 IPMB Service Subtending Cable
I. Outline
Table 5–15 shows the outline of the IPMB service subtending cable.
Pos.68Pos.34
Pos.35Pos.1
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Main label
X
X1
X8
LabelNetwork port connector
(8-pin, female)
1
8
Figure 5–15 Outline of the IPMB service subtending cable
Table 5–27 describes the labels on the cable.
Table 5–27 Description of the labels on the IPMB service subtending cable
Label Meaning
LEFT 1# FE The 1st channel of FE signals of the IPMB at the left of the frame (Front view of the frame)
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-39
Label Meaning
LEFT 2# FE The 2nd channel of FE signals of the IPMB at the left of the frame (Front view of the frame)
LEFT 3# FE The 3rd channel of FE signals of the IPMB at the left of the frame (Front view of the frame)
LEFT 4# FE The 4th channel of FE signals of the IPMB at the left of the frame (Front view of the frame)
RIGHT 1# FE The 1st channel of FE signals of the IPMB at the right of the frame (Front view of the frame)
RIGHT 2# FE The 2nd channel of FE signals of the IPMB at the right of the frame (Front view of the frame)
RIGHT 3# FE The 3rd channel of FE signals of the IPMB at the right of the frame (Front view of the frame)
RIGHT 4# FE The 4th channel of FE signals of the IPMB at the right of the frame (Front view of the frame)
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–28 shows the pin assignment of the IPMB service subtending cable.
Table 5–28 Pin assignment of the IPMB service subtending cable
X X1 Relationship
22 3
21 6 Twisted
20 1
19 2 Twisted
X X2 Relationship
26 3
25 6 Twisted
24 1
23 2 Twisted
X X3 Relationship
31 3
29 6 Twisted
28 1 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-40
27 2
X X4 Relationship
34 3
33 6 Twisted
32 1
31 2 Twisted
X X5 Relationship
56 6
55 3 Twisted
54 2
53 1 Twisted
X X6 Relationship
60 6
59 3 Twisted
58 2
57 1 Twisted
X X7 Relationship
64 6
63 3 Twisted
62 2
61 1 Twisted
X X8 Relationship
68 6
67 3 Twisted
66 2
65 1 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-41
5.2.23 IPMB Upstream Cable
The upstream cable of the IPMB card adopts a straight through cable.
5.2.24 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB
The E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB has two types: 75-ohm and 120-ohm. Each type provides eight E1 channels.
5.2.25 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB
I. Outline
Table 5–16 shows the outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB.
X3
D-type connector(68-pin, Male)
D-type connector(44-pin, male)
LabelX1
X2
Main label Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35Coaxial cable
Pos.44
Pos.1 Pos.15Pos.30Pos.16
Pos.31
Figure 5–16 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB
Table 5–29 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 5–29 Description of the labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB
Content Meaning
(1–8)E1 The 1st–8th channels of E1 signals
(9–16)E1 The 9th–16th channels of E1 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–30 shows the pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-42
Note:
In Table 5–30, "SN" in "Coaxial cable & SN" refers to the label print on the cable jacket.
Table 5–30 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB
X1 X3 Coaxial cable & SN
26 51 Tip
11 49 Ring 1
19 48 Tip
34 47 Ring 2
25 46 Tip
10 45 Ring 3
18 44 Tip
33 43 Ring 4
24 52 Tip
9 41 Ring 5
17 41 Tip
32 39 Ring 6
7 38 Tip
8 37 Ring 7
16 36 Tip
31 35 Ring 8
30 34 Tip
15 33 Ring 1
23 32 Tip
38 31 Ring 2
29 30 Tip
14 29 Ring 3
22 28 Tip
37 27 Ring 4
28 26 Tip 5
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-43
X1 X3 Coaxial cable & SN
13 25 Ring
21 24 Tip
36 23 Ring 6
27 22 Tip
12 21 Ring 7
20 20 Tip
35 19 Ring 8
X2 X3 Coaxial cable & SN
15 68 Ring
30 67 Tip 1
38 66 Ring
23 65 Tip 2
14 64 Ring
29 63 Tip 3
37 62 Ring
22 61 Tip 4
13 61 Ring
28 59 Tip 5
36 58 Ring
21 57 Tip 6
12 56 Ring
27 55 Tip 7
35 54 Ring
20 53 Tip 8
11 16 Ring
26 15 Tip 1
34 14 Ring
19 13 Tip 2
10 12 Ring
25 11 Tip 3
33 11 Ring 4
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-44
X2 X3 Coaxial cable & SN
18 9 Tip
9 8 Ring
24 7 Tip 5
32 6 Ring
17 5 Tip 6
8 4 Ring
7 3 Tip 7
31 2 Ring
16 1 Tip 8
5.2.26 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB
I. Outline
Figure 5–17 shows the outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB.
X3
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
D-type connector(44-pin, male)
LabelX1
X2
Main label
Pos.44
Pos.1 Pos.15Pos.30Pos.16
Pos.31
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35Twisted pair
Figure 5–17 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB
Table 5–31 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 5–31 Description of the labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB
Content Meaning
(1–8)E1 The 1st–8th channels of E1 signals
(9–16)E1 The 9th–16th channels of E1 signals
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-45
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–32 shows the pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB.
Table 5–32 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to APMB
X3 X1 Relationship
50 26
49 11 Twisted
48 19
47 34 Twisted
46 25
45 10 Twisted
44 18
43 33 Twisted
42 24
41 9 Twisted
40 17
39 32 Twisted
38 7
37 8 Twisted
36 16
35 31 Twisted
34 30
33 15 Twisted
32 23
31 38 Twisted
30 29
29 14 Twisted
28 22
27 37 Twisted
26 28
25 13 Twisted
24 21 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-46
X3 X1 Relationship
23 36
22 27
21 12 Twisted
20 20
19 35 Twisted
X3 X2 Relationship
68 15
67 30 Twisted
66 38
65 23 Twisted
64 14
63 29 Twisted
62 37
61 22 Twisted
60 13
59 28 Twisted
58 36
57 21 Twisted
56 12
55 27 Twisted
54 35
53 20 Twisted
16 11
15 26 Twisted
14 34
13 19 Twisted
12 10
11 25 Twisted
10 33
9 18 Twisted
8 9 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-47
X3 X2 Relationship
7 24
6 32
5 17 Twisted
4 8
3 7 Twisted
2 31
1 16 Twisted
5.2.27 E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to DDF
The E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to DDF has two types: 75-ohm and 120-ohm. Each type provides eight E1 channels.
The E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to DDF is the same as the E1 trunk cable from AIUB/DEHA/EDTB to DDF.
5.2.28 E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000
The trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 has four types, each of which provides 16 E1 channels.
75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
SS42SP1 and SS42SP2 are the E1 tributary cards of the Metro 1000.
75-ohm and 120-ohm are the matching impedance of the E1 transmission terminal. In general, for the 75-ohm matching impedance, use the unbalanced cable (E1 coaxial cable). For the 120-ohm matching impedance, use the balanced cable (differential symmetric cable pair). To select the matching impedance, ensure that the DIP switch of the card and the Metro 1000 is set correctly and the data is consistent.
5.2.29 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
I. Outline
Figure 5–18 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-48
1 6
abcd
Wire connector(4 x 6-pin, male)
D-type connector(44-pins, male)
Coaxial cable
X1X2
X3
X4
X5
Label
Main label
Pos.44
Pos.1 Pos.15Pos.30Pos.16
Pos.31
Figure 5–18 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Table 5–33 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 5–33 Labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Label Connector Meaning
1–2E1 X2 The 1st–2nd channels of E1 signals
3–4E1 X3 The 3rd–4th channels of E1 signals
5–6E1 X4 The 5th–6th channels of E1 signals
7–8E1 X5 The 7th–8th channels of E1 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–34 shows the pin assignment of the trunk cable.
Note:
In Table 5–34, "SN" in "Coaxial cable & SN" refers to the label print on the cable jacket.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-49
Table 5–34 Pin assignment of the75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Connector X1 Connector X2 Coaxial cable & SN
38 a5 Ring
23 a6 Tip 1
15 d4 Ring
30 d3 Tip 2
37 a3 Ring
22 a4 Tip 3
14 d2 Ring
29 d1 Tip 4
Connector X1 Connector X3 Coaxial cable & SN
36 a5 Ring
21 a6 Tip 5
13 d4 Ring
28 d3 Tip 6
35 a3 Ring
20 a4 Tip 7
12 d2 Ring
27 d1 Tip 8
Connector X1 Connector X4 Coaxial cable & SN
34 a5 Ring
19 a6 Tip 1
11 d4 Ring
26 d3 Tip 2
33 a3 Ring
18 a4 Tip 3
10 d2 Ring
25 d1 Tip 4
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-50
Connector X1 Connector X5 Coaxial cable & SN
32 a5 Ring
17 a6 Tip 5
9 d4 Ring
24 d3 Tip 6
31 a3 Ring
16 a4 Tip 7
8 d2 Ring
7 d1 Tip 8
5.2.30 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
I. Outline
Figure 5–19 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
D-type connector(44-pin, male)
Main label 1 6
abcd
Wire connector(4 x 6-pin, male)
X1 X2
X3
X4
X5
Label
Pos.44
Pos.1 Pos.15Pos.30Pos.16
Pos.31
Coaxial cable
Figure 5–19 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Table 5–35 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 5–35 Labels on the120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Label Contents Meaning
1–2E1 X2 The 1st–2nd channels of E1 signals
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-51
Label Contents Meaning
3–4E1 X3 The 3rd–4th channels of E1 signals
5–6E1 X4 The 5th–6th channels of E1 signals
7–8E1 X5 The 7th–8th channels of E1 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–36 shows the pin assignment of the trunk cable.
Table 5–36 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP1
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
38 a5
23 a6 Twisted
15 d4
30 d3 Twisted
37 a3
22 a4 Twisted
14 d2
29 d1 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X3 Relationship
36 a5
21 a6 Twisted
13 d4
28 d3 Twisted
35 a3
20 a4 Twisted
12 d2
27 d1 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X4 Relationship
34 a5
19 a6 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-52
Connector X1 Connector X4 Relationship
11 d4
26 d3 Twisted
33 a3
18 a4 Twisted
10 d2
25 d1 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X5 Relationship
32 a5
17 a6 Twisted
9 d4
24 d3 Twisted
31 a3
16 a4 Twisted
8 d2
7 d1 Twisted
5.2.31 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
I. Outline
Figure 5–20 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
D-type connector(44-pin, male)
Main label
1 6
abcd
Wire connector(4 x 6-pin, male)
X1X2
X3
Label
Coaxial cable
Figure 5–20 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-53
Table 5–37 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 5–37 Labels on the75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Label Contents Meaning
1–4E1 X2 The 1st–4th channels of E1 signals
5–8E1 X3 The 5th–8th channels of E1 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–38 shows the pin assignment of the trunk cable.
Note:
In Table 5–38, "SN" in "Coaxial cable & SN" refers to the label print on the cable jacket.
Table 5–38 Pin assignment of the75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Connector X1 Connector X2 Coaxial cable & SN
38 a6 Ring
23 b6 Tip 1
15 d6 Ring
30 c6 Tip 2
37 a4 Ring
22 a5 Tip 3
14 d4 Ring
29 d5 Tip 4
Connector X1 Connector X2 Coaxial cable & SN
36 a2 Ring
21 a3 Tip 5
13 d2 Ring
28 d3 Tip 6
35 b1 Ring 7
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-54
Connector X1 Connector X2 Coaxial cable & SN
20 a1 Tip
12 c1 Ring
27 d1 Tip 8
Connector X1 Connector X3 Coaxial cable & SN
34 a6 Ring
19 b6 Tip 1
11 d6 Ring
26 c6 Tip 2
33 a4 Ring
18 a5 Tip 3
10 d4 Ring
25 d5 Tip 4
Connector X1 Connector X3 Coaxial cable & SN
32 a2 Ring
17 a3 Tip 5
9 d2 Ring
24 d3 Tip 6
31 b1 Ring
16 a1 Tip 7
8 c1 Ring
7 d1 Tip 8
5.2.32 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
I. Outline
Figure 5–21 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-55
D-type connector(44-pin, male)
Main label 1 6
abcd
Wire connector(4 x 6-pin, male)
X1X2
X3
Twisted pair
Pos.44
Pos.1 Pos.15Pos.30Pos.16
Pos.31Label
Figure 5–21 Outline of the120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Table 5–39 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 5–39 Labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Label Connector Meaning
1–4E1 X2 The 1st–4th channels of E1 signals
5–8E1 X3 The 5th–8th channels of E1 signals
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–40 shows the pin assignment of the trunk cable.
Table 5–40 Pin assignment of the120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 1000 SS42SP2
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
38 a6
23 b6 Twisted
15 d6
30 c6 Twisted
37 a4
22 a5 Twisted
14 d4
29 d5 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-56
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
36 a2
21 a3 Twisted
13 d2
28 d3 Twisted
35 b1
20 a1 Twisted
12 c1
24 d1 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X3 Relationship
34 a6
19 b6 Twisted
11 d6
26 c6 Twisted
33 a4
18 a5 Twisted
10 d4
25 d5 Twisted
32 a2
17 a3 Twisted
9 d2
24 d3 Twisted
31 b1
16 a1 Twisted
8 c1
7 d1 Twisted
5.2.33 Overview of E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro100
The E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro100 has two types: 75-ohm and 120-ohm.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-57
5.2.34 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro100
I. Outline
Figure 5–22 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
Main label
Label
X1
X2
Pos.1Pos.15
Pos.31Pos.16 Pos.30
Pos.44
Pos.1 Pos.15
Pos.31Pos.30Pos.16
Pos.44
D-type connector(44-pin, male)
Coaxial cable
Figure 5–22 Outline of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro100
Table 5–41 describes the labels on this trunk cable.
Table 5–41 Description of the labels on the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 100
Label Connector Meaning
PVU8/PVU4 X1 Connector X1 is connected to PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4.
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–42 shows the pin assignment of the trunk cable.
Note:
In Table 5–42, "SN" in "Coaxial cable & SN" refers to the label print on the cable jacket.
Table 5–42 Pin assignment of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro 100
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-58
Connector X1 Connector X2 Coaxial cable & SN
38 15 Ring
23 30 Tip 1
37 14 Ring
22 29 Tip 3
36 13 Ring
21 28 Tip 5
35 12 Ring
20 27 Tip 7
15 38 Ring
30 23 Tip 2
14 37 Ring
29 22 Tip 4
13 36 Ring
28 21 Tip 6
12 35 Ring
27 20 Tip 8
Connector X1 Connector X2 Coaxial cable & SN
34 11 Ring
19 26 Tip 1
33 10 Ring
18 25 Tip 3
32 9 Ring
17 24 Tip 5
31 8 Ring
16 7 Tip 7
11 34 Ring
26 19 Tip 2
10 33 Ring
25 18 Tip 4
9 32 Ring
24 17 Tip 6
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-59
Connector X1 Connector X2 Coaxial cable & SN
8 31 Ring
7 16 Tip 8
5.2.35 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro100
I. Outline
Figure 5–23 shows the outline of the trunk cable.
D-type connector(44-pin, male)
D-type connector(44-pin, male)
Label
Main labelX1
X2
Pos.44
Pos.1 Pos.15Pos.30Pos.16
Pos.31
Pos.44
Pos.1 Pos.15Pos.30Pos.16
Pos.31
Figure 5–23 Outline of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro100
Table 5–43 describes the labels on the trunk cable.
Table 5–43 Description of labels on the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro100
Label Connector Meaning
PVU8/PVU4 X1 Connector X1 is connected to PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4.
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–44 shows the pin assignment of the trunk cable.
Table 5–44 Pin assignment of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable from PVU8/PVU4/RSU8/RSU4 to Metro100
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-60
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
38 15
23 30 Twisted
37 14
22 29 Twisted
36 13
21 28 Twisted
35 12
20 27 Twisted
15 38
30 23 Twisted
14 37
29 22 Twisted
13 36
28 21 Twisted
12 35
27 20 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
34 11
19 26 Twisted
33 10
18 25 Twisted
32 9
17 24 Twisted
31 8
16 7 Twisted
11 34
26 19 Twisted
10 33
25 18 Twisted
9 32
24 17 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-61
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
8 31
7 16 Twisted
5.3 Overview of Subtending Cable
The rear-access subtending cable of the UA5000 includes the following two types:
HW cable Slave frame LVDS cable
5.3.1 HW Cable
I. Outline
Figure 5–24 shows the outline of the HW cable.
Main label
Twisted pair
Pos.1
Pos.36 Pos.18
Pos.19
D-type connector(36-pin, male)
Pos.1
Pos.36 Pos.18
Pos.19
D-type connector(36-pin, male)
Figure 5–24 Outline of the HW cable
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–45 shows the pin assignment of the HW cable.
Table 5–45 Pin assignment of the HW cable
X1 X2 Relationship
1 1
2 2 Twisted
3 3
4 4 Twisted
5 5
6 6 Twisted
7 7
8 8 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-62
X1 X2 Relationship
9 9
10 10 Twisted
11 11
12 12 Twisted
13 13
14 14 Twisted
15 15
16 16 Twisted
19 19
20 20 Twisted
21 21
22 22 Twisted
23 23
24 24 Twisted
25 25
26 26 Twisted
29 29
30 30 Twisted
32 32
33 33 Twisted
34 34 -
18 18
36 36 Twisted
5.3.2 LVDS Cable for the Slave Frame
I. Outline
Figure 5–25 shows the outline of the LVDS cable for the slave frame.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-63
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
Main label
X1 X2Twisted pair
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Figure 5–25 Outline of the LVDS cable for the slave frame
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–46 shows the pin assignment of the LVDS cable for the slave frame.
Table 5–46 Pin assignment of the LVDS cable for the slave frame
X1 X2 Grounded or not Relationship
3 3 Yes
1 1
2 2 No
Twisted
5 5 Yes
6 6
7 7 No
Twisted
9 9 Yes
10 10
11 11 No
Twisted
12 12 Yes
13 13
14 14 No
Twisted
18 18 Yes
19 37
20 38 No
Twisted
24 24 Yes
25 43
26 44 No
Twisted
30 30 Yes
31 50
32 51 No
Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-64
X1 X2 Grounded or not Relationship
36 36 Yes
37 19
38 20 No
Twisted
42 42 Yes
43 25
44 26 No
Twisted
45 45 Yes
46 46
47 47 No
Twisted
49 49 Yes
50 31
51 32 No
Twisted
55 55 Yes
56 56
57 57 No
Twisted
61 61 Yes
62 62
63 63 No
Twisted
66 66 Yes
67 67
68 68 No
Twisted
40 41
41 40 No Twisted
39 39 Yes NA
5.4 Subscriber Cable
5.4.1 Overview of Subscriber Cable
The rear-access subscriber cable of the UA5000 includes the following types:
16-port subscriber cable 32-port subscriber cable ATIA subscriber cable
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-65
EAUA subscriber cable SDLT subscriber cable
5.4.2 16-Port Unshielded Subscriber Cable
I. Outline
Figure 5–26 shows the outline of the 16-port unshielded subscriber cable.
X4
X3
X2
X1
Twisted pair
Wire connector(3 x 8-pin, female)
1
8a cb
Figure 5–26 Outline of the 16-port unshielded subscriber cable.
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–47 shows the pin assignment of the 16-port unshielded subscriber cable.
Note:
"*" and "¦" are the symbols on the cable. "Continuous" after the color means the symbols are continuous.
Table 5–47 Pin assignment of the 16-port unshielded subscriber cable
X1 Tip color Symbol color
a1 Red*
c1 Pink
Black*
a2 Orange Red*
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-66
X1 Tip color Symbol color
c2 Black*
a3 Red*
c3 Green
Black*
a4 Red*
c4 Blue
Black*
a5 Red*
c5 Gray
Black*
a6 Red**
c6 Pink
Black**
a7 Red**
c7 Orange
Black**
a8 Red**
c8 Green
Black**
X2 Tip color Symbol color
a1 Red**
c1 Blue
Black**
a2 Red**
c2 Gray
Black**
a3 Red***
c3 Pink
Black***
a4 Red***
c4 Orange
Black***
a5 Red***
c5 Green
Black***
a6 Red***
c6 Blue
Black***
a7 Red***
c7 Gray
Black***
a8 Red****
c8 Pink
Black****
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-67
X3 Tip color Symbol color
a1 Red****
c1 Orange
Black****
a2 Red****
c2 Green
Black****
a3 Red****
c3 Blue
Black****
a4 Red****
c4 Gray
Black****
a5 Red*(continuous)
c5 Pink
Black*(continuous)
a6 Red*(continuous)
c6 Orange
Black*(continuous)
a7 Red*(continuous)
c7 Green
Black*(continuous)
a8 Red*(continuous)
c8 Blue
Black*(continuous)
X4 Tip color Symbol color
a1 Red*(continuous)
c1 Gray
Black*(continuous)
a2 Red ¦
c2 Pink
Black ¦
a3 Red ¦
c3 Orange
Black ¦
a4 Red ¦
c4 Green
Black ¦
a5 Red ¦
c5 Blue
Black ¦
a6 Red ¦
c6 Gray
Black ¦
a7 Red ¦
c7 Pink
Black ¦
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-68
X4 Tip color Symbol color
a8 Red ¦
c8 Blue
Black ¦
5.4.3 32-Port Unshielded Subscriber Cable
I. Outline
Figure 5–27 shows the outline of the 32-port unshielded subscriber cable.
X1
X2
16
a bc1
Wire connector(3 x 16-pin, female)
Main label
Twisted pair
Figure 5–27 Outline of the 32-port unshielded subscriber cable.
Table 5–48 describes the labels on the subscriber cable.
Table 5–48 Description of the labels on the 32-port unshielded subscriber cable
Label Connector Meaning
UP (1–16) X1 The first 16 subscriber ports, connected to the upper HEADER on the backplane.
DOWN (17–32) X2 The last 16 subscriber ports, connected to the upper HEADER on the backplane.
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–49 shows the pin assignment of the 32-port unshielded subscriber cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-69
Note:
"*" and "¦" are the symbols on the cable. "Continuous" after the color means the symbols are continuous.
Table 5–49 Pin assignment of the 32-port unshielded subscriber cable
X1 Tip color Symbol color
a1 Red*
c1 Pink
Black*
a2 Red*
c2 Orange
Black*
a3 Red*
c3 Green
Black*
a4 Red*
c4 Blue
Black*
a5 Red*
c5 Gray
Black*
a6 Red**
c6 Pink
Black**
a7 Red**
c7 Orange
Black**
a8 Red**
c8 Green
Black**
b1 Red**
b2 Blue
Black**
b3 Red**
b4 Gray
Black**
b5 Red***
b6 Pink
Black***
b7 Red***
b8 Orange
Black***
b9 Red***
B1 Green
Black***
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-70
X1 Tip color Symbol color
b11 Red***
b12 Blue
Black***
b13 Red***
b14 Gray
Black***
b15 Red****
b16 Pink
Black****
X2 Tip color Symbol color
b1 Red****
b2 Orange
Black****
b3 Red****
b4 Green
Black****
b5 Red****
b6 Blue
Black****
b7 Red****
b8 Gray
Black****
b9 Red*(continuous)
b10 Pink
Black*(continuous)
b11 Red*(continuous)
b12 Orange
Black*(continuous)
b13 Red*(continuous)
b14 Green
Black*(continuous)
b15 Red*(continuous)
b16 Blue
Black*(continuous)
a9 Red*(continuous)
c9 Gray
Black*(continuous)
a10 Red ¦
c10 Pink
Black ¦
a11 Red ¦
c11 Orange
Black ¦
a12 Red ¦
c12 Green
Black ¦
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-71
X2 Tip color Symbol color
a13 Red ¦
c13 Blue
Black ¦
a14 Red ¦
c14 Gray
Black ¦
a15 Red ¦
c15 Pink
Black ¦
a16 Red ¦
c16 Blue
Black ¦
5.4.4 ATIA Subscriber Cable
I. Outline
Figure 5–28 shows the outline of the ATIA subscriber cable.
1
8ac b
X2
X1
Wire connector(3 x 8-pin, female)
Main labelTwisted pair
Figure 5–28 Outline of the ATIA subscriber cable
Table 5–50 describes the labels on the ATIA subscriber cable.
Table 5–50 Description of labels on the ATIA subscriber cable
Label Connector Meaning
JP2(1–8) X1 Connected to pin rows 1–8 on the upper header in the cabling area of the corresponding card
JP3(25–32) X2 Connected to pin rows 25–32 on the lower header in the cabling area of the corresponding card
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-72
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–51 shows the pin assignment of the ATIA subscriber cable.
Table 5–51 Pin assignment of the ATIA subscriber cable
Connector X1 Tip color Tip point color
a1 Red*
a2 Pink
Black*
a3 Red*
a4 Orange
Black*
a5 Red*
a6 Green
Black*
a7 Red*
a8 Blue
Black*
Connector X1 Tip color Tip point color
b1 Red**
b2 Pink
Black**
b3 Red**
b4 Orange
Black**
b5 Red**
b6 Green
Black**
b7 Red**
b8 Blue
Black**
Connector X1 Tip color Tip point color
c1 Red***
c2 Pink
Black***
c3 Red***
c4 Orange
Black***
c5 Red***
c6 Green
Black***
c7 Red***
c8 Blue
Black***
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-73
Connector X1 Tip color Tip point color
a1 Red****
a2 Pink
Black****
a3 Red****
a4 Orange
Black****
a5 Red****
a6 Green
Black****
a7 Red****
a8 Blue
Black****
Connector X1 Tip color Tip point color
b1 Red*****
b2 Pink
Black*****
b3 Red*****
b4 Orange
Black*****
b5 Red*****
b6 Green
Black*****
b7 Red*****
b8 Blue
Black*****
Connector X1 Tip color Tip point color
c1 Red-
c2 Pink
Black-
c3 Red-
c4 Orange
Black-
c5 Red-
c6 Green
Black-
c7 Red-
c8 Blue
Black-
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-74
5.4.5 EAUA Subscriber Cable
I. Outline
Figure 5–29 shows the outline of the EAUA subscriber cable.
X7
X5X3X1
X8X6X4X2
Network portconnector (8-pin)
Main label
X
81
D-type connector(68-pin, male)
Pos.68
Pos.1
Pos.34
Pos.35
Figure 5–29 Outline of the EAUA subscriber cable
Table 5–52 describes the labels on the subscriber cable.
Table 5–52 Description of the labels on the EAUA subscriber cable
Content Connector Meaning
channel1 X1 The 1st subscriber port
channel2 X2 The 2nd subscriber port
channel3 X3 The 3rd subscriber port
channel4 X4 The 4th subscriber port
channel5 X5 The 5th subscriber port
channel6 X6 The 6th subscriber port
channel7 X7 The 7th subscriber port
channel8 X8 The 8th subscriber port
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–53 shows the pin assignment of the EAUA subscriber cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-75
Table 5–53 Pin assignment of the EAUA subscriber cable
X X1 Cable color Relationship
36 1 White
35 2 Black Twisted
38 3 White
37 6 Brown Twisted
X X2 Cable color Relationship
40 1 White
39 2 Black Twisted
42 3 White
41 6 Brown Twisted
X X3 Cable color Relationship
44 1 White
43 2 Black Twisted
46 3 White
45 6 Brown Twisted
X X4 Cable color Relationship
48 1 White
47 2 Black Twisted
50 3 White
49 6 Brown Twisted
X X5 Cable color Relationship
20 1 White
19 2 Black Twisted
22 3 White
21 6 Brown Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-76
X X6 Cable color Relationship
24 1 White
23 2 Black Twisted
26 3 White
25 6 Brown Twisted
X X7 Cable color Relationship
28 1 White
27 2 Black Twisted
30 3 White
29 6 Brown Twisted
X X8 Cable color Relationship
32 1 White
31 2 Black Twisted
34 3 White
33 6 Brown Twisted
5.4.6 Overview of SDLT Subscriber Cable
The SDLT subscriber cable has two types: with four tributaries and with eight tributaries. They are used to connect four and eight SHDSL channels respectively.
5.4.7 Four-tributary SDLT Subscriber Cable
I. Outline
Figure 5–30 shows the four-tributary SDLT subscriber cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-77
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
81Main label
8-pin network portconnector
Wire connector(3 x 8-pin, female)
a1
bc
8
Label
Figure 5–30 Outline of the four-tributary SDLT subscriber cable
Table 5–54 describes the labels on the four-tributary SDLT subscriber cable.
Table 5–54 Description of labels on the four-tributary SDLT subscriber cable
Label Connector Meaning
RPS SDLT DOWN(17–32) X1
Connector X1 is connected to pin rows 17–32 on the lower header of the backplane.
1#RPS X2 The 1st channel of SHDSL signals.
2#RPS X3 The 2nd channel of SHDSL signals.
3#RPS X4 The 3rd channel of SHDSL signals.
4#RPS X5 The 4th channel of SHDSL signals.
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–55 shows the pin assignment of the four-tributary SDLT subscriber cable.
Table 5–55 Pin assignment of the four-tributary SDLT subscriber cable
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
a1 7
c1 8 Twisted
a2 5
c2 6 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X3 Relationship
a3 7 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-78
c3 8
a4 5
c4 6 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X4 Relationship
a5 7
c5 8 Twisted
a6 5
c6 6 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X5 Relationship
a7 7
c7 8 Twisted
a8 5
c8 6 Twisted
5.4.8 Eight-tributary SDLT Subscriber Cable
I. Outline
Figure 5–31 shows the eight-tributary SDLT subscriber cable.
X1
X2
X3
X9
81
Main label
8-pin networkport connector
Wire connector(3 x 8-pin, female)
a1
bc
8
Label
Figure 5–31 Outline of the eight-tributary SDLT subscriber cable
Table 5–56 describes the labels on the eight-tributary SDLT subscriber cable.
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-79
Table 5–56 Description of labels on the eight-tributary SDLT subscriber cable
Label Connector Meaning
RPS SDLT DOWN(17–32) X1
Connector X1 is connected to pin rows 17–32 on the lower header of the backplane.
1#RPS X2 The 1st channel of SHDSL signals.
2#RPS X3 The 2nd channel of SHDSL signals.
3#RPS X4 The 3rd channel of SHDSL signals.
4#RPS X5 The 4th channel of SHDSL signals.
5#RPS X6 The 5th channel of SHDSL signals.
6#RPS X7 The 6th channel of SHDSL signals.
7#RPS X8 The 7th channel of SHDSL signals.
8#RPS X9 The 8th channel of SHDSL signals.
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–57 shows the pin assignment of the eight-tributary SDLT subscriber cable.
Table 5–57 Pin assignment of the eight-tributary SDLT subscriber cable
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
a1 7
c1 8 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X3 Relationship
a2 7
c2 8 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X4 Relationship
a3 7
c3 8 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-80
Connector X1 Connector X5 Relationship
a4 7
c4 8 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X6 Relationship
a5 7
c5 8 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X7 Relationship
a6 7
c6 8 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X8 Relationship
a7 7
c7 8 Twisted
Connector X1 Connector X9 Relationship
a8 7
c8 8 Twisted
5.5 Maintenance Cable
The rear-access cable of the UA5000 is the same as the front-accessible cable. Refer to "Chapter 4 Introduction to Front Access Cables".
5.6 Overview of Signal Cable
The rear-access signal cables of the UA5000 include:
ESC monitoring cable Test and alarm cable Fan monitoring cable
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-81
5.6.1 ESC Monitoring Cable
I. Outline
Figure 5–32shows the outline of the ESC monitoring cable.
Network portconnector (8-pin) Label Main label Twisted pair
8 1
8 1
X1
X2
X3
Figure 5–32 Outline of the ESC monitoring cable
Table 5–58 describes the labels on the ESC monitoring cable.
Table 5–58 Description of the labels on the ESC monitoring cable
Label Connector Meaning
JD3/JD4 X1 Connected to JD3 or JD4 on the service frame where the control card resides.
ESC-A X2 Connected to JC1 of the environment monitoring unit.
ESC-B X3 Connected to JC3 of the environment monitoring unit.
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–59 shows the pin assignment of the ESC monitoring cable.
Table 5–59 Pin assignment of the ESC monitoring cable
X1 X2 Cable color
3 7 White
6 6 Blue
7 3 White
X1 X3 Cable color
8 7 White
2 6 Blue
1 3 White
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Chapter 5 Introduction to Rear-Access Cables
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
5-82
5.6.2 Test and Alarm Cable
The test and alarm cable adopts the straight through cable.
5.6.3 Fan Monitoring Cable
I. Outline
Figure 5–33 shows the outline of the fan monitoring cable.
Network portconnector (8-pin)
4-pin connector
Label
8 1
X1
Main label
Twisted pairX2
X3
1
4
Figure 5–33 Outline of the fan monitoring cable
Table 5–60 describes the labels on the fan monitoring cable.
Table 5–60 Description of the labels on the fan monitoring cable
Label Connector Meaning
Up fan X3 Connected to the fan monitoring interface on the upper frame.
Down fan X2 Connected to the fan monitoring interface on the lower frame.
II. Pin assignment
Table 5–61 shows the pin assignment of the fan monitoring cable.
Table 5–61 Pin assignment of the fan monitoring cable
From… To… Relationship
X1.1 X2.2
X1.2 X2.3 Twisted
X1.3 X3.2
X1.6 X3.3 Twisted
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Appendix A Acronyms and Abbreviations
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
A-1
Appendix A Acronyms and Abbreviations
A
ADSL Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line
ASL Analog Subscriber Line Card
ATIA Analog Trunk Interface
ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode
B
BIOS Basic Input/Output System
BRA Basic Rate Access
C
CDI Direct-Dialing-In Subscriber Interface Card
CES Circuit Emulation Service
CLK Clock
CPE Customer Premises Equipment
CPU Central Processing Unit
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
D
DC Direct Current
DCE Data Communications Equipment
DDF Digital Distribution Frame
DDN Digital Data Network
DSL 8-Port Remote Feeding Digital Subscriber Line Card
DTE Data Terminal Equipment
E
ESC Environment & Power Monitoring Card
F
FC Fiber Connector
FE Far End, Fast Ethernet
FSK Frequency Shift Keying
G
GE Gigabit Ethernet
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Appendix A Acronyms and Abbreviations
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
A-2
GND Ground
H
HONET Home Optical Network
HSL High-speed Subscriber Line Card
HW Highway
I
IMA Inverse Multiplexing for ATM
IP Internet Protocol
ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network
L
LAN Local Area Network
LE Local Exchange
LVDS Low Voltage Differential Signal
M
MGCP Media Gateway Control Protocol
MSTP Multi-Service Transmission Platform
MTA Multifunctional Terminal Adapter
N
NGN Next Generation Network
NMS Network Management System
NOD Node Communication Card
O
ODF Optical Distribution Frame
OLT Optical Line Terminal
ONU Optical Network Unit
P
POTS Plain Old Telephone Service
PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network
PWX Secondary Power Supply Card
Q
QoS Quality of Service
R
RSP Remote Subscriber Processor
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Appendix A Acronyms and Abbreviations
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
A-3
S
SHDSL Single-pair High Rate Digital Subscriber Line
SPC Semi-Permanent Connection
STM-1 Synchronous Transport Module-1
STM-4 Synchronous Transport Module-4
STP Shielded Twisted Pair
STU SHDSL Transceiver Unit
T
TDM Time Division Multiplexing
TSSB Test Card
U
UNI User Network Interface
UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair
V
VDSL Very High Speed DSL
VFB Voice Frequency Card
VoIP Voice over IP
VP Virtual Path
X
xDSL x Digital Subscriber Line
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Index
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
1
Index
Numerics 120-ohm matching impedance, 3-22, 3-28, 3-34,
3-40, 3-54, 3-112, 4-17, 4-46, 5-10, 5-29, 5-47
16-channel unshielded subscriber cable, 4-53
32-channel unshielded subscriber cable, 4-55
75-ohm matching impedance, 3-22, 3-28, 3-34,
3-40, 3-54, 3-112, 4-17, 4-46, 5-10, 5-29, 5-47
A ADSL line card, 3-56
H601ADLB, 3-56
H601ADLF, 3-59
AG03PVM/AG03PVMCF/AG03PVMCB, 3-18
analog line card, 3-78
CB36ASL/CB37ASL, 3-72
CB38ASL, 3-75
CC0HASL/CC0NASL/CC0RASL, 3-78
CC0KASL/CC0MASL, 3-81
C CB01VMS, 3-155
CB02DSL/CB03DSL, 3-114
CB02VFB, 3-147
CB03VFB, 3-151
CB05DSL, 3-117
conversion card, 3-194
H601SLTF, 3-203
D digital trunk cable, 4-1
DTE, 4-64
E EAUA subscriber cable, 4-61
environment & power monitoring card, 3-158
H303ESC, 3-158
H304ESC, 3-161
F F01A, 1-2
F01AF, 1-2
F01D100, 1-2
F01D1000, 1-2
F01D200, 1-2
F01D500, 1-2
F02A, 1-2
F02AF, 1-2
FC/PC optical connector, 4-73
fiber selection criteria, 4-72
front access, 1-2
H H301CDI/CC01CDI, 3-90
H302HSL, 3-123
H521SDL, 3-132
H601ADRB, 3-68
H601AIUB, 3-45
H601APMB, 3-1
H601APSB, 3-11
H601ATIA, 3-84
H601CSLB, 3-93
H601CSLI, 3-96
H601DEHA, 3-109
H601E1TB, 3-181
H601E1TF, 3-184
H601EAUA, 3-120
H601EDTB, 3-50
H601EFTB, 3-185
H601EFTF, 3-188
H601FCB, 3-164
H601HLAF, 3-190
H601HLEF, 3-191
H601HLSF, 3-192
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Index
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
2
H601HWCB, 3-192
H601HWCF, 3-194
H601HWTB, 3-195
H601HWTF, 3-196
H601IPMB, 3-13
H601PVMB/H601PVMBB/H601PVMBF/H601PV
MBG, 3-23
H601PVU8/H601PVU4, 3-29
H601RATB, 3-197
H601RATF, 3-200
H601RSU8/H601RSU4, 3-35
H601SDLB, 3-138
H601SDLT, 3-140
H601TSSB/H601TSSC, 3-175
H601VDLA, 3-143
H601VDLB, 3-145
H602ADMB/H602ADMC/H602ADMI, 3-62
H602CSMB, 3-99
H602RSUG, 3-41
H603ADRB, 3-64
H603CSMB/H603CSMC, 3-102
H603CSRB, 3-106
HABA
external port, 2-3
layout, 2-1
power supply port, 2-4
HABA frame, 2-1
HABB
external port, 2-6
layout, 2-5
power supply port, 2-7
HABB frame, 2-4
HABD
external port, 2-9
layout, 2-8
power supply port, 2-11
HABD frame, 2-7
HABE
external port, 2-13
layout, 2-12
power supply port, 2-14
HABE frame, 2-12
HABF
external port, 2-16
layout, 2-15
power supply port, 2-18
HABF frame, 2-15
HABL
external port, 2-20
layout, 2-19
power supply port, 2-21
HABL frame, 2-18
high speed line card, 3-123
H303HSL, 3-127
HW cable, 4-47
L LC/PC optical connector, 4-73
LVDS cable
extended frame, 4-50
slave frame, 4-48
M MTRJ optical connector, 4-73
N network cable, 4-64
O optical fiber, 4-70
optical fiber types, 4-70
optical port connectors, 4-73
R rear access, 1-2
S SC/PC optical connector, 4-73
secondary power supply card, 3-168
H602PWX0, 3-168
H602PWX2, 3-171
signal cable, 4-66
ST/PC optical connector, 4-73
subscriber cable, 4-53
Hardware Description Manual UA5000 Universal Access Unit Index
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
3
subtending cable, 4-47
T test and alarm cable, 4-66
test and alarm subtending cable, 4-69
U UA5000 series, 1-1